\Merge 8.7

https://stackoverflow.com/questions/8415895/is-left-and-right-shifting-negative-integers-defined-behavior

.fossil-settings/binary-glob

@@ -4,6 +4,7 @@ compat/zlib/win64/zdll.lib
 compat/zlib/win64/zlib1.dll
 compat/zlib/win64/libz.dll.a
 compat/zlib/zlib.3.pdf
+tools/empty.zip
 *.bmp
 *.gif
 *.png

.github/ISSUE_TEMPLATE.md

@@ -0,0 +1,3 @@
+Important Note
+==========
+Please do not file issues with Tcl on Github. They are unlikely to be noticed in a timely fashion. Tcl issues are hosted in the [tcl fossil repository on core.tcl.tk](https://core.tcl.tk/tcl/tktnew); please post them there.

.github/PULL_REQUEST_TEMPLATE.md

@@ -0,0 +1,3 @@
+Important Note
+==========
+Please do not file pull requests with Tcl on Github. They are unlikely to be noticed in a timely fashion. Tcl issues (including patches) are hosted in the [tcl fossil repository on core.tcl.tk](https://core.tcl.tk/tcl/tktnew); please post them there.

compat/zlib/contrib/minizip/minizip.c

@@ -12,7 +12,6 @@
          Copyright (C) 2009-2010 Mathias Svensson ( http://result42.com )
 */
 
-
 #if (!defined(_WIN32)) && (!defined(WIN32)) && (!defined(__APPLE__))
         #ifndef __USE_FILE_OFFSET64
                 #define __USE_FILE_OFFSET64
@@ -39,8 +38,7 @@
 #define FSEEKO_FUNC(stream, offset, origin) fseeko64(stream, offset, origin)
 #endif
 
-
-
+#include "tinydir.h"
 #include <stdio.h>
 #include <stdlib.h>
 #include <string.h>
@@ -172,6 +170,7 @@ void do_banner()
 void do_help()
 {
     printf("Usage : minizip [-o] [-a] [-0 to -9] [-p password] [-j] file.zip [files_to_add]\n\n" \
+           "  -r  Scan directories recursively\n" \
            "  -o  Overwrite existing file.zip\n" \
            "  -a  Append to existing file.zip\n" \
            "  -0  Store only\n" \
@@ -243,12 +242,153 @@ int isLargeFile(const char* filename)
  return largeFile;
 }
 
+void addFileToZip(zipFile zf, const char *filenameinzip, const char *password, int opt_exclude_path,int opt_compress_level) {
+    FILE * fin;
+    int size_read;
+    const char *savefilenameinzip;
+    zip_fileinfo zi;
+    unsigned long crcFile=0;
+    int zip64 = 0;
+    int err=0;
+    int size_buf=WRITEBUFFERSIZE;
+    unsigned char buf[WRITEBUFFERSIZE];
+    zi.tmz_date.tm_sec = zi.tmz_date.tm_min = zi.tmz_date.tm_hour =
+    zi.tmz_date.tm_mday = zi.tmz_date.tm_mon = zi.tmz_date.tm_year = 0;
+    zi.dosDate = 0;
+    zi.internal_fa = 0;
+    zi.external_fa = 0;
+    filetime(filenameinzip,&zi.tmz_date,&zi.dosDate);
+
+/*
+    err = zipOpenNewFileInZip(zf,filenameinzip,&zi,
+                     NULL,0,NULL,0,NULL / * comment * /,
+                     (opt_compress_level != 0) ? Z_DEFLATED : 0,
+                     opt_compress_level);
+*/
+    if ((password != NULL) && (err==ZIP_OK))
+        err = getFileCrc(filenameinzip,buf,size_buf,&crcFile);
+
+    zip64 = isLargeFile(filenameinzip);
+
+   /* The path name saved, should not include a leading slash. */
+   /*if it did, windows/xp and dynazip couldn't read the zip file. */
+     savefilenameinzip = filenameinzip;
+     while( savefilenameinzip[0] == '\\' || savefilenameinzip[0] == '/' )
+     {
+         savefilenameinzip++;
+     }
+
+     /*should the zip file contain any path at all?*/
+     if( opt_exclude_path )
+     {
+         const char *tmpptr;
+         const char *lastslash = 0;
+         for( tmpptr = savefilenameinzip; *tmpptr; tmpptr++)
+         {
+             if( *tmpptr == '\\' || *tmpptr == '/')
+             {
+                 lastslash = tmpptr;
+             }
+         }
+         if( lastslash != NULL )
+         {
+             savefilenameinzip = lastslash+1; // base filename follows last slash.
+         }
+     }
+
+     /**/
+    err = zipOpenNewFileInZip3_64(zf,savefilenameinzip,&zi,
+                     NULL,0,NULL,0,NULL /* comment*/,
+                     (opt_compress_level != 0) ? Z_DEFLATED : 0,
+                     opt_compress_level,0,
+                     /* -MAX_WBITS, DEF_MEM_LEVEL, Z_DEFAULT_STRATEGY, */
+                     -MAX_WBITS, DEF_MEM_LEVEL, Z_DEFAULT_STRATEGY,
+                     password,crcFile, zip64);
+
+    if (err != ZIP_OK)
+        printf("error in opening %s in zipfile\n",filenameinzip);
+    else
+    {
+        fin = FOPEN_FUNC(filenameinzip,"rb");
+        if (fin==NULL)
+        {
+            err=ZIP_ERRNO;
+            printf("error in opening %s for reading\n",filenameinzip);
+        }
+    }
+
+    if (err == ZIP_OK)
+        do
+        {
+            err = ZIP_OK;
+            size_read = (int)fread(buf,1,size_buf,fin);
+            if (size_read < size_buf)
+                if (feof(fin)==0)
+            {
+                printf("error in reading %s\n",filenameinzip);
+                err = ZIP_ERRNO;
+            }
+
+            if (size_read>0)
+            {
+                err = zipWriteInFileInZip (zf,buf,size_read);
+                if (err<0)
+                {
+                    printf("error in writing %s in the zipfile\n",
+                                     filenameinzip);
+                }
+
+            }
+        } while ((err == ZIP_OK) && (size_read>0));
+
+    if (fin)
+        fclose(fin);
+
+    if (err<0)
+        err=ZIP_ERRNO;
+    else
+    {
+        err = zipCloseFileInZip(zf);
+        if (err!=ZIP_OK)
+            printf("error in closing %s in the zipfile\n",
+                        filenameinzip);
+    }
+}
+
+
+void addPathToZip(zipFile zf, const char *filenameinzip, const char *password, int opt_exclude_path,int opt_compress_level) {
+    tinydir_dir dir;
+    int i;
+    char *newname[512];
+
+    tinydir_open_sorted(&dir, filenameinzip);
+
+    for (i = 0; i < dir.n_files; i++)
+    {
+        tinydir_file file;
+        tinydir_readfile_n(&dir, &file, i);
+        if(strcmp(file.name,".")==0) continue;
+        if(strcmp(file.name,"..")==0) continue;
+        sprintf(newname,"%s/%s",dir.path,file.name);
+        if (file.is_dir)
+        {
+            addPathToZip(zf,newname,password,opt_exclude_path,opt_compress_level);
+        } else {
+            addFileToZip(zf,newname,password,opt_exclude_path,opt_compress_level);
+        }
+    }
+
+    tinydir_close(&dir);
+}
+
+
 int main(argc,argv)
     int argc;
     char *argv[];
 {
     int i;
-    int opt_overwrite=0;
+    int opt_recursive=0;
+    int opt_overwrite=1;
     int opt_compress_level=Z_DEFAULT_COMPRESSION;
     int opt_exclude_path=0;
     int zipfilenamearg = 0;
@@ -285,7 +425,8 @@ int main(argc,argv)
                         opt_compress_level = c-'0';
                     if ((c=='j') || (c=='J'))
                         opt_exclude_path = 1;
-
+                    if ((c=='r') || (c=='R'))
+                        opt_recursive = 1;
                     if (((c=='p') || (c=='P')) && (i+1<argc))
                     {
                         password=argv[i+1];
@@ -392,117 +533,14 @@ int main(argc,argv)
                   ((argv[i][1]=='o') || (argv[i][1]=='O') ||
                    (argv[i][1]=='a') || (argv[i][1]=='A') ||
                    (argv[i][1]=='p') || (argv[i][1]=='P') ||
+                   (argv[i][1]=='r') || (argv[i][1]=='R') ||
                    ((argv[i][1]>='0') || (argv[i][1]<='9'))) &&
                   (strlen(argv[i]) == 2)))
             {
-                FILE * fin;
-                int size_read;
-                const char* filenameinzip = argv[i];
-                const char *savefilenameinzip;
-                zip_fileinfo zi;
-                unsigned long crcFile=0;
-                int zip64 = 0;
-
-                zi.tmz_date.tm_sec = zi.tmz_date.tm_min = zi.tmz_date.tm_hour =
-                zi.tmz_date.tm_mday = zi.tmz_date.tm_mon = zi.tmz_date.tm_year = 0;
-                zi.dosDate = 0;
-                zi.internal_fa = 0;
-                zi.external_fa = 0;
-                filetime(filenameinzip,&zi.tmz_date,&zi.dosDate);
-
-/*
-                err = zipOpenNewFileInZip(zf,filenameinzip,&zi,
-                                 NULL,0,NULL,0,NULL / * comment * /,
-                                 (opt_compress_level != 0) ? Z_DEFLATED : 0,
-                                 opt_compress_level);
-*/
-                if ((password != NULL) && (err==ZIP_OK))
-                    err = getFileCrc(filenameinzip,buf,size_buf,&crcFile);
-
-                zip64 = isLargeFile(filenameinzip);
-
-                                                         /* The path name saved, should not include a leading slash. */
-               /*if it did, windows/xp and dynazip couldn't read the zip file. */
-                 savefilenameinzip = filenameinzip;
-                 while( savefilenameinzip[0] == '\\' || savefilenameinzip[0] == '/' )
-                 {
-                     savefilenameinzip++;
-                 }
-
-                 /*should the zip file contain any path at all?*/
-                 if( opt_exclude_path )
-                 {
-                     const char *tmpptr;
-                     const char *lastslash = 0;
-                     for( tmpptr = savefilenameinzip; *tmpptr; tmpptr++)
-                     {
-                         if( *tmpptr == '\\' || *tmpptr == '/')
-                         {
-                             lastslash = tmpptr;
-                         }
-                     }
-                     if( lastslash != NULL )
-                     {
-                         savefilenameinzip = lastslash+1; // base filename follows last slash.
-                     }
-                 }
-
-                 /**/
-                err = zipOpenNewFileInZip3_64(zf,savefilenameinzip,&zi,
-                                 NULL,0,NULL,0,NULL /* comment*/,
-                                 (opt_compress_level != 0) ? Z_DEFLATED : 0,
-                                 opt_compress_level,0,
-                                 /* -MAX_WBITS, DEF_MEM_LEVEL, Z_DEFAULT_STRATEGY, */
-                                 -MAX_WBITS, DEF_MEM_LEVEL, Z_DEFAULT_STRATEGY,
-                                 password,crcFile, zip64);
-
-                if (err != ZIP_OK)
-                    printf("error in opening %s in zipfile\n",filenameinzip);
-                else
-                {
-                    fin = FOPEN_FUNC(filenameinzip,"rb");
-                    if (fin==NULL)
-                    {
-                        err=ZIP_ERRNO;
-                        printf("error in opening %s for reading\n",filenameinzip);
-                    }
-                }
-
-                if (err == ZIP_OK)
-                    do
-                    {
-                        err = ZIP_OK;
-                        size_read = (int)fread(buf,1,size_buf,fin);
-                        if (size_read < size_buf)
-                            if (feof(fin)==0)
-                        {
-                            printf("error in reading %s\n",filenameinzip);
-                            err = ZIP_ERRNO;
-                        }
-
-                        if (size_read>0)
-                        {
-                            err = zipWriteInFileInZip (zf,buf,size_read);
-                            if (err<0)
-                            {
-                                printf("error in writing %s in the zipfile\n",
-                                                 filenameinzip);
-                            }
-
-                        }
-                    } while ((err == ZIP_OK) && (size_read>0));
-
-                if (fin)
-                    fclose(fin);
-
-                if (err<0)
-                    err=ZIP_ERRNO;
-                else
-                {
-                    err = zipCloseFileInZip(zf);
-                    if (err!=ZIP_OK)
-                        printf("error in closing %s in the zipfile\n",
-                                    filenameinzip);
+                if(opt_recursive) {
+                    addPathToZip(zf,argv[i],password,opt_exclude_path,opt_compress_level);
+                } else {
+                    addFileToZip(zf,argv[i],password,opt_exclude_path,opt_compress_level);
                 }
             }
         }

compat/zlib/contrib/minizip/tinydir.h

@@ -0,0 +1,816 @@
+/*
+Copyright (c) 2013-2017, tinydir authors:
+- Cong Xu
+- Lautis Sun
+- Baudouin Feildel
+- Andargor <andargor@yahoo.com>
+All rights reserved.
+
+Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+
+1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this
+   list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
+   this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
+   and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+
+THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" AND
+ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED
+WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
+DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR
+ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
+(INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES;
+LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND
+ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
+(INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS
+SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+*/
+#ifndef TINYDIR_H
+#define TINYDIR_H
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+#if ((defined _UNICODE) && !(defined UNICODE))
+#define UNICODE
+#endif
+
+#if ((defined UNICODE) && !(defined _UNICODE))
+#define _UNICODE
+#endif
+
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#ifdef _MSC_VER
+# define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN
+# include <windows.h>
+# include <tchar.h>
+# pragma warning(push)
+# pragma warning (disable : 4996)
+#else
+# include <dirent.h>
+# include <libgen.h>
+# include <sys/stat.h>
+# include <stddef.h>
+#endif
+#ifdef __MINGW32__
+# include <tchar.h>
+#endif
+
+
+/* types */
+
+/* Windows UNICODE wide character support */
+#if defined _MSC_VER || defined __MINGW32__
+# define _tinydir_char_t TCHAR
+# define TINYDIR_STRING(s) _TEXT(s)
+# define _tinydir_strlen _tcslen
+# define _tinydir_strcpy _tcscpy
+# define _tinydir_strcat _tcscat
+# define _tinydir_strcmp _tcscmp
+# define _tinydir_strrchr _tcsrchr
+# define _tinydir_strncmp _tcsncmp
+#else
+# define _tinydir_char_t char
+# define TINYDIR_STRING(s) s
+# define _tinydir_strlen strlen
+# define _tinydir_strcpy strcpy
+# define _tinydir_strcat strcat
+# define _tinydir_strcmp strcmp
+# define _tinydir_strrchr strrchr
+# define _tinydir_strncmp strncmp
+#endif
+
+#if (defined _MSC_VER || defined __MINGW32__)
+# include <windows.h>
+# define _TINYDIR_PATH_MAX MAX_PATH
+#elif defined  __linux__
+# include <limits.h>
+# define _TINYDIR_PATH_MAX PATH_MAX
+#elif defined(__unix__) || (defined(__APPLE__) && defined(__MACH__))
+# include <sys/param.h>
+# if defined(BSD)
+#  include <limits.h>
+#  define _TINYDIR_PATH_MAX PATH_MAX
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _TINYDIR_PATH_MAX
+#define _TINYDIR_PATH_MAX 4096
+#endif
+
+#ifdef _MSC_VER
+/* extra chars for the "\\*" mask */
+# define _TINYDIR_PATH_EXTRA 2
+#else
+# define _TINYDIR_PATH_EXTRA 0
+#endif
+
+#define _TINYDIR_FILENAME_MAX 256
+
+#if (defined _MSC_VER || defined __MINGW32__)
+#define _TINYDIR_DRIVE_MAX 3
+#endif
+
+#ifdef _MSC_VER
+# define _TINYDIR_FUNC static __inline
+#elif !defined __STDC_VERSION__ || __STDC_VERSION__ < 199901L
+# define _TINYDIR_FUNC static __inline__
+#else
+# define _TINYDIR_FUNC static inline
+#endif
+
+/* readdir_r usage; define TINYDIR_USE_READDIR_R to use it (if supported) */
+#ifdef TINYDIR_USE_READDIR_R
+
+/* readdir_r is a POSIX-only function, and may not be available under various
+ * environments/settings, e.g. MinGW. Use readdir fallback */
+#if _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 1 || _XOPEN_SOURCE || _BSD_SOURCE || _SVID_SOURCE ||\
+	_POSIX_SOURCE
+# define _TINYDIR_HAS_READDIR_R
+#endif
+#if _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200112L
+# define _TINYDIR_HAS_FPATHCONF
+# include <unistd.h>
+#endif
+#if _BSD_SOURCE || _SVID_SOURCE || \
+	(_POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200809L || _XOPEN_SOURCE >= 700)
+# define _TINYDIR_HAS_DIRFD
+# include <sys/types.h>
+#endif
+#if defined _TINYDIR_HAS_FPATHCONF && defined _TINYDIR_HAS_DIRFD &&\
+	defined _PC_NAME_MAX
+# define _TINYDIR_USE_FPATHCONF
+#endif
+#if defined __MINGW32__ || !defined _TINYDIR_HAS_READDIR_R ||\
+	!(defined _TINYDIR_USE_FPATHCONF || defined NAME_MAX)
+# define _TINYDIR_USE_READDIR
+#endif
+
+/* Use readdir by default */
+#else
+# define _TINYDIR_USE_READDIR
+#endif
+
+/* MINGW32 has two versions of dirent, ASCII and UNICODE*/
+#ifndef _MSC_VER
+#if (defined __MINGW32__) && (defined _UNICODE)
+#define _TINYDIR_DIR _WDIR
+#define _tinydir_dirent _wdirent
+#define _tinydir_opendir _wopendir
+#define _tinydir_readdir _wreaddir
+#define _tinydir_closedir _wclosedir
+#else
+#define _TINYDIR_DIR DIR
+#define _tinydir_dirent dirent
+#define _tinydir_opendir opendir
+#define _tinydir_readdir readdir
+#define _tinydir_closedir closedir
+#endif
+#endif
+
+/* Allow user to use a custom allocator by defining _TINYDIR_MALLOC and _TINYDIR_FREE. */
+#if    defined(_TINYDIR_MALLOC) &&  defined(_TINYDIR_FREE)
+#elif !defined(_TINYDIR_MALLOC) && !defined(_TINYDIR_FREE)
+#else
+#error "Either define both alloc and free or none of them!"
+#endif
+
+#if !defined(_TINYDIR_MALLOC)
+	#define _TINYDIR_MALLOC(_size) malloc(_size)
+	#define _TINYDIR_FREE(_ptr)    free(_ptr)
+#endif /* !defined(_TINYDIR_MALLOC) */
+
+typedef struct tinydir_file
+{
+	_tinydir_char_t path[_TINYDIR_PATH_MAX];
+	_tinydir_char_t name[_TINYDIR_FILENAME_MAX];
+	_tinydir_char_t *extension;
+	int is_dir;
+	int is_reg;
+
+#ifndef _MSC_VER
+#ifdef __MINGW32__
+	struct _stat _s;
+#else
+	struct stat _s;
+#endif
+#endif
+} tinydir_file;
+
+typedef struct tinydir_dir
+{
+	_tinydir_char_t path[_TINYDIR_PATH_MAX];
+	int has_next;
+	size_t n_files;
+
+	tinydir_file *_files;
+#ifdef _MSC_VER
+	HANDLE _h;
+	WIN32_FIND_DATA _f;
+#else
+	_TINYDIR_DIR *_d;
+	struct _tinydir_dirent *_e;
+#ifndef _TINYDIR_USE_READDIR
+	struct _tinydir_dirent *_ep;
+#endif
+#endif
+} tinydir_dir;
+
+
+/* declarations */
+
+_TINYDIR_FUNC
+int tinydir_open(tinydir_dir *dir, const _tinydir_char_t *path);
+_TINYDIR_FUNC
+int tinydir_open_sorted(tinydir_dir *dir, const _tinydir_char_t *path);
+_TINYDIR_FUNC
+void tinydir_close(tinydir_dir *dir);
+
+_TINYDIR_FUNC
+int tinydir_next(tinydir_dir *dir);
+_TINYDIR_FUNC
+int tinydir_readfile(const tinydir_dir *dir, tinydir_file *file);
+_TINYDIR_FUNC
+int tinydir_readfile_n(const tinydir_dir *dir, tinydir_file *file, size_t i);
+_TINYDIR_FUNC
+int tinydir_open_subdir_n(tinydir_dir *dir, size_t i);
+
+_TINYDIR_FUNC
+int tinydir_file_open(tinydir_file *file, const _tinydir_char_t *path);
+_TINYDIR_FUNC
+void _tinydir_get_ext(tinydir_file *file);
+_TINYDIR_FUNC
+int _tinydir_file_cmp(const void *a, const void *b);
+#ifndef _MSC_VER
+#ifndef _TINYDIR_USE_READDIR
+_TINYDIR_FUNC
+size_t _tinydir_dirent_buf_size(_TINYDIR_DIR *dirp);
+#endif
+#endif
+
+
+/* definitions*/
+
+_TINYDIR_FUNC
+int tinydir_open(tinydir_dir *dir, const _tinydir_char_t *path)
+{
+#ifndef _MSC_VER
+#ifndef _TINYDIR_USE_READDIR
+	int error;
+	int size;	/* using int size */
+#endif
+#else
+	_tinydir_char_t path_buf[_TINYDIR_PATH_MAX];
+#endif
+	_tinydir_char_t *pathp;
+
+	if (dir == NULL || path == NULL || _tinydir_strlen(path) == 0)
+	{
+		errno = EINVAL;
+		return -1;
+	}
+	if (_tinydir_strlen(path) + _TINYDIR_PATH_EXTRA >= _TINYDIR_PATH_MAX)
+	{
+		errno = ENAMETOOLONG;
+		return -1;
+	}
+
+	/* initialise dir */
+	dir->_files = NULL;
+#ifdef _MSC_VER
+	dir->_h = INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE;
+#else
+	dir->_d = NULL;
+#ifndef _TINYDIR_USE_READDIR
+	dir->_ep = NULL;
+#endif
+#endif
+	tinydir_close(dir);
+
+	_tinydir_strcpy(dir->path, path);
+	/* Remove trailing slashes */
+	pathp = &dir->path[_tinydir_strlen(dir->path) - 1];
+	while (pathp != dir->path && (*pathp == TINYDIR_STRING('\\') || *pathp == TINYDIR_STRING('/')))
+	{
+		*pathp = TINYDIR_STRING('\0');
+		pathp++;
+	}
+#ifdef _MSC_VER
+	_tinydir_strcpy(path_buf, dir->path);
+	_tinydir_strcat(path_buf, TINYDIR_STRING("\\*"));
+#if (defined WINAPI_FAMILY) && (WINAPI_FAMILY != WINAPI_FAMILY_DESKTOP_APP)
+	dir->_h = FindFirstFileEx(path_buf, FindExInfoStandard, &dir->_f, FindExSearchNameMatch, NULL, 0);
+#else
+	dir->_h = FindFirstFile(path_buf, &dir->_f);
+#endif
+	if (dir->_h == INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE)
+	{
+		errno = ENOENT;
+#else
+	dir->_d = _tinydir_opendir(path);
+	if (dir->_d == NULL)
+	{
+#endif
+		goto bail;
+	}
+
+	/* read first file */
+	dir->has_next = 1;
+#ifndef _MSC_VER
+#ifdef _TINYDIR_USE_READDIR
+	dir->_e = _tinydir_readdir(dir->_d);
+#else
+	/* allocate dirent buffer for readdir_r */
+	size = _tinydir_dirent_buf_size(dir->_d); /* conversion to int */
+	if (size == -1) return -1;
+	dir->_ep = (struct _tinydir_dirent*)_TINYDIR_MALLOC(size);
+	if (dir->_ep == NULL) return -1;
+
+	error = readdir_r(dir->_d, dir->_ep, &dir->_e);
+	if (error != 0) return -1;
+#endif
+	if (dir->_e == NULL)
+	{
+		dir->has_next = 0;
+	}
+#endif
+
+	return 0;
+
+bail:
+	tinydir_close(dir);
+	return -1;
+}
+
+_TINYDIR_FUNC
+int tinydir_open_sorted(tinydir_dir *dir, const _tinydir_char_t *path)
+{
+	/* Count the number of files first, to pre-allocate the files array */
+	size_t n_files = 0;
+	if (tinydir_open(dir, path) == -1)
+	{
+		return -1;
+	}
+	while (dir->has_next)
+	{
+		n_files++;
+		if (tinydir_next(dir) == -1)
+		{
+			goto bail;
+		}
+	}
+	tinydir_close(dir);
+
+	if (tinydir_open(dir, path) == -1)
+	{
+		return -1;
+	}
+
+	dir->n_files = 0;
+	dir->_files = (tinydir_file *)_TINYDIR_MALLOC(sizeof *dir->_files * n_files);
+	if (dir->_files == NULL)
+	{
+		goto bail;
+	}
+	while (dir->has_next)
+	{
+		tinydir_file *p_file;
+		dir->n_files++;
+
+		p_file = &dir->_files[dir->n_files - 1];
+		if (tinydir_readfile(dir, p_file) == -1)
+		{
+			goto bail;
+		}
+
+		if (tinydir_next(dir) == -1)
+		{
+			goto bail;
+		}
+
+		/* Just in case the number of files has changed between the first and
+		second reads, terminate without writing into unallocated memory */
+		if (dir->n_files == n_files)
+		{
+			break;
+		}
+	}
+
+	qsort(dir->_files, dir->n_files, sizeof(tinydir_file), _tinydir_file_cmp);
+
+	return 0;
+
+bail:
+	tinydir_close(dir);
+	return -1;
+}
+
+_TINYDIR_FUNC
+void tinydir_close(tinydir_dir *dir)
+{
+	if (dir == NULL)
+	{
+		return;
+	}
+
+	memset(dir->path, 0, sizeof(dir->path));
+	dir->has_next = 0;
+	dir->n_files = 0;
+	_TINYDIR_FREE(dir->_files);
+	dir->_files = NULL;
+#ifdef _MSC_VER
+	if (dir->_h != INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE)
+	{
+		FindClose(dir->_h);
+	}
+	dir->_h = INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE;
+#else
+	if (dir->_d)
+	{
+		_tinydir_closedir(dir->_d);
+	}
+	dir->_d = NULL;
+	dir->_e = NULL;
+#ifndef _TINYDIR_USE_READDIR
+	_TINYDIR_FREE(dir->_ep);
+	dir->_ep = NULL;
+#endif
+#endif
+}
+
+_TINYDIR_FUNC
+int tinydir_next(tinydir_dir *dir)
+{
+	if (dir == NULL)
+	{
+		errno = EINVAL;
+		return -1;
+	}
+	if (!dir->has_next)
+	{
+		errno = ENOENT;
+		return -1;
+	}
+
+#ifdef _MSC_VER
+	if (FindNextFile(dir->_h, &dir->_f) == 0)
+#else
+#ifdef _TINYDIR_USE_READDIR
+	dir->_e = _tinydir_readdir(dir->_d);
+#else
+	if (dir->_ep == NULL)
+	{
+		return -1;
+	}
+	if (readdir_r(dir->_d, dir->_ep, &dir->_e) != 0)
+	{
+		return -1;
+	}
+#endif
+	if (dir->_e == NULL)
+#endif
+	{
+		dir->has_next = 0;
+#ifdef _MSC_VER
+		if (GetLastError() != ERROR_SUCCESS &&
+			GetLastError() != ERROR_NO_MORE_FILES)
+		{
+			tinydir_close(dir);
+			errno = EIO;
+			return -1;
+		}
+#endif
+	}
+
+	return 0;
+}
+
+_TINYDIR_FUNC
+int tinydir_readfile(const tinydir_dir *dir, tinydir_file *file)
+{
+	if (dir == NULL || file == NULL)
+	{
+		errno = EINVAL;
+		return -1;
+	}
+#ifdef _MSC_VER
+	if (dir->_h == INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE)
+#else
+	if (dir->_e == NULL)
+#endif
+	{
+		errno = ENOENT;
+		return -1;
+	}
+	if (_tinydir_strlen(dir->path) +
+		_tinydir_strlen(
+#ifdef _MSC_VER
+			dir->_f.cFileName
+#else
+			dir->_e->d_name
+#endif
+		) + 1 + _TINYDIR_PATH_EXTRA >=
+		_TINYDIR_PATH_MAX)
+	{
+		/* the path for the file will be too long */
+		errno = ENAMETOOLONG;
+		return -1;
+	}
+	if (_tinydir_strlen(
+#ifdef _MSC_VER
+			dir->_f.cFileName
+#else
+			dir->_e->d_name
+#endif
+		) >= _TINYDIR_FILENAME_MAX)
+	{
+		errno = ENAMETOOLONG;
+		return -1;
+	}
+
+	_tinydir_strcpy(file->path, dir->path);
+	_tinydir_strcat(file->path, TINYDIR_STRING("/"));
+	_tinydir_strcpy(file->name,
+#ifdef _MSC_VER
+		dir->_f.cFileName
+#else
+		dir->_e->d_name
+#endif
+	);
+	_tinydir_strcat(file->path, file->name);
+#ifndef _MSC_VER
+#ifdef __MINGW32__
+	if (_tstat(
+#else
+	if (stat(
+#endif
+		file->path, &file->_s) == -1)
+	{
+		return -1;
+	}
+#endif
+	_tinydir_get_ext(file);
+
+	file->is_dir =
+#ifdef _MSC_VER
+		!!(dir->_f.dwFileAttributes & FILE_ATTRIBUTE_DIRECTORY);
+#else
+		S_ISDIR(file->_s.st_mode);
+#endif
+	file->is_reg =
+#ifdef _MSC_VER
+		!!(dir->_f.dwFileAttributes & FILE_ATTRIBUTE_NORMAL) ||
+		(
+			!(dir->_f.dwFileAttributes & FILE_ATTRIBUTE_DEVICE) &&
+			!(dir->_f.dwFileAttributes & FILE_ATTRIBUTE_DIRECTORY) &&
+			!(dir->_f.dwFileAttributes & FILE_ATTRIBUTE_ENCRYPTED) &&
+#ifdef FILE_ATTRIBUTE_INTEGRITY_STREAM
+			!(dir->_f.dwFileAttributes & FILE_ATTRIBUTE_INTEGRITY_STREAM) &&
+#endif
+#ifdef FILE_ATTRIBUTE_NO_SCRUB_DATA
+			!(dir->_f.dwFileAttributes & FILE_ATTRIBUTE_NO_SCRUB_DATA) &&
+#endif
+			!(dir->_f.dwFileAttributes & FILE_ATTRIBUTE_OFFLINE) &&
+			!(dir->_f.dwFileAttributes & FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TEMPORARY));
+#else
+		S_ISREG(file->_s.st_mode);
+#endif
+
+	return 0;
+}
+
+_TINYDIR_FUNC
+int tinydir_readfile_n(const tinydir_dir *dir, tinydir_file *file, size_t i)
+{
+	if (dir == NULL || file == NULL)
+	{
+		errno = EINVAL;
+		return -1;
+	}
+	if (i >= dir->n_files)
+	{
+		errno = ENOENT;
+		return -1;
+	}
+
+	memcpy(file, &dir->_files[i], sizeof(tinydir_file));
+	_tinydir_get_ext(file);
+
+	return 0;
+}
+
+_TINYDIR_FUNC
+int tinydir_open_subdir_n(tinydir_dir *dir, size_t i)
+{
+	_tinydir_char_t path[_TINYDIR_PATH_MAX];
+	if (dir == NULL)
+	{
+		errno = EINVAL;
+		return -1;
+	}
+	if (i >= dir->n_files || !dir->_files[i].is_dir)
+	{
+		errno = ENOENT;
+		return -1;
+	}
+
+	_tinydir_strcpy(path, dir->_files[i].path);
+	tinydir_close(dir);
+	if (tinydir_open_sorted(dir, path) == -1)
+	{
+		return -1;
+	}
+
+	return 0;
+}
+
+/* Open a single file given its path */
+_TINYDIR_FUNC
+int tinydir_file_open(tinydir_file *file, const _tinydir_char_t *path)
+{
+	tinydir_dir dir;
+	int result = 0;
+	int found = 0;
+	_tinydir_char_t dir_name_buf[_TINYDIR_PATH_MAX];
+	_tinydir_char_t file_name_buf[_TINYDIR_FILENAME_MAX];
+	_tinydir_char_t *dir_name;
+	_tinydir_char_t *base_name;
+#if (defined _MSC_VER || defined __MINGW32__)
+	_tinydir_char_t drive_buf[_TINYDIR_PATH_MAX];
+	_tinydir_char_t ext_buf[_TINYDIR_FILENAME_MAX];
+#endif
+
+	if (file == NULL || path == NULL || _tinydir_strlen(path) == 0)
+	{
+		errno = EINVAL;
+		return -1;
+	}
+	if (_tinydir_strlen(path) + _TINYDIR_PATH_EXTRA >= _TINYDIR_PATH_MAX)
+	{
+		errno = ENAMETOOLONG;
+		return -1;
+	}
+
+	/* Get the parent path */
+#if (defined _MSC_VER || defined __MINGW32__)
+#if ((defined _MSC_VER) && (_MSC_VER >= 1400))
+		_tsplitpath_s(
+			path,
+			drive_buf, _TINYDIR_DRIVE_MAX,
+			dir_name_buf, _TINYDIR_FILENAME_MAX,
+			file_name_buf, _TINYDIR_FILENAME_MAX,
+			ext_buf, _TINYDIR_FILENAME_MAX);
+#else
+		_tsplitpath(
+			path,
+			drive_buf,
+			dir_name_buf,
+			file_name_buf,
+			ext_buf);
+#endif
+
+/* _splitpath_s not work fine with only filename and widechar support */
+#ifdef _UNICODE
+		if (drive_buf[0] == L'\xFEFE')
+			drive_buf[0] = '\0';
+		if (dir_name_buf[0] == L'\xFEFE')
+			dir_name_buf[0] = '\0';
+#endif
+
+	if (errno)
+	{
+		errno = EINVAL;
+		return -1;
+	}
+	/* Emulate the behavior of dirname by returning "." for dir name if it's
+	empty */
+	if (drive_buf[0] == '\0' && dir_name_buf[0] == '\0')
+	{
+		_tinydir_strcpy(dir_name_buf, TINYDIR_STRING("."));
+	}
+	/* Concatenate the drive letter and dir name to form full dir name */
+	_tinydir_strcat(drive_buf, dir_name_buf);
+	dir_name = drive_buf;
+	/* Concatenate the file name and extension to form base name */
+	_tinydir_strcat(file_name_buf, ext_buf);
+	base_name = file_name_buf;
+#else
+	_tinydir_strcpy(dir_name_buf, path);
+	dir_name = dirname(dir_name_buf);
+	_tinydir_strcpy(file_name_buf, path);
+	base_name =basename(file_name_buf);
+#endif
+
+	/* Open the parent directory */
+	if (tinydir_open(&dir, dir_name) == -1)
+	{
+		return -1;
+	}
+
+	/* Read through the parent directory and look for the file */
+	while (dir.has_next)
+	{
+		if (tinydir_readfile(&dir, file) == -1)
+		{
+			result = -1;
+			goto bail;
+		}
+		if (_tinydir_strcmp(file->name, base_name) == 0)
+		{
+			/* File found */
+			found = 1;
+			break;
+		}
+		tinydir_next(&dir);
+	}
+	if (!found)
+	{
+		result = -1;
+		errno = ENOENT;
+	}
+
+bail:
+	tinydir_close(&dir);
+	return result;
+}
+
+_TINYDIR_FUNC
+void _tinydir_get_ext(tinydir_file *file)
+{
+	_tinydir_char_t *period = _tinydir_strrchr(file->name, TINYDIR_STRING('.'));
+	if (period == NULL)
+	{
+		file->extension = &(file->name[_tinydir_strlen(file->name)]);
+	}
+	else
+	{
+		file->extension = period + 1;
+	}
+}
+
+_TINYDIR_FUNC
+int _tinydir_file_cmp(const void *a, const void *b)
+{
+	const tinydir_file *fa = (const tinydir_file *)a;
+	const tinydir_file *fb = (const tinydir_file *)b;
+	if (fa->is_dir != fb->is_dir)
+	{
+		return -(fa->is_dir - fb->is_dir);
+	}
+	return _tinydir_strncmp(fa->name, fb->name, _TINYDIR_FILENAME_MAX);
+}
+
+#ifndef _MSC_VER
+#ifndef _TINYDIR_USE_READDIR
+/*
+The following authored by Ben Hutchings <ben@decadent.org.uk>
+from https://womble.decadent.org.uk/readdir_r-advisory.html
+*/
+/* Calculate the required buffer size (in bytes) for directory      *
+* entries read from the given directory handle.  Return -1 if this  *
+* this cannot be done.                                              *
+*                                                                   *
+* This code does not trust values of NAME_MAX that are less than    *
+* 255, since some systems (including at least HP-UX) incorrectly    *
+* define it to be a smaller value.                                  */
+_TINYDIR_FUNC
+size_t _tinydir_dirent_buf_size(_TINYDIR_DIR *dirp)
+{
+	long name_max;
+	size_t name_end;
+	/* parameter may be unused */
+	(void)dirp;
+
+#if defined _TINYDIR_USE_FPATHCONF
+	name_max = fpathconf(dirfd(dirp), _PC_NAME_MAX);
+	if (name_max == -1)
+#if defined(NAME_MAX)
+		name_max = (NAME_MAX > 255) ? NAME_MAX : 255;
+#else
+		return (size_t)(-1);
+#endif
+#elif defined(NAME_MAX)
+ 	name_max = (NAME_MAX > 255) ? NAME_MAX : 255;
+#else
+#error "buffer size for readdir_r cannot be determined"
+#endif
+	name_end = (size_t)offsetof(struct _tinydir_dirent, d_name) + name_max + 1;
+	return (name_end > sizeof(struct _tinydir_dirent) ?
+		name_end : sizeof(struct _tinydir_dirent));
+}
+#endif
+#endif
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+# if defined (_MSC_VER)
+# pragma warning(pop)
+# endif
+
+#endif

doc/CrtObjCmd.3

@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
 .so man.macros
 .BS
 .SH NAME
-Tcl_CreateObjCommand, Tcl_DeleteCommand, Tcl_DeleteCommandFromToken, Tcl_GetCommandInfo, Tcl_GetCommandInfoFromToken, Tcl_SetCommandInfo, Tcl_SetCommandInfoFromToken, Tcl_GetCommandName, Tcl_GetCommandFullName, Tcl_GetCommandFromObj \- implement new commands in C
+Tcl_CreateObjCommand, Tcl_DeleteCommand, Tcl_DeleteCommandFromToken, Tcl_GetCommandInfo, Tcl_GetCommandInfoFromToken, Tcl_SetCommandInfo, Tcl_SetCommandInfoFromToken, Tcl_GetCommandName, Tcl_GetCommandFullName, Tcl_GetCommandFromObj Tcl_RegisterCommandTypeName, Tcl_GetCommandTypeName \- implement new commands in C
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 \fB#include <tcl.h>\fR
@@ -42,6 +42,14 @@ void
 .sp
 Tcl_Command
 \fBTcl_GetCommandFromObj\fR(\fIinterp, objPtr\fR)
+.sp
+.VS "info cmdtype feature"
+void
+\fBTcl_RegisterCommandTypeName\fR(\fIproc, typeName\fR)
+.sp
+const char *
+\fBTcl_GetCommandTypeName\fR(\fItoken\fR)
+.VE "info cmdtype feature"
 .SH ARGUMENTS
 .AS Tcl_CmdDeleteProc *deleteProc in/out
 .AP Tcl_Interp *interp in
@@ -65,6 +73,9 @@ Pointer to structure containing various information about a
 Tcl command.
 .AP Tcl_Obj *objPtr in
 Value containing the name of a Tcl command.
+.AP "const char" *typeName in
+Indicates the name of the type of command implementation associated
+with a particular \fIproc\fR, or NULL to break the association.
 .BE
 .SH DESCRIPTION
 .PP
@@ -296,6 +307,22 @@ is appended to the value specified by \fIobjPtr\fR.
 specified by the name in a \fBTcl_Obj\fR.
 The command name is resolved relative to the current namespace.
 Returns NULL if the command is not found.
+.PP
+.VS "info cmdtype feature"
+\fBTcl_RegisterCommandTypeName\fR is used to associate a name (the
+\fItypeName\fR argument) with a particular implementation function so that it
+can then be looked up with \fBTcl_GetCommandTypeName\fR, which in turn is
+called with a command token that information is wanted for and which returns
+the name of the type that was registered for the implementation function used
+for that command. (The lookup functionality is surfaced virtually directly in Tcl via
+\fBinfo cmdtype\fR.) If there is no function registered for a particular
+function, the result will be the string literal
+.QW \fBnative\fR .
+The registration of a name can be undone by registering a mapping to NULL
+instead. The result from \fBTcl_GetCommandTypeName\fR will be exactly that
+string which was registered, and not a copy; use of a compile-time constant
+string is \fIstrongly recommended\fR.
+.VE "info cmdtype feature"
 .SH "SEE ALSO"
 Tcl_CreateCommand(3), Tcl_ResetResult(3), Tcl_SetObjResult(3)
 .SH KEYWORDS

doc/Method.3

@@ -9,18 +9,18 @@
 .BS
 '\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
 .SH NAME
-Tcl_ClassSetConstructor, Tcl_ClassSetDestructor, Tcl_MethodDeclarerClass, Tcl_MethodDeclarerObject, Tcl_MethodIsPublic, Tcl_MethodIsType, Tcl_MethodName, Tcl_NewInstanceMethod, Tcl_NewMethod, Tcl_ObjectContextInvokeNext, Tcl_ObjectContextIsFiltering, Tcl_ObjectContextMethod, Tcl_ObjectContextObject, Tcl_ObjectContextSkippedArgs \- manipulate methods and method-call contexts
+Tcl_ClassSetConstructor, Tcl_ClassSetDestructor, Tcl_MethodDeclarerClass, Tcl_MethodDeclarerObject, Tcl_MethodIsPublic, Tcl_MethodIsPrivate, Tcl_MethodIsType, Tcl_MethodName, Tcl_NewInstanceMethod, Tcl_NewMethod, Tcl_ObjectContextInvokeNext, Tcl_ObjectContextIsFiltering, Tcl_ObjectContextMethod, Tcl_ObjectContextObject, Tcl_ObjectContextSkippedArgs \- manipulate methods and method-call contexts
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 \fB#include <tclOO.h>\fR
 .sp
 Tcl_Method
-\fBTcl_NewMethod\fR(\fIinterp, class, nameObj, isPublic,
-              methodTypePtr, clientData\fR)
+\fBTcl_NewMethod\fR(\fIinterp, class, nameObj, flags, methodTypePtr,
+              clientData\fR)
 .sp
 Tcl_Method
-\fBTcl_NewInstanceMethod\fR(\fIinterp, object, nameObj, isPublic,
-                      methodTypePtr, clientData\fR)
+\fBTcl_NewInstanceMethod\fR(\fIinterp, object, nameObj, flags, methodTypePtr,
+                      clientData\fR)
 .sp
 \fBTcl_ClassSetConstructor\fR(\fIinterp, class, method\fR)
 .sp
@@ -35,8 +35,13 @@ Tcl_Object
 Tcl_Obj *
 \fBTcl_MethodName\fR(\fImethod\fR)
 .sp
+.VS TIP500
 int
 \fBTcl_MethodIsPublic\fR(\fImethod\fR)
+.VE TIP500
+.sp
+int
+\fBTcl_MethodIsPrivate\fR(\fImethod\fR)
 .sp
 int
 \fBTcl_MethodIsType\fR(\fImethod, methodTypePtr, clientDataPtr\fR)
@@ -66,10 +71,15 @@ The class to create the method in.
 .AP Tcl_Obj *nameObj in
 The name of the method to create. Should not be NULL unless creating
 constructors or destructors.
-.AP int isPublic in
-A flag saying what the visibility of the method is. The only supported public
-values of this flag are 0 for a non-exported method, and 1 for an exported
-method.
+.AP int flags in
+A flag saying (currently) what the visibility of the method is. The supported
+public values of this flag are \fBTCL_OO_METHOD_PUBLIC\fR (which is fixed at 1
+for backward compatibility) for an exported method,
+\fBTCL_OO_METHOD_UNEXPORTED\fR (which is fixed at 0 for backward
+compatibility) for a non-exported method,
+.VS TIP500
+and \fBTCL_OO_METHOD_PRIVATE\fR for a private method.
+.VE TIP500
 .AP Tcl_MethodType *methodTypePtr in
 A description of the type of the method to create, or the type of method to
 compare against.
@@ -105,8 +115,12 @@ Given a method, the entity that declared it can be found using
 attached to (or NULL if the method is not attached to any class) and
 \fBTcl_MethodDeclarerObject\fR which returns the object that the method is
 attached to (or NULL if the method is not attached to an object). The name of
-the method can be retrieved with \fBTcl_MethodName\fR and whether the method
-is exported is retrieved with \fBTcl_MethodIsPublic\fR. The type of the method
+the method can be retrieved with \fBTcl_MethodName\fR, whether the method
+is exported is retrieved with \fBTcl_MethodIsPublic\fR,
+.VS TIP500
+and whether the method is private is retrieved with \fBTcl_MethodIsPrivate\fR.
+.VE TIP500
+The type of the method
 can also be introspected upon to a limited degree; the function
 \fBTcl_MethodIsType\fR returns whether a method is of a particular type,
 assigning the per-method \fIclientData\fR to the variable pointed to by
@@ -117,8 +131,12 @@ Methods are created by \fBTcl_NewMethod\fR and \fBTcl_NewInstanceMethod\fR,
 which
 create a method attached to a class or an object respectively. In both cases,
 the \fInameObj\fR argument gives the name of the method to create, the
-\fIisPublic\fR argument states whether the method should be exported
-initially, the \fImethodTypePtr\fR argument describes the implementation of
+\fIflags\fR argument states whether the method should be exported
+initially
+.VS TIP500
+or be marked as a private method,
+.VE TIP500
+the \fImethodTypePtr\fR argument describes the implementation of
 the method (see the \fBMETHOD TYPES\fR section below) and the \fIclientData\fR
 argument gives some implementation-specific data that is passed on to the
 implementation of the method when it is called.

doc/NRE.3

@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 .\"
 .\" Copyright (c) 2008 by Kevin B. Kenny.
-.\" Copyright (c) 2018 by Nathan Coulter. 
+.\" Copyright (c) 2018 by Nathan Coulter.
 .\"
 '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
 '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.

doc/Panic.3

@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
 .BS
 '\"  Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
 .SH NAME
-Tcl_Panic, Tcl_PanicVA, Tcl_SetPanicProc \- report fatal error and abort
+Tcl_Panic, Tcl_PanicVA, Tcl_SetPanicProc, Tcl_ConsolePanic \- report fatal error and abort
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 \fB#include <tcl.h>\fR
@@ -21,6 +21,9 @@ void
 void
 \fBTcl_SetPanicProc\fR(\fIpanicProc\fR)
 .sp
+void
+\fBTcl_ConsolePanic\fR(\fIformat\fR, \fIarg\fR, \fIarg\fR, \fI...\fR)
+.sp
 .SH ARGUMENTS
 .AS Tcl_PanicProc *panicProc
 .AP "const char*" format in
@@ -54,6 +57,14 @@ message is sent to the debugger in stead. If the windows executable
 does not have a stderr channel (e.g. \fBwish.exe\fR), then a
 system dialog box is used to display the panic message.
 .PP
+If your application doesn't use \fBTcl_Main\fR or \fBTk_Main\fR
+and you want to implicitly use the stderr channel of your
+application's C runtime (in stead of the stderr channel of the
+C runtime used by Tcl), you can call \fBTcl_SetPanicProc\fR
+with \fBTcl_ConsolePanic\fR as its argument. On platforms which
+only have one C runtime (almost all platforms except Windows)
+\fBTcl_ConsolePanic\fR is equivalent to NULL.
+.PP
 \fBTcl_SetPanicProc\fR may be used to modify the behavior of
 \fBTcl_Panic\fR.  The \fIpanicProc\fR argument should match the
 type \fBTcl_PanicProc\fR:

doc/SaveResult.3

@@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
 '\"
 '\" Copyright (c) 1997 by Sun Microsystems, Inc.
 '\" Contributions from Don Porter, NIST, 2004. (not subject to US copyright)
+'\" Copyright (c) 2018 Nathan Coulter.
 '\"
 '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
 '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
@@ -9,7 +10,9 @@
 .so man.macros
 .BS
 .SH NAME
-Tcl_SaveInterpState, Tcl_RestoreInterpState, Tcl_DiscardInterpState, Tcl_SaveResult, Tcl_RestoreResult, Tcl_DiscardResult \- save and restore an interpreter's state
+Tcl_SaveInterpState, Tcl_RestoreInterpState, Tcl_DiscardInterpState,
+Tcl_SaveResult, Tcl_RestoreResult, Tcl_DiscardResult \- Save and restore the
+state of an an interpreter.
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 \fB#include <tcl.h>\fR
@@ -30,91 +33,53 @@ int
 .SH ARGUMENTS
 .AS Tcl_InterpState savedPtr
 .AP Tcl_Interp *interp in
-Interpreter for which state should be saved.
+The interpreter for the operation.
 .AP int status in
-Return code value to save as part of interpreter state.
+The return code for the state.
 .AP Tcl_InterpState state in
-Saved state token to be restored or discarded.
+A token for saved state.
 .AP Tcl_SavedResult *savedPtr in
-Pointer to location where interpreter result should be saved or restored.
+A pointer to storage for saved state.
 .BE
 .SH DESCRIPTION
 .PP
-These routines allows a C procedure to take a snapshot of the current
-state of an interpreter so that it can be restored after a call
-to \fBTcl_Eval\fR or some other routine that modifies the interpreter
-state.  There are two triplets of routines meant to work together.
+These routines save the state of an interpreter before a call to a routine such
+as \fBTcl_Eval\fR, and restore the state afterwards.
 .PP
-The first triplet stores the snapshot of interpreter state in
-an opaque token returned by \fBTcl_SaveInterpState\fR.  That token
-value may then be passed back to one of \fBTcl_RestoreInterpState\fR
-or \fBTcl_DiscardInterpState\fR, depending on whether the interp
-state is to be restored.  So long as one of the latter two routines
-is called, Tcl will take care of memory management.
+\fBTcl_SaveInterpState\fR saves the parts of \fIinterp\fR that comprise the
+result of a script, including the resulting value, the return code passed as
+\fIstatus\fR, and any options such as \fB\-errorinfo\fR and \fB\-errorcode\fR.
+It returns a token for the saved state.  The interpreter result is not reset
+and no interpreter state is changed.
 .PP
-The second triplet stores the snapshot of only the interpreter
-result (not its complete state) in memory allocated by the caller.
-These routines are passed a pointer to \fBTcl_SavedResult\fR
-that is used to store enough information to restore the interpreter result.
-\fBTcl_SavedResult\fR can be allocated on the stack of the calling
-procedure.  These routines do not save the state of any error
-information in the interpreter (e.g. the \fB\-errorcode\fR or
-\fB\-errorinfo\fR return options, when an error is in progress).
+\fBTcl_RestoreInterpState\fR restores the state indicated by \fIstate\fR and
+returns the \fIstatus\fR originally passed in the corresponding call to
+\fBTcl_SaveInterpState\fR.
 .PP
-Because the routines \fBTcl_SaveInterpState\fR,
-\fBTcl_RestoreInterpState\fR, and \fBTcl_DiscardInterpState\fR perform
-a superset of the functions provided by the other routines,
-any new code should only make use of the more powerful routines.
-The older, weaker routines \fBTcl_SaveResult\fR, \fBTcl_RestoreResult\fR,
-and \fBTcl_DiscardResult\fR continue to exist only for the sake
-of existing programs that may already be using them.
+If a saved state is not restored, \fBTcl_DiscardInterpState\fR must be called
+to release it.  A token used to discard or restore state must not be used
+again.
 .PP
-\fBTcl_SaveInterpState\fR takes a snapshot of those portions of
-interpreter state that make up the full result of script evaluation.
-This include the interpreter result, the return code (passed in
-as the \fIstatus\fR argument, and any return options, including
-\fB\-errorinfo\fR and \fB\-errorcode\fR when an error is in progress.
-This snapshot is returned as an opaque token of type \fBTcl_InterpState\fR.
-The call to \fBTcl_SaveInterpState\fR does not itself change the
-state of the interpreter.  Unlike \fBTcl_SaveResult\fR, it does
-not reset the interpreter.
+\fBTcl_SaveResult\fR, \fBTcl_RestoreResult\fR, and \fBTcl_DiscardResult\fR are
+deprecated.  Instead use \fBTcl_SaveInterpState\fR,
+\fBTcl_RestoreInterpState\fR, and \fBTcl_DiscardInterpState\fR, which are more
+capable.
 .PP
-\fBTcl_RestoreInterpState\fR accepts a \fBTcl_InterpState\fR token
-previously returned by \fBTcl_SaveInterpState\fR and restores the
-state of the interp to the state held in that snapshot.  The return
-value of \fBTcl_RestoreInterpState\fR is the status value originally
-passed to \fBTcl_SaveInterpState\fR when the snapshot token was
-created.
+\fBTcl_SaveResult\fR moves the result of \fIinterp\fR to the location
+\fIstatePtr\fR points to and returns the interpreter result to its initial
+state.  It does not save options such as \fB\-errorcode\fR or
+\fB\-errorinfo\fR.
 .PP
-\fBTcl_DiscardInterpState\fR is called to release a \fBTcl_InterpState\fR
-token previously returned by \fBTcl_SaveInterpState\fR when that
-snapshot is not to be restored to an interp.
-.PP
-The \fBTcl_InterpState\fR token returned by \fBTcl_SaveInterpState\fR
-must eventually be passed to either \fBTcl_RestoreInterpState\fR
-or \fBTcl_DiscardInterpState\fR to avoid a memory leak.  Once
-the \fBTcl_InterpState\fR token is passed to one of them, the
-token is no longer valid and should not be used anymore.
-.PP
-\fBTcl_SaveResult\fR moves the string and value results
-of \fIinterp\fR into the location specified by \fIstatePtr\fR.
-\fBTcl_SaveResult\fR clears the result for \fIinterp\fR and
-leaves the result in its normal empty initialized state.
-.PP
-\fBTcl_RestoreResult\fR moves the string and value results from
-\fIstatePtr\fR back into \fIinterp\fR.  Any result or error that was
-already in the interpreter will be cleared.  The \fIstatePtr\fR is left
-in an uninitialized state and cannot be used until another call to
+\fBTcl_RestoreResult\fR clears any existing result or error in \fIinterp\fR and
+moves the result from \fIstatePtr\fR back to \fIinterp\fR.  \fIstatePtr\fR is
+then in an undefined state and must not be used until passed again to
 \fBTcl_SaveResult\fR.
 .PP
-\fBTcl_DiscardResult\fR releases the saved interpreter state
-stored at \fBstatePtr\fR.  The state structure is left in an
-uninitialized state and cannot be used until another call to
+\fBTcl_DiscardResult\fR releases the state stored at \fBstatePtr\fR, which is
+then in an undefined state and must not be used until passed again to
 \fBTcl_SaveResult\fR.
 .PP
-Once \fBTcl_SaveResult\fR is called to save the interpreter
-result, either \fBTcl_RestoreResult\fR or
-\fBTcl_DiscardResult\fR must be called to properly clean up the
-memory associated with the saved state.
+If a saved result is not restored, \fBTcl_DiscardResult\fR must be called to
+release it.
 .SH KEYWORDS
 result, state, interp

doc/Thread.3

@@ -45,7 +45,9 @@ int
 .AP Tcl_Condition *condPtr in
 A condition variable, which must be associated with a mutex lock.
 .AP Tcl_Mutex *mutexPtr in
-A mutex lock.
+.VS TIP509
+A recursive mutex lock.
+.VE TIP509
 .AP "const Tcl_Time" *timePtr in
 A time limit on the condition wait.  NULL to wait forever.
 Note that a polling value of 0 seconds does not make much sense.
@@ -140,8 +142,12 @@ of code by calling \fBTcl_MutexLock\fR and \fBTcl_MutexUnlock\fR.
 If one thread holds a mutex, any other thread calling \fBTcl_MutexLock\fR will
 block until \fBTcl_MutexUnlock\fR is called.
 A mutex can be destroyed after its use by calling \fBTcl_MutexFinalize\fR.
-The result of locking a mutex twice from the same thread is undefined.
-On some platforms it will result in a deadlock.
+.VS TIP509
+Mutexes are reentrant: they can be locked several times from the same
+thread. However there must be exactly one call to
+\fBTcl_MutexUnlock\fR for each call to \fBTcl_MutexLock\fR in order
+for a thread to release a mutex completely.
+.VE TIP509
 The \fBTcl_MutexLock\fR, \fBTcl_MutexUnlock\fR and \fBTcl_MutexFinalize\fR
 procedures are defined as empty macros if not compiling with threads enabled.
 For declaration of mutexes the \fBTCL_DECLARE_MUTEX\fR macro should be used.

doc/Utf.3

@@ -121,8 +121,8 @@ case-insensitive (1).
 
 .SH DESCRIPTION
 .PP
-These routines convert between UTF-8 strings and Tcl_UniChars.  A
-Tcl_UniChar is a Unicode character represented as an unsigned, fixed-size
+These routines convert between UTF-8 strings and Unicode characters.  An
+Unicode character represented as an unsigned, fixed-size
 quantity.  A UTF-8 character is a Unicode character represented as
 a varying-length sequence of up to \fBTCL_UTF_MAX\fR bytes.  A multibyte UTF-8
 sequence consists of a lead byte followed by some number of trail bytes.
@@ -130,9 +130,12 @@ sequence consists of a lead byte followed by some number of trail bytes.
 \fBTCL_UTF_MAX\fR is the maximum number of bytes that it takes to
 represent one Unicode character in the UTF-8 representation.
 .PP
-\fBTcl_UniCharToUtf\fR stores the Tcl_UniChar \fIch\fR as a UTF-8 string
+\fBTcl_UniCharToUtf\fR stores the character \fIch\fR as a UTF-8 string
 in starting at \fIbuf\fR.  The return value is the number of bytes stored
-in \fIbuf\fR.
+in \fIbuf\fR. If ch is an upper surrogate (range U+D800 - U+DBFF), then
+the return value will be 0 and nothing will be stored. If you still
+want to produce UTF-8 output for it (even though knowing it's an illegal
+code-point on its own), just call \fBTcl_UniCharToUtf\fR again using ch = -1.
 .PP
 \fBTcl_UtfToUniChar\fR reads one UTF-8 character starting at \fIsrc\fR
 and stores it as a Tcl_UniChar in \fI*chPtr\fR.  The return value is the
@@ -203,7 +206,7 @@ of \fIlength\fR bytes is long enough to be decoded by
 \fBTcl_UtfToUniChar\fR, or 0 otherwise.  This function does not guarantee
 that the UTF-8 string is properly formed.  This routine is used by
 procedures that are operating on a byte at a time and need to know if a
-full Tcl_UniChar has been seen.
+full Unicode character has been seen.
 .PP
 \fBTcl_NumUtfChars\fR corresponds to \fBstrlen\fR for UTF-8 strings.  It
 returns the number of Tcl_UniChars that are represented by the UTF-8 string
@@ -211,12 +214,12 @@ returns the number of Tcl_UniChars that are represented by the UTF-8 string
 length is negative, all bytes up to the first null byte are used.
 .PP
 \fBTcl_UtfFindFirst\fR corresponds to \fBstrchr\fR for UTF-8 strings.  It
-returns a pointer to the first occurrence of the Tcl_UniChar \fIch\fR
+returns a pointer to the first occurrence of the Unicode character \fIch\fR
 in the null-terminated UTF-8 string \fIsrc\fR.  The null terminator is
 considered part of the UTF-8 string.
 .PP
 \fBTcl_UtfFindLast\fR corresponds to \fBstrrchr\fR for UTF-8 strings.  It
-returns a pointer to the last occurrence of the Tcl_UniChar \fIch\fR
+returns a pointer to the last occurrence of the Unicode character \fIch\fR
 in the null-terminated UTF-8 string \fIsrc\fR.  The null terminator is
 considered part of the UTF-8 string.
 .PP

doc/abstract.n

@@ -0,0 +1,77 @@
+'\"
+'\" Copyright (c) 2018 Donal K. Fellows
+'\"
+'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
+'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
+'\"
+.TH abstract n 0.3 TclOO "TclOO Commands"
+.so man.macros
+.BS
+'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
+.SH NAME
+oo::abstract \- a class that does not allow direct instances of itself
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+package require TclOO
+
+\fBoo::abstract\fI method \fR?\fIarg ...\fR?
+.fi
+.SH "CLASS HIERARCHY"
+.nf
+\fBoo::object\fR
+   \(-> \fBoo::class\fR
+       \(-> \fBoo::abstract\fR
+.fi
+.BE
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+Abstract classes are classes that can contain definitions, but which cannot be
+directly manufactured; they are intended to only ever be inherited from and
+instantiated indirectly. The characteristic methods of \fBoo::class\fR
+(\fBcreate\fR and \fBnew\fR) are not exported by an instance of
+\fBoo::abstract\fR.
+.PP
+Note that \fBoo::abstract\fR is not itself an instance of \fBoo::abstract\fR.
+.SS CONSTRUCTOR
+The \fBoo::abstract\fR class does not define an explicit constructor; this
+means that it is effectively the same as the constructor of the
+\fBoo::class\fR class.
+.SS DESTRUCTOR
+The \fBoo::abstract\fR class does not define an explicit destructor;
+destroying an instance of it is just like destroying an ordinary class (and
+will destroy all its subclasses).
+.SS "EXPORTED METHODS"
+The \fBoo::abstract\fR class defines no new exported methods.
+.SS "NON-EXPORTED METHODS"
+The \fBoo::abstract\fR class explicitly states that \fBcreate\fR,
+\fBcreateWithNamespace\fR, and \fBnew\fR are unexported.
+.SH EXAMPLES
+.PP
+This example defines a simple class hierarchy and creates a new instance of
+it. It then invokes a method of the object before destroying the hierarchy and
+showing that the destruction is transitive.
+.PP
+.CS
+\fBoo::abstract\fR create fruit {
+    method eat {} {
+        puts "yummy!"
+    }
+}
+oo::class create banana {
+    superclass fruit
+    method peel {} {
+        puts "skin now off"
+    }
+}
+set b [banana \fBnew\fR]
+$b peel              \fI\(-> prints 'skin now off'\fR
+$b eat               \fI\(-> prints 'yummy!'\fR
+set f [fruit new]    \fI\(-> error 'unknown method "new"...'\fR
+.CE
+.SH "SEE ALSO"
+oo::define(n), oo::object(n)
+.SH KEYWORDS
+abstract class, class, metaclass, object
+.\" Local variables:
+.\" mode: nroff
+.\" fill-column: 78
+.\" End:

doc/append.n

@@ -20,6 +20,11 @@ Append all of the \fIvalue\fR arguments to the current value
 of variable \fIvarName\fR.  If \fIvarName\fR does not exist,
 it is given a value equal to the concatenation of all the
 \fIvalue\fR arguments.
+.VS TIP508
+If \fIvarName\fR indicate an element that does not exist of an array that has
+a default value set, the concatenation of the default value and all the
+\fIvalue\fR arguments will be stored in the array element.
+.VE TIP508
 The result of this command is the new value stored in variable
 \fIvarName\fR.
 This command provides an efficient way to build up long
@@ -44,6 +49,7 @@ puts $var
 concat(n), lappend(n)
 .SH KEYWORDS
 append, variable
-'\" Local Variables:
-'\" mode: nroff
-'\" End:
+.\" Local variables:
+.\" mode: nroff
+.\" fill-column: 78
+.\" End:

doc/array.n

@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
 '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
 '\"
-.TH array n 8.3 Tcl "Tcl Built-In Commands"
+.TH array n 8.7 Tcl "Tcl Built-In Commands"
 .so man.macros
 .BS
 '\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
@@ -36,6 +36,53 @@ with an empty name, since the return value from
 \fBarray nextelement\fR will not indicate whether the search
 has been completed.
 .TP
+\fBarray default \fIsubcommand arrayName args...\fR
+.VS TIP508
+Manages the default value of the array. Arrays initially have no default
+value, but this command allows you to set one; the default value will be
+returned when reading from an element of the array \farrayName\fR if the read
+would otherwise result in an error. Note that this may cause the \fBappend\fR,
+\fBdict\fR, \fBincr\fR and \fBlappend\fR commands to change their behavior in
+relation to non-existing array elements.
+.RS
+.PP
+The \fIsubcommand\fR argument controls what exact operation will be performed
+on the default value of \fIarrayName\fR. Supported \fIsubcommand\fRs are:
+.VE TIP508
+.TP
+\fBarray default exists \fIarrayName\fR
+.VS TIP508
+This returns a boolean value indicating whether a default value has been set
+for the array \fIarrayName\fR. Returns a false value if \fIarrayName\fR does
+not exist. Raises an error if \fIarrayName\fR is an existing variable that is
+not an array.
+.VE TIP508
+.TP
+\fBarray default get \fIarrayName\fR
+.VS TIP508
+This returns the current default value for the array \fIarrayName\fR.  Raises
+an error if \fIarrayName\fR is an existing variable that is not an array, or
+if \fIarrayName\fR is an array without a default value.
+.VE TIP508
+.TP
+\fBarray default set \fIarrayName value\fR
+.VS TIP508
+This sets the default value for the array \fIarrayName\fR to \fIvalue\fR.
+Returns the empty string. Raises an error if \fIarrayName\fR is an existing
+variable that is not an array, or if \fIarrayName\fR is an illegal name for an
+array. If \fIarrayName\fR does not currently exist, it is created as an empty
+array as well as having its default value set.
+.VE TIP508
+.TP
+\fBarray default unset \fIarrayName\fR
+.VS TIP508
+This removes the default value for the array \fIarrayName\fR and returns the
+empty string. Does nothing if \fIarrayName\fR does not have a default
+value. Raises an error if \fIarrayName\fR is an existing variable that is not
+an array.
+.VE TIP508
+.RE
+.TP
 \fBarray donesearch \fIarrayName searchId\fR
 This command terminates an array search and destroys all the
 state associated with that search.  \fISearchId\fR indicates
@@ -194,3 +241,7 @@ foreach color [lsort [\fBarray names\fR colorcount]] {
 list(n), string(n), variable(n), trace(n), foreach(n)
 .SH KEYWORDS
 array, element names, search
+.\" Local variables:
+.\" mode: nroff
+.\" fill-column: 78
+.\" End:

doc/callback.n

@@ -0,0 +1,88 @@
+'\"
+'\" Copyright (c) 2018 Donal K. Fellows
+'\"
+'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
+'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
+'\"
+.TH callback n 0.3 TclOO "TclOO Commands"
+.so man.macros
+.BS
+'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
+.SH NAME
+callback, mymethod \- generate callbacks to methods
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+package require TclOO
+
+\fBcallback\fR \fImethodName\fR ?\fIarg ...\fR?
+\fBmymethod\fR \fImethodName\fR ?\fIarg ...\fR?
+.fi
+.BE
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The \fBcallback\fR command,
+'\" Based on notes in the tcllib docs, we know the provenance of mymethod
+also called \fBmymethod\fR for compatibility with the ooutil and snit packages
+of Tcllib,
+and which should only be used from within the context of a call to a method
+(i.e. inside a method, constructor or destructor body) is used to generate a
+script fragment that will invoke the method, \fImethodName\fR, on the current
+object (as reported by \fBself\fR) when executed. Any additional arguments
+provided will be provided as leading arguments to the callback. The resulting
+script fragment shall be a proper list.
+.PP
+Note that it is up to the caller to ensure that the current object is able to
+handle the call of \fImethodName\fR; this command does not check that.
+\fImethodName\fR may refer to any exported or unexported method, but may not
+refer to a private method as those can only be invoked directly from within
+methods. If there is no such method present at the point when the callback is
+invoked, the standard \fBunknown\fR method handler will be called.
+.SH EXAMPLE
+This is a simple echo server class. The \fBcallback\fR command is used in two
+places, to arrange for the incoming socket connections to be handled by the
+\fIAccept\fR method, and to arrange for the incoming bytes on those
+connections to be handled by the \fIReceive\fR method.
+.PP
+.CS
+oo::class create EchoServer {
+    variable server clients
+    constructor {port} {
+        set server [socket -server [\fBcallback\fR Accept] $port]
+        set clients {}
+    }
+    destructor {
+        chan close $server
+        foreach client [dict keys $clients] {
+            chan close $client
+        }
+    }
+
+    method Accept {channel clientAddress clientPort} {
+        dict set clients $channel [dict create \e
+                address $clientAddress port $clientPort]
+        chan event $channel readable [\fBcallback\fR Receive $channel]
+    }
+    method Receive {channel} {
+        if {[chan gets $channel line] >= 0} {
+            my echo $channel $line
+        } else {
+            chan close $channel
+            dict unset clients $channel
+        }
+    }
+
+    method echo {channel line} {
+        dict with clients $channel {
+            chan puts $channel \e
+                    [format {[%s:%d] %s} $address $port $line]
+        }
+    }
+}
+.CE
+.SH "SEE ALSO"
+chan(n), fileevent(n), my(n), self(n), socket(n), trace(n)
+.SH KEYWORDS
+callback, object
+.\" Local Variables:
+.\" mode: nroff
+.\" fill-column: 78
+.\" End:

doc/classvariable.n

@@ -0,0 +1,78 @@
+'\"
+'\" Copyright (c) 2011-2015 Andreas Kupries
+'\" Copyright (c) 2018 Donal K. Fellows
+'\"
+'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
+'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
+'\"
+.TH classvariable n 0.3 TclOO "TclOO Commands"
+.so man.macros
+.BS
+'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
+.SH NAME
+classvariable \- create link from local variable to variable in class
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+package require TclOO
+
+\fBclassvariable\fR \fIvariableName\fR ?\fI...\fR?
+.fi
+.BE
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The \fBclassvariable\fR command is available within methods. It takes a series
+of one or more variable names and makes them available in the method's scope;
+those variable names must not be qualified and must not refer to array
+elements. The originating scope for the variables is the namespace of the
+class that the method was defined by. In other words, the referenced variables
+are shared between all instances of that class.
+.PP
+Note: This command is equivalent to the command \fBtypevariable\fR provided by
+the snit package in tcllib for approximately the same purpose. If used in a
+method defined directly on a class instance (e.g., through the
+\fBoo::objdefine\fR \fBmethod\fR definition) this is very much like just
+using:
+.PP
+.CS
+namespace upvar [namespace current] $var $var
+.CE
+.PP
+for each variable listed to \fBclassvariable\fR.
+.SH EXAMPLE
+This class counts how many instances of it have been made.
+.PP
+.CS
+oo::class create Counted {
+    initialise {
+        variable count 0
+    }
+
+    variable number
+    constructor {} {
+        \fBclassvariable\fR count
+        set number [incr count]
+    }
+
+    method report {} {
+        \fBclassvariable\fR count
+        puts "This is instance $number of $count"
+    }
+}
+
+set a [Counted new]
+set b [Counted new]
+$a report
+        \fI\(-> This is instance 1 of 2\fR
+set c [Counted new]
+$b report
+        \fI\(-> This is instance 2 of 3\fR
+$c report
+        \fI\(-> This is instance 3 of 3\fR
+.CE
+.SH "SEE ALSO"
+global(n), namespace(n), oo::class(n), oo::define(n), upvar(n), variable(n)
+.SH KEYWORDS
+class, class variable, variable
+.\" Local Variables:
+.\" mode: nroff
+.\" fill-column: 78
+.\" End:

doc/clock.n

@@ -452,6 +452,19 @@ If this situation occurs, the first occurrence of the time is chosen.
 (For this reason, it is wise to have the input string contain the
 time zone when converting local times.  This caveat does not apply to
 UTC times.)
+.PP
+If the interpretation of the groups yields an impossible time because
+a field is out of range, enough of that field's unit will be added to
+or subtracted from the time to bring it in range. Thus, if attempting to
+scan or format day 0 of the month, one day will be subtracted from day
+1 of the month, yielding the last day of the previous month.
+.PP
+If the interpretation of the groups yields an impossible time because
+a Daylight Saving Time change skips over that time, or an ambiguous
+time because a Daylight Saving Time change skips back so that the clock
+observes the given time twice, and no time zone specifier (\fB%z\fR
+or \fB%Z\fR) is present in the format, the time is interpreted as
+if the clock had not changed.
 .SH "FORMAT GROUPS"
 .PP
 The following format groups are recognized by the \fBclock scan\fR and

doc/define.n

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 '\"
-'\" Copyright (c) 2007 Donal K. Fellows
+'\" Copyright (c) 2007-2018 Donal K. Fellows
 '\"
 '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
 '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
@@ -39,6 +39,27 @@ used as the \fIdefScript\fR argument.
 The following commands are supported in the \fIdefScript\fR for
 \fBoo::define\fR, each of which may also be used in the \fIsubcommand\fR form:
 .TP
+\fBclassmethod\fI name\fR ?\fIargList bodyScrip\fR?
+.VS TIP478
+This creates a class method, or (if \fIargList\fR and \fIbodyScript\fR are
+omitted) promotes an existing method on the class object to be a class
+method. The \fIname\fR, \fIargList\fR and \fIbodyScript\fR arguments are as in
+the \fBmethod\fR definition, below.
+.RS
+.PP
+Class methods can be called on either the class itself or on the instances of
+that class. When they are called, the current object (see the \fBself\R and
+\fBmy\fR commands) is the class on which they are called or the class of the
+instance on which they are called, depending on whether they are called on the
+class or an instance of the class, respectively. If called on a subclass or
+instance of the subclass, the current object is the subclass.
+.PP
+In a private definition context, the methods as invoked on classes are
+\fInot\fR private, but the methods as invoked on instances of classes are
+private.
+.RE
+.VE TIP478
+.TP
 \fBconstructor\fI argList bodyScript\fR
 .
 This creates or updates the constructor for a class. The formal arguments to
@@ -82,17 +103,14 @@ by a superclass; subclass exports override superclass visibility, and may in
 turn be overridden by instances.
 .TP
 \fBfilter\fR ?\fI\-slotOperation\fR? ?\fImethodName ...\fR?
-.VS
+.
 This slot (see \fBSLOTTED DEFINITIONS\fR below)
-.VE
 sets or updates the list of method names that are used to guard whether
 method call to instances of the class may be called and what the method's
 results are. Each \fImethodName\fR names a single filtering method (which may
 be exposed or not exposed); it is not an error for a non-existent method to be
 named since they may be defined by subclasses.
-.VS
 By default, this slot works by appending.
-.VE
 .TP
 \fBforward\fI name cmdName \fR?\fIarg ...\fR?
 .
@@ -105,6 +123,22 @@ fully-qualified, the command will be searched for in each object's namespace,
 using the instances' namespace's path, or by looking in the global namespace.
 The method will be exported if \fIname\fR starts with a lower-case letter, and
 non-exported otherwise.
+.RS
+.PP
+.VS TIP500
+If in a private definition context (see the \fBprivate\fR definition command,
+below), this command creates private forwarded methods.
+.VE TIP500
+.RE
+.TP
+\fBinitialise\fI script\fR
+.TP
+\fBinitialize\fI script\fR
+.VS TIP478
+This evaluates \fIscript\fR in a context which supports local variables and
+where the current namespace is the instance namespace of the class object
+itself. This is useful for setting up, e.g., class-scoped variables.
+.VE TIP478
 .TP
 \fBmethod\fI name argList bodyScript\fR
 .
@@ -117,17 +151,40 @@ be a namespace that is unique to the current object. The method will be
 exported if \fIname\fR starts with a lower-case letter, and non-exported
 otherwise; this behavior can be overridden via \fBexport\fR and
 \fBunexport\fR.
+.RS
+.PP
+.VS TIP500
+If in a private definition context (see the \fBprivate\fR definition command,
+below), this command creates private procedure-like methods.
+.VE TIP500
+.RE
 .TP
 \fBmixin\fR ?\fI\-slotOperation\fR? ?\fIclassName ...\fR?
-.VS
+.
 This slot (see \fBSLOTTED DEFINITIONS\fR below)
-.VE
 sets or updates the list of additional classes that are to be mixed into
 all the instances of the class being defined. Each \fIclassName\fR argument
 names a single class that is to be mixed in.
-.VS
 By default, this slot works by replacement.
-.VE
+.TP
+\fBprivate \fIcmd arg...\fR
+.TP
+\fBprivate \fIscript\fR
+.
+.VS TIP500
+This evaluates the \fIscript\fR (or the list of command and arguments given by
+\fIcmd\fR and \fIarg\fRs) in a context where the definitions made on the
+current class will be private definitions.
+.RS
+.PP
+The following class definition commands are affected by \fBprivate\fR:
+\fBforward\fR, \fBmethod\fR, \fBself\fR, and \fBvariable\fR. Nesting
+\fBprivate\fR inside \fBprivate\fR has no cumulative effect; the innermost
+definition context is just a private definition context. All other definition
+commands have no difference in behavior when used in a private definition
+context.
+.RE
+.VE TIP500
 .TP
 \fBrenamemethod\fI fromName toName\fR
 .
@@ -159,21 +216,23 @@ operates identically to
 If no arguments at all are used, this gives the name of the class currently
 being configured.
 .VE TIP470
+.VS TIP500
+If in a private definition context (see the \fBprivate\fR definition command,
+below), the definitions on the class object will also be made in a private
+definition context.
+.VE TIP500
 .RE
 .TP
 \fBsuperclass\fR ?\fI\-slotOperation\fR? ?\fIclassName ...\fR?
-.VS
+.
 This slot (see \fBSLOTTED DEFINITIONS\fR below)
-.VE
 allows the alteration of the superclasses of the class being defined.
 Each \fIclassName\fR argument names one class that is to be a superclass of
 the defined class. Note that objects must not be changed from being classes to
 being non-classes or vice-versa, that an empty parent class is equivalent to
 \fBoo::object\fR, and that the parent classes of \fBoo::object\fR and
 \fBoo::class\fR may not be modified.
-.VS
 By default, this slot works by replacement.
-.VE
 .TP
 \fBunexport\fI name \fR?\fIname ...\fR?
 .
@@ -185,18 +244,31 @@ actually defined by a superclass; subclass unexports override superclass
 visibility, and may be overridden by instance unexports.
 .TP
 \fBvariable\fR ?\fI\-slotOperation\fR? ?\fIname ...\fR?
-.VS
+.
 This slot (see \fBSLOTTED DEFINITIONS\fR below) arranges for each of the named
 variables to be automatically made
 available in the methods, constructor and destructor declared by the class
 being defined. Each variable name must not have any namespace
 separators and must not look like an array access. All variables will be
-actually present in the instance object on which the method is executed. Note
+actually present in the namespace of the instance object on which the method
+is executed. Note
 that the variable lists declared by a superclass or subclass are completely
 disjoint, as are variable lists declared by instances; the list of variable
 names is just for methods (and constructors and destructors) declared by this
 class. By default, this slot works by appending.
-.VE
+.RS
+.PP
+.VS TIP500
+If in a private definition context (see the \fBprivate\fR definition command,
+below), this slot manipulates the list of private variable bindings for this
+class. In a private variable binding, the name of the variable within the
+instance object is different to the name given in the definition; the name
+used in the definition is the name that you use to access the variable within
+the methods of this class, and the name of the variable in the instance
+namespace has a unique prefix that makes accidental use from other classes
+extremely unlikely.
+.VE TIP500
+.RE
 .SS "CONFIGURING OBJECTS"
 .PP
 The following commands are supported in the \fIdefScript\fR for
@@ -223,18 +295,15 @@ being defined. Note that the methods themselves may be actually defined by a
 class or superclass; object exports override class visibility.
 .TP
 \fBfilter\fR ?\fI\-slotOperation\fR? ?\fImethodName ...\fR?
-.VS
+.
 This slot (see \fBSLOTTED DEFINITIONS\fR below)
-.VE
 sets or updates the list of method names that are used to guard whether a
 method call to the object may be called and what the method's results are.
 Each \fImethodName\fR names a single filtering method (which may be exposed or
 not exposed); it is not an error for a non-existent method to be named. Note
 that the actual list of filters also depends on the filters set upon any
 classes that the object is an instance of.
-.VS
 By default, this slot works by appending.
-.VE
 .TP
 \fBforward\fI name cmdName \fR?\fIarg ...\fR?
 .
@@ -244,6 +313,13 @@ additional arguments, \fIarg\fR etc., added before those arguments specified
 by the caller of the method. Forwarded methods should be deleted using the
 \fBmethod\fR subcommand. The method will be exported if \fIname\fR starts with
 a lower-case letter, and non-exported otherwise.
+.RS
+.PP
+.VS TIP500
+If in a private definition context (see the \fBprivate\fR definition command,
+below), this command creates private forwarded methods.
+.VE TIP500
+.RE
 .TP
 \fBmethod\fI name argList bodyScript\fR
 .
@@ -254,17 +330,38 @@ method will be \fIbodyScript\fR. When the body of the method is evaluated, the
 current namespace of the method will be a namespace that is unique to the
 object. The method will be exported if \fIname\fR starts with a lower-case
 letter, and non-exported otherwise.
+.RS
+.PP
+.VS TIP500
+If in a private definition context (see the \fBprivate\fR definition command,
+below), this command creates private procedure-like methods.
+.VE TIP500
+.RE
 .TP
 \fBmixin\fR ?\fI\-slotOperation\fR? ?\fIclassName ...\fR?
-.VS
+.
 This slot (see \fBSLOTTED DEFINITIONS\fR below)
-.VE
 sets or updates a per-object list of additional classes that are to be
 mixed into the object. Each argument, \fIclassName\fR, names a single class
 that is to be mixed in.
-.VS
 By default, this slot works by replacement.
-.VE
+.TP
+\fBprivate \fIcmd arg...\fR
+.TP
+\fBprivate \fIscript\fR
+.VS TIP500
+This evaluates the \fIscript\fR (or the list of command and arguments given by
+\fIcmd\fR and \fIarg\fRs) in a context where the definitions made on the
+current object will be private definitions.
+.RS
+.PP
+The following class definition commands are affected by \fBprivate\fR:
+\fBforward\fR, \fBmethod\fR, and \fBvariable\fR. Nesting \fBprivate\fR inside
+\fBprivate\fR has no cumulative effect; the innermost definition context is
+just a private definition context. All other definition commands have no
+difference in behavior when used in a private definition context.
+.RE
+.VE TIP500
 .TP
 \fBrenamemethod\fI fromName toName\fR
 .
@@ -275,7 +372,6 @@ that the object is an instance of. Does not change the export status of the
 method; if it was exported before, it will be afterwards.
 .TP
 \fBself \fR
-.
 .VS TIP470
 This gives the name of the object currently being configured.
 .VE TIP470
@@ -289,36 +385,70 @@ object being defined. Note that the methods themselves may be actually defined
 by a class; instance unexports override class visibility.
 .TP
 \fBvariable\fR ?\fI\-slotOperation\fR? ?\fIname ...\fR?
-.VS
+.
 This slot (see \fBSLOTTED DEFINITIONS\fR below) arranges for each of the named
 variables to be automatically made available in the methods declared by the
 object being defined.  Each variable name must not have any namespace
 separators and must not look like an array access. All variables will be
-actually present in the object on which the method is executed. Note that the
+actually present in the namespace of the object on which the method is
+executed. Note that the
 variable lists declared by the classes and mixins of which the object is an
 instance are completely disjoint; the list of variable names is just for
 methods declared by this object. By default, this slot works by appending.
+.RS
+.PP
+.VS TIP500
+If in a private definition context (see the \fBprivate\fR definition command,
+below), this slot manipulates the list of private variable bindings for this
+object.  In a private variable binding, the name of the variable within the
+instance object is different to the name given in the definition; the name
+used in the definition is the name that you use to access the variable within
+the methods of this instance object, and the name of the variable in the
+instance namespace has a unique prefix that makes accidental use from
+superclass methods extremely unlikely.
+.VE TIP500
+.RE
+.SH "PRIVATE METHODS"
+.VS TIP500
+When a class or instance has a private method, that private method can only be
+invoked from within methods of that class or instance. Other callers of the
+object's methods \fIcannot\fR invoke private methods, it is as if the private
+methods do not exist. However, a private method of a class \fIcan\fR be
+invoked from the class's methods when those methods are being used on another
+instance object; this means that a class can use them to coordinate behaviour
+between several instances of itself without interfering with how other
+classes (especially either subclasses or superclasses) interact. Private
+methods precede all mixed in classes in the method call order (as reported by
+\fBself call\fR).
+.VE TIP500
 .SH "SLOTTED DEFINITIONS"
 Some of the configurable definitions of a class or object are \fIslotted
 definitions\fR. This means that the configuration is implemented by a slot
 object, that is an instance of the class \fBoo::Slot\fR, which manages a list
 of values (class names, variable names, etc.) that comprises the contents of
-the slot. The class defines three operations (as methods) that may be done on
+the slot. The class defines five operations (as methods) that may be done on
 the slot:
-.VE
 .TP
 \fIslot\fR \fB\-append\fR ?\fImember ...\fR?
-.VS
+.
 This appends the given \fImember\fR elements to the slot definition.
-.VE
 .TP
 \fIslot\fR \fB\-clear\fR
-.VS
+.
 This sets the slot definition to the empty list.
-.VE
+.TP
+\fIslot\fR \fB\-prepend\fR ?\fImember ...\fR?
+.VS TIP516
+This prepends the given \fImember\fR elements to the slot definition.
+.VE TIP516
+.TP
+\fIslot\fR \fB\-remove\fR ?\fImember ...\fR?
+.VS TIP516
+This removes the given \fImember\fR elements from the slot definition.
+.VE TIP516
 .TP
 \fIslot\fR \fB\-set\fR ?\fImember ...\fR?
-.VS
+.
 This replaces the slot definition with the given \fImember\fR elements.
 .PP
 A consequence of this is that any use of a slot's default operation where the
@@ -331,20 +461,55 @@ which is forwarded to the default operation of the slot (thus, for the class
 slot, this is forwarded to
 .QW "\fBmy \-append\fR" ),
 and these methods which provide the implementation interface:
-.VE
 .TP
 \fIslot\fR \fBGet\fR
-.VS
-Returns a list that is the current contents of the slot. This method must
-always be called from a stack frame created by a call to \fBoo::define\fR or
-\fBoo::objdefine\fR.
-.VE
+.
+Returns a list that is the current contents of the slot, but does not modify
+the slot. This method must always be called from a stack frame created by a
+call to \fBoo::define\fR or \fBoo::objdefine\fR. This method \fIshould not\fR
+return an error unless it is called from outside a definition context or with
+the wrong number of arguments.
+.RS
+.PP
+.VS TIP516
+The elements of the list should be fully resolved, if that is a meaningful
+concept to the slot.
+.VE TIP516
+.RE
+.TP
+\fIslot\fR \fBResolve\fR \fIslotElement\fR
+.VS TIP516
+Returns \fIslotElement\fR with a resolution operation applied to it, but does
+not modify the slot. For slots of simple strings, this is an operation that
+does nothing, whereas for slots of classes, this maps a class name to its
+fully-qualified class name.  This method must always be called from a stack
+frame created by a call to \fBoo::define\fR or \fBoo::objdefine\fR.  This
+method \fIshould not\fR return an error unless it is called from outside a
+definition context or with the wrong number of arguments; unresolvable
+arguments should be returned as is (as not all slot operations strictly
+require that values are resolvable to work).
+.RS
+.PP
+Implementations \fIshould not\fR enforce uniqueness and ordering constraints
+in this method; that is the responsibility of the \fBSet\fR method.
+.RE
+.VE TIP516
 .TP
 \fIslot\fR \fBSet \fIelementList\fR
-.VS
+.
 Sets the contents of the slot to the list \fIelementList\fR and returns the
 empty string. This method must always be called from a stack frame created by
-a call to \fBoo::define\fR or \fBoo::objdefine\fR.
+a call to \fBoo::define\fR or \fBoo::objdefine\fR. This method may return an
+error if it rejects the change to the slot contents (e.g., because of invalid
+values) as well as if it is called from outside a definition context or with
+the wrong number of arguments.
+.RS
+.PP
+This method \fImay\fR reorder and filter the elements if this is necessary in
+order to satisfy the underlying constraints of the slot. (For example, slots
+of classes enforce a uniqueness constraint that places each element in the
+earliest location in the slot that it can.)
+.RE
 .PP
 The implementation of these methods is slot-dependent (and responsible for
 accessing the correct part of the class or object definition). Slots also have
@@ -352,7 +517,14 @@ an unknown method handler to tie all these pieces together, and they hide
 their \fBdestroy\fR method so that it is not invoked inadvertently. It is
 \fIrecommended\fR that any user changes to the slot mechanism be restricted to
 defining new operations whose names start with a hyphen.
-.VE
+.PP
+.VS TIP516
+Most slot operations will initially \fBResolve\fR their argument list, combine
+it with the results of the \fBGet\fR method, and then \fBSet\fR the result.
+Some operations omit one or both of the first two steps; omitting the third
+would result in an idempotent read-only operation (but the standard mechanism
+for reading from slots is via \fBinfo class\fR and \fBinfo object\fR).
+.VE TIP516
 .SH EXAMPLES
 This example demonstrates how to use both forms of the \fBoo::define\fR and
 \fBoo::objdefine\fR commands (they work in the same way), as well as
@@ -409,6 +581,84 @@ oo::class create B {
 inst m1              \fI\(-> prints "red brick"\fR
 inst m2              \fI\(-> prints "blue brick"\fR
 .CE
+.PP
+.VS TIP478
+This example shows how to create and use class variables. It is a class that
+counts how many instances of itself have been made.
+.PP
+.CS
+oo::class create Counted
+\fBoo::define\fR Counted {
+    \fBinitialise\fR {
+        variable count 0
+    }
+
+    \fBvariable\fR number
+    \fBconstructor\fR {} {
+        classvariable count
+        set number [incr count]
+    }
+
+    \fBmethod\fR report {} {
+        classvariable count
+        puts "This is instance $number of $count"
+    }
+}
+
+set a [Counted new]
+set b [Counted new]
+$a report
+        \fI\(-> This is instance 1 of 2\fR
+set c [Counted new]
+$b report
+        \fI\(-> This is instance 2 of 3\fR
+$c report
+        \fI\(-> This is instance 3 of 3\fR
+.CE
+.PP
+This example demonstrates how to use class methods. (Note that the constructor
+for \fBoo::class\fR calls \fBoo::define\fR on the class.)
+.PP
+.CS
+oo::class create DBTable {
+    \fBclassmethod\fR find {description} {
+        puts "DB: locate row from [self] matching $description"
+        return [my new]
+    }
+    \fBclassmethod\fR insert {description} {
+        puts "DB: create row in [self] matching $description"
+        return [my new]
+    }
+    \fBmethod\fR update {description} {
+        puts "DB: update row [self] with $description"
+    }
+    \fBmethod\fR delete {} {
+        puts "DB: delete row [self]"
+        my destroy; # Just delete the object, not the DB row
+    }
+}
+
+oo::class create Users {
+    \fBsuperclass\fR DBTable
+}
+oo::class create Groups {
+    \fBsuperclass\fR DBTable
+}
+
+set u1 [Users insert "username=abc"]
+        \fI\(-> DB: create row from ::Users matching username=abc\fR
+set u2 [Users insert "username=def"]
+        \fI\(-> DB: create row from ::Users matching username=def\fR
+$u2 update "group=NULL"
+        \fI\(-> DB: update row ::oo::Obj124 with group=NULL\fR
+$u1 delete
+        \fI\(-> DB: delete row ::oo::Obj123\fR
+set g [Group find "groupname=webadmins"]
+        \fI\(-> DB: locate row ::Group with groupname=webadmins\fR
+$g update "emailaddress=admins"
+        \fI\(-> DB: update row ::oo::Obj125 with emailaddress=admins\fR
+.CE
+.VE TIP478
 .SH "SEE ALSO"
 next(n), oo::class(n), oo::object(n)
 .SH KEYWORDS

doc/dict.n

@@ -27,6 +27,11 @@ key maps to in the dictionary value contained in the given variable,
 writing the resulting dictionary value back to that variable.
 Non-existent keys are treated as if they map to an empty string. The
 updated dictionary value is returned.
+.VS TIP508
+If \fIdictionaryVarable\fR indicates an element that does not exist of an
+array that has a default value set, the default value and will be used as the
+value of the dictionary prior to the appending operation.
+.VE TIP508
 .TP
 \fBdict create \fR?\fIkey value ...\fR?
 .
@@ -124,6 +129,11 @@ resulting dictionary value back to that variable. Non-existent keys
 are treated as if they map to 0. It is an error to increment a value
 for an existing key if that value is not an integer. The updated
 dictionary value is returned.
+.VS TIP508
+If \fIdictionaryVarable\fR indicates an element that does not exist of an
+array that has a default value set, the default value and will be used as the
+value of the dictionary prior to the incrementing operation.
+.VE TIP508
 .TP
 \fBdict info \fIdictionaryValue\fR
 .
@@ -149,6 +159,11 @@ keys are treated as if they map to an empty list, and it is legal for
 there to be no items to append to the list. It is an error for the
 value that the key maps to to not be representable as a list. The
 updated dictionary value is returned.
+.VS TIP508
+If \fIdictionaryVarable\fR indicates an element that does not exist of an
+array that has a default value set, the default value and will be used as the
+value of the dictionary prior to the list-appending operation.
+.VE TIP508
 .TP
 \fBdict map \fR{\fIkeyVariable valueVariable\fR} \fIdictionaryValue body\fR
 .
@@ -206,6 +221,11 @@ value and places an updated dictionary value in that variable
 containing a mapping from the given key to the given value. When
 multiple keys are present, this operation creates or updates a chain
 of nested dictionaries. The updated dictionary value is returned.
+.VS TIP508
+If \fIdictionaryVarable\fR indicates an element that does not exist of an
+array that has a default value set, the default value and will be used as the
+value of the dictionary prior to the value insert/update operation.
+.VE TIP508
 .TP
 \fBdict size \fIdictionaryValue\fR
 .
@@ -221,6 +241,11 @@ through nested dictionaries to the mapping to remove. At least one key
 must be specified, but the last key on the key-path need not exist.
 All other components on the path must exist. The updated dictionary
 value is returned.
+.VS TIP508
+If \fIdictionaryVarable\fR indicates an element that does not exist of an
+array that has a default value set, the default value and will be used as the
+value of the dictionary prior to the value remove operation.
+.VE TIP508
 .TP
 \fBdict update \fIdictionaryVariable key varName \fR?\fIkey varName ...\fR? \fIbody\fR
 .
@@ -236,6 +261,11 @@ are silently discarded), even if the result of \fIbody\fR is an error
 or some other kind of exceptional exit. The result of \fBdict
 update\fR is (unless some kind of error occurs) the result of the
 evaluation of \fIbody\fR.
+.VS TIP508
+If \fIdictionaryVarable\fR indicates an element that does not exist of an
+array that has a default value set, the default value and will be used as the
+value of the dictionary prior to the update operation.
+.VE TIP508
 .RS
 .PP
 Each \fIvarName\fR is mapped in the scope enclosing the \fBdict update\fR;
@@ -270,6 +300,11 @@ dictionary be discarded, and this also happens if the contents of
 dictionaries no longer exists. The result of \fBdict with\fR is
 (unless some kind of error occurs) the result of the evaluation of
 \fIbody\fR.
+.VS TIP508
+If \fIdictionaryVarable\fR indicates an element that does not exist of an
+array that has a default value set, the default value and will be used as the
+value of the dictionary prior to the updating operation.
+.VE TIP508
 .RS
 .PP
 The variables are mapped in the scope enclosing the \fBdict with\fR;

doc/exec.n

@@ -217,6 +217,19 @@ information is instead sent to the console, if one is present, or is
 discarded.
 .RS
 .PP
+Note that the current escape resp. quoting of arguments for windows works only
+with executables using CommandLineToArgv, CRT-library or similar, as well as
+with the windows batch files (excepting the newline, see below).
+Although it is the common escape algorithm, but, in fact, the way how the
+executable parses the command-line (resp. splits it into single arguments)
+is decisive.
+.PP
+Unfortunately, there is currently no way to supply newline character within
+an argument to the batch files (\fB.cmd\fR or \fB.bat\fR) or to the command
+processor (\fBcmd.exe /c\fR), because this causes truncation of command-line
+(also the argument chain) on the first newline character.
+But it works properly with an executable (using CommandLineToArgv, etc).
+.PP
 The Tk console text widget does not provide real standard IO capabilities.
 Under Tk, when redirecting from standard input, all applications will see an
 immediate end-of-file; information redirected to standard output or standard
@@ -409,6 +422,10 @@ that sometimes pop up:
 With the file \fIcmp.bat\fR looking something like:
 .PP
 .CS
+@gcc %*
+.CE
+or like another variant using single parameters:
+.CS
 @gcc %1 %2 %3 %4 %5 %6 %7 %8 %9
 .CE
 .SS "WORKING WITH COMMAND BUILT-INS"

doc/http.n

@@ -6,14 +6,14 @@
 '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
 '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
 '\"
-.TH "http" n 2.7 http "Tcl Bundled Packages"
+.TH "http" n 2.9 http "Tcl Bundled Packages"
 .so man.macros
 .BS
 '\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
 .SH NAME
 http \- Client-side implementation of the HTTP/1.1 protocol
 .SH SYNOPSIS
-\fBpackage require http ?2.7?\fR
+\fBpackage require http ?2.8?\fR
 .\" See Also -useragent option documentation in body!
 .sp
 \fB::http::config ?\fI\-option value\fR ...?
@@ -22,6 +22,8 @@ http \- Client-side implementation of the HTTP/1.1 protocol
 .sp
 \fB::http::formatQuery\fR \fIkey value\fR ?\fIkey value\fR ...?
 .sp
+\fB::http::quoteString\fR \fIvalue\fR
+.sp
 \fB::http::reset\fR \fItoken\fR ?\fIwhy\fR?
 .sp
 \fB::http::wait \fItoken\fR
@@ -44,12 +46,14 @@ http \- Client-side implementation of the HTTP/1.1 protocol
 .sp
 \fB::http::register \fIproto port command\fR
 .sp
+\fB::http::registerError \fIport\fR ?\fImessage\fR?
+.sp
 \fB::http::unregister \fIproto\fR
 .BE
 .SH DESCRIPTION
 .PP
 The \fBhttp\fR package provides the client side of the HTTP/1.1
-protocol, as defined in RFC 2616.
+protocol, as defined in RFC 7230 to RFC 7235, which supersede RFC 2616.
 The package implements the GET, POST, and HEAD operations
 of HTTP/1.1.  It allows configuration of a proxy host to get through
 firewalls.  The package is compatible with the \fBSafesock\fR security
@@ -95,6 +99,19 @@ comma-separated list of mime type patterns that you are
 willing to receive.  For example,
 .QW "image/gif, image/jpeg, text/*" .
 .TP
+\fB\-pipeline\fR \fIboolean\fR
+.
+Specifies whether HTTP/1.1 transactions on a persistent socket will be
+pipelined.  See the \fBPERSISTENT SOCKETS\fR section for details. The default
+is 1.
+.TP
+\fB\-postfresh\fR \fIboolean\fR
+.
+Specifies whether requests that use the \fBPOST\fR method will always use a
+fresh socket, overriding the \fB-keepalive\fR option of
+command \fBhttp::geturl\fR.  See the \fBPERSISTENT SOCKETS\fR section for details.
+The default is 0.
+.TP
 \fB\-proxyhost\fR \fIhostname\fR
 .
 The name of the proxy host, if any.  If this value is the
@@ -116,20 +133,47 @@ an empty list.  The default filter returns the values of the
 \fB\-proxyhost\fR and \fB\-proxyport\fR settings if they are
 non-empty.
 .TP
+\fB\-repost\fR \fIboolean\fR
+.
+Specifies what to do if a POST request over a persistent connection fails
+because the server has half-closed the connection.  If boolean \fBtrue\fR, the
+request
+will be automatically retried; if boolean \fBfalse\fR it will not, and the
+application
+that uses \fBhttp::geturl\fR is expected to seek user confirmation before
+retrying the POST.  The value \fBtrue\fR should be used only under certain
+conditions. See the \fBPERSISTENT SOCKETS\fR section for details. The
+default is 0.
+.TP
 \fB\-urlencoding\fR \fIencoding\fR
 .
 The \fIencoding\fR used for creating the x-url-encoded URLs with
-\fB::http::formatQuery\fR.  The default is \fButf-8\fR, as specified by RFC
+\fB::http::formatQuery\fR and \fB::http::quoteString\fR.
+The default is \fButf-8\fR, as specified by RFC
 2718.  Prior to http 2.5 this was unspecified, and that behavior can be
 returned by specifying the empty string (\fB{}\fR), although
 \fIiso8859-1\fR is recommended to restore similar behavior but without the
-\fB::http::formatQuery\fR throwing an error processing non-latin-1
-characters.
+\fB::http::formatQuery\fR or \fB::http::quoteString\fR
+throwing an error processing non-latin-1 characters.
 .TP
 \fB\-useragent\fR \fIstring\fR
 .
-The value of the User-Agent header in the HTTP request.  The default is
-.QW "\fBTcl http client package 2.7\fR" .
+The value of the User-Agent header in the HTTP request.  In an unsafe
+interpreter, the default value depends upon the operating system, and
+the version numbers of \fBhttp\fR and \fBTcl\fR, and is (for example)
+.QW "\fBMozilla/5.0 (Windows; U; Windows NT 10.0) http/2.8.12 Tcl/8.6.8\fR" .
+A safe interpreter cannot determine its operating system, and so the default
+in a safe interpreter is to use a Windows 10 value with the current version
+numbers of \fBhttp\fR and \fBTcl\fR.
+.TP
+\fB\-zip\fR \fIboolean\fR
+.
+If the value is boolean \fBtrue\fR, then by default requests will send a header
+.QW "\fBAccept-Encoding: gzip,deflate,compress\fR" .
+If the value is boolean \fBfalse\fR, then by default this header will not be sent.
+In either case the default can be overridden for an individual request by
+supplying a custom \fBAccept-Encoding\fR header in the \fB-headers\fR option
+of \fBhttp::geturl\fR. The default is 1.
 .RE
 .TP
 \fB::http::geturl\fR \fIurl\fR ?\fIoptions\fR?
@@ -227,7 +271,7 @@ Pragma: no-cache
 .TP
 \fB\-keepalive\fR \fIboolean\fR
 .
-If true, attempt to keep the connection open for servicing
+If boolean \fBtrue\fR, attempt to keep the connection open for servicing
 multiple requests.  Default is 0.
 .TP
 \fB\-method\fR \fItype\fR
@@ -334,6 +378,11 @@ encodes the keys and values, and generates one string that has the
 proper & and = separators.  The result is suitable for the
 \fB\-query\fR value passed to \fB::http::geturl\fR.
 .TP
+\fB::http::quoteString\fR \fIvalue\fR
+.
+This procedure does x-url-encoding of string.  It takes a single argument and
+encodes it.
+.TP
 \fB::http::reset\fR \fItoken\fR ?\fIwhy\fR?
 .
 This command resets the HTTP transaction identified by \fItoken\fR, if any.
@@ -415,6 +464,17 @@ set token [::http::geturl https://my.secure.site/]
 .CE
 .RE
 .TP
+\fB::http::registerError\fR \fIport\fR ?\fImessage\fR?
+.
+This procedure allows a registered protocol handler to deliver an error
+message for use by \fBhttp\fR.  Calling this command does not raise an
+error. The command is useful when a registered protocol detects an problem
+(for example, an invalid TLS certificate) that will cause an error to
+propagate to \fBhttp\fR.  The command allows \fBhttp\fR to provide a
+precise error message rather than a general one.  The command returns the
+value provided by the last call with argument \fImessage\fR, or the empty
+string if no such call has been made.
+.TP
 \fB::http::unregister\fR \fIproto\fR
 .
 This procedure unregisters a protocol handler that was previously
@@ -504,6 +564,14 @@ The following elements of
 the array are supported:
 .RS
 .TP
+\fBbinary\fR
+.
+This is boolean \fBtrue\fR if (after decoding any compression specified
+by the
+.QW "Content-Encoding"
+response header) the HTTP response is binary.  It is boolean \fBfalse\fR
+if the HTTP response is text.
+.TP
 \fBbody\fR
 .
 The contents of the URL.  This will be empty if the \fB\-channel\fR
@@ -602,6 +670,106 @@ A copy of the \fBContent-Type\fR meta-data value.
 .
 The requested URL.
 .RE
+.SH "PERSISTENT CONNECTIONS"
+.PP
+.SS "BASICS"
+.PP
+See RFC 7230 Sec 6, which supersedes RFC 2616 Sec 8.1.
+.PP
+A persistent connection allows multiple HTTP/1.1 transactions to be
+carried over the same TCP connection.  Pipelining allows a
+client to make multiple requests over a persistent connection without
+waiting for each response.  The server sends responses in the same order
+that the requests were received.
+.PP
+If a POST request fails to complete, typically user confirmation is
+needed before sending the request again.  The user may wish to verify
+whether the server was modified by the failed POST request, before
+sending the same request again.
+.PP
+A HTTP request will use a persistent socket if the call to
+\fBhttp::geturl\fR has the option \fB-keepalive true\fR. It will use
+pipelining where permitted if the \fBhttp::config\fR option
+\fB-pipeline\fR is boolean \fBtrue\fR (its default value).
+.PP
+The http package maintains no more than one persistent connection to each
+server (i.e. each value of
+.QW "domain:port" ).
+If \fBhttp::geturl\fR is called to make a request over a persistent
+connection while the connection is busy with another request, the new
+request will be held in a queue until the connection is free.
+.PP
+The http package does not support HTTP/1.0 persistent connections
+controlled by the \fBKeep-Alive\fR header.
+.SS "SPECIAL CASES"
+.PP
+This subsection discusses issues related to closure of the
+persistent connection by the server, automatic retry of failed requests,
+the special treatment necessary for POST requests, and the options for
+dealing with these cases.
+.PP
+In accordance with RFC 7230, \fBhttp::geturl\fR does not pipeline
+requests that use the POST method.  If a POST uses a persistent
+connection and is not the first request on that connection,
+\fBhttp::geturl\fR waits until it has received the response for the previous
+request; or (if \fBhttp::config\fR option \fB-postfresh\fR is boolean \fBtrue\fR) it
+uses a new connection for each POST.
+.PP
+If the server is processing a number of pipelined requests, and sends a
+response header
+.QW "\fBConnection: close\fR"
+with one of the responses (other than the last), then subsequent responses
+are unfulfilled. \fBhttp::geturl\fR will send the unfulfilled requests again
+over a new connection.
+.PP
+A difficulty arises when a HTTP client sends a request over a persistent
+connection that has been idle for a while.  The HTTP server may
+half-close an apparently idle connection while the client is sending a
+request, but before the request arrives at the server: in this case (an
+.QW "asynchronous close event" )
+the request will fail.  The difficulty arises because the client cannot
+be certain whether the POST modified the state of the server.  For HEAD or
+GET requests, \fBhttp::geturl\fR opens another connection and retransmits
+the failed request. However, if the request was a POST, RFC 7230 forbids
+automatic retry by default, suggesting either user confirmation, or
+confirmation by user-agent software that has semantic understanding of
+the application.  The \fBhttp::config\fR option \fB-repost\fR allows for
+either possibility.
+.PP
+Asynchronous close events can occur only in a short interval of time.  The
+\fBhttp\fR package monitors each persistent connection for closure by the
+server.  Upon detection, the connection is also closed at the client end,
+and subsequent requests will use a fresh connection.
+.PP
+If the \fBhttp::geturl\fR command is called with option \fB-keepalive true\fR,
+then it will both try to use an existing persistent connection
+(if one is available), and it will send the server a
+.QW "\fBConnection: keep-alive\fR"
+request header asking to keep the connection open for future requests.
+.PP
+The \fBhttp::config\fR options \fB-pipeline\fR, \fB-postfresh\fR, and
+\fB-repost\fR relate to persistent connections.
+.PP
+Option \fB-pipeline\fR, if boolean \fBtrue\fR, will pipeline GET and HEAD requests
+made
+over a persistent connection.  POST requests will not be pipelined - if the
+POST is not the first transaction on the connection, its request will not
+be sent until the previous response has finished.  GET and HEAD requests
+made after a POST will not be sent until the POST response has been
+delivered, and will not be sent if the POST fails.
+.PP
+Option \fB-postfresh\fR, if boolean \fBtrue\fR, will override the \fBhttp::geturl\fR option
+\fB-keepalive\fR, and always open a fresh connection for a POST request.
+.PP
+Option \fB-repost\fR, if \fBtrue\fR, permits automatic retry of a POST request
+that fails because it uses a persistent connection that the server has
+half-closed (an
+.QW "asynchronous close event" ).
+Subsequent GET and HEAD requests in a failed pipeline will also be retried.
+\fIThe -repost option should be used only if the application understands
+that the retry is appropriate\fR - specifically, the application must know
+that if the failed POST successfully modified the state of the server, a repeat POST
+would have no adverse effect.
 .SH EXAMPLE
 .PP
 This example creates a procedure to copy a URL to a file while printing a

doc/incr.n

@@ -27,6 +27,11 @@ and also returned as result.
 Starting with the Tcl 8.5 release, the variable \fIvarName\fR passed
 to \fBincr\fR may be unset, and in that case, it will be set to
 the value \fIincrement\fR or to the default increment value of \fB1\fR.
+.VS TIP508
+If \fIvarName\fR indicate an element that does not exist of an array that has
+a default value set, the sum of the default value and the \fIincrement\fR (or
+1) will be stored in the array element.
+.VE TIP508
 .SH EXAMPLES
 .PP
 Add one to the contents of the variable \fIx\fR:
@@ -59,3 +64,7 @@ an error if it is not):
 expr(n), set(n)
 .SH KEYWORDS
 add, increment, variable, value
+.\" Local variables:
+.\" mode: nroff
+.\" fill-column: 78
+.\" End:

doc/info.n

@@ -35,16 +35,51 @@ Returns the body of procedure \fIprocname\fR.  \fIProcname\fR must be
 the name of a Tcl command procedure.
 .TP
 \fBinfo class\fI subcommand class\fR ?\fIarg ...\fR
-.VS 8.6
+.
 Returns information about the class, \fIclass\fR. The \fIsubcommand\fRs are
 described in \fBCLASS INTROSPECTION\fR below.
-.VE 8.6
 .TP
 \fBinfo cmdcount\fR
 .
 Returns a count of the total number of commands that have been invoked
 in this interpreter.
 .TP
+\fBinfo cmdtype \fIcommandName\fR
+.VS TIP426
+Returns a description of the kind of command named by \fIcommandName\fR.  The
+supported types are:
+.RS
+.IP \fBalias\fR
+Indicates that \fIcommandName\fR was created by \fBinterp alias\fR. Note that
+safe interpreters can only see a subset of aliases (specifically those between
+two commands within themselves).
+.IP \fBcoroutine\fR
+Indicates that \fIcommandName\fR was created by \fBcoroutine\fR.
+.IP \fBensemble\fR
+Indicates that \fIcommandName\fR was created by \fBnamespace ensemble\fR.
+.IP \fBimport\fR
+Indicates that \fIcommandName\fR was created by \fBnamespace import\fR.
+.IP \fBnative\fR
+Indicates that \fIcommandName\fR was created by the \fBTcl_CreateObjProc\fR
+interface directly without further registration of the type of command.
+.IP \fBobject\fR
+Indicates that \fIcommandName\fR is the public command that represents an
+instance of \fBoo::object\fR or one of its subclasses.
+.IP \fBprivateObject\fR
+Indicates that \fIcommandName\fR is the private command (\fBmy\fR by default)
+that represents an instance of \fBoo::object\fR or one of its subclasses.
+.IP \fBproc\fR
+Indicates that \fIcommandName\fR was created by \fBproc\fR.
+.IP \fBslave\fR
+Indicates that \fIcommandName\fR was created by \fBinterp create\fR.
+.IP \fBzlibStream\fR
+Indicates that \fIcommandName\fR was created by \fBzlib stream\fR.
+.PP
+There may be other registered types as well; this is a set that is extensible
+at the implementation level with \fBTcl_RegisterCommandTypeName\fR.
+.RE
+.VE TIP426
+.TP
 \fBinfo commands \fR?\fIpattern\fR?
 .
 If \fIpattern\fR is not specified,
@@ -78,11 +113,10 @@ command is not complete, the script can delay evaluating it until additional
 lines have been typed to complete the command.
 .TP
 \fBinfo coroutine\fR
-.VS 8.6
+.
 Returns the name of the currently executing \fBcoroutine\fR, or the empty
 string if either no coroutine is currently executing, or the current coroutine
 has been deleted (but has not yet returned or yielded since deletion).
-.VE 8.6
 .TP
 \fBinfo default \fIprocname arg varname\fR
 .
@@ -93,7 +127,7 @@ Otherwise it returns \fB1\fR and places the default value of \fIarg\fR
 into variable \fIvarname\fR.
 .TP
 \fBinfo errorstack \fR?\fIinterp\fR?
-.VS 8.6
+.
 Returns, in a form that is programmatically easy to parse, the function names
 and arguments at each level from the call stack of the last error in the given
 \fIinterp\fR, or in the current one if not specified.
@@ -118,7 +152,6 @@ options dictionary returned by 3-argument \fBcatch\fR; \fBinfo errorstack\fR
 is a convenient way of retrieving it for uncaught errors at top-level in an
 interactive \fBtclsh\fR.
 .RE
-.VE 8.6
 .TP
 \fBinfo exists \fIvarName\fR
 .
@@ -329,10 +362,9 @@ was invoked.  If Tcl was unable to identify the file, then an empty
 string is returned.
 .TP
 \fBinfo object\fI subcommand object\fR ?\fIarg ...\fR
-.VS 8.6
+.
 Returns information about the object, \fIobject\fR. The \fIsubcommand\fRs are
 described in \fBOBJECT INTROSPECTION\fR below.
-.VE 8.6
 .TP
 \fBinfo patchlevel\fR
 .
@@ -399,20 +431,22 @@ Note that a currently-visible variable may not yet
 if it has not
 been set (e.g. a variable declared but not set by \fBvariable\fR).
 .SS "CLASS INTROSPECTION"
-.VS 8.6
 .PP
 The following \fIsubcommand\fR values are supported by \fBinfo class\fR:
-.VE 8.6
 .TP
 \fBinfo class call\fI class method\fR
-.VS
+.
 Returns a description of the method implementations that are used to provide a
 stereotypical instance of \fIclass\fR's implementation of \fImethod\fR
 (stereotypical instances being objects instantiated by a class without having
 any object-specific definitions added). This consists of a list of lists of
 four elements, where each sublist consists of a word that describes the
 general type of method implementation (being one of \fBmethod\fR for an
-ordinary method, \fBfilter\fR for an applied filter, and \fBunknown\fR for a
+ordinary method, \fBfilter\fR for an applied filter,
+.VS TIP500
+\fBprivate\fR for a private method,
+.VE TIP500
+and \fBunknown\fR for a
 method that is invoked as part of unknown method handling), a word giving the
 name of the particular method invoked (which is always the same as
 \fImethod\fR for the \fBmethod\fR type, and
@@ -423,122 +457,149 @@ implementation (see \fBinfo class methodtype\fR).
 .RS
 .PP
 Note that there is no inspection of whether the method implementations
-actually use \fBnext\fR to transfer control along the call chain.
+actually use \fBnext\fR to transfer control along the call chain,
+.VS TIP500
+and the call chains that this command files do not actually contain private
+methods.
+.VE TIP500
 .RE
-.VE 8.6
 .TP
 \fBinfo class constructor\fI class\fR
-.VS 8.6
+.
 This subcommand returns a description of the definition of the constructor of
 class \fIclass\fR. The definition is described as a two element list; the first
 element is the list of arguments to the constructor in a form suitable for
 passing to another call to \fBproc\fR or a method definition, and the second
 element is the body of the constructor. If no constructor is present, this
 returns the empty list.
-.VE 8.6
 .TP
 \fBinfo class definition\fI class method\fR
-.VS 8.6
+.
 This subcommand returns a description of the definition of the method named
 \fImethod\fR of class \fIclass\fR. The definition is described as a two element
 list; the first element is the list of arguments to the method in a form
 suitable for passing to another call to \fBproc\fR or a method definition, and
 the second element is the body of the method.
-.VE 8.6
 .TP
 \fBinfo class destructor\fI class\fR
-.VS 8.6
+.
 This subcommand returns the body of the destructor of class \fIclass\fR. If no
 destructor is present, this returns the empty string.
-.VE 8.6
 .TP
 \fBinfo class filters\fI class\fR
-.VS 8.6
+.
 This subcommand returns the list of filter methods set on the class.
-.VE 8.6
 .TP
 \fBinfo class forward\fI class method\fR
-.VS 8.6
+.
 This subcommand returns the argument list for the method forwarding called
 \fImethod\fR that is set on the class called \fIclass\fR.
-.VE 8.6
 .TP
 \fBinfo class instances\fI class\fR ?\fIpattern\fR?
-.VS 8.6
+.
 This subcommand returns a list of instances of class \fIclass\fR. If the
 optional \fIpattern\fR argument is present, it constrains the list of returned
 instances to those that match it according to the rules of \fBstring match\fR.
-.VE 8.6
 .TP
 \fBinfo class methods\fI class\fR ?\fIoptions...\fR?
-.VS 8.6
+.
 This subcommand returns a list of all public (i.e. exported) methods of the
 class called \fIclass\fR. Any of the following \fIoption\fRs may be
 specified, controlling exactly which method names are returned:
 .RS
-.VE 8.6
 .TP
 \fB\-all\fR
-.VS 8.6
-If the \fB\-all\fR flag is given, the list of methods will include those
+.
+If the \fB\-all\fR flag is given,
+.VS TIP500
+and the \fB\-scope\fR flag is not given,
+.VE TIP500
+the list of methods will include those
 methods defined not just by the class, but also by the class's superclasses
 and mixins.
-.VE 8.6
 .TP
 \fB\-private\fR
-.VS 8.6
-If the \fB\-private\fR flag is given, the list of methods will also include
-the private (i.e. non-exported) methods of the class (and superclasses and
+.
+If the \fB\-private\fR flag is given,
+.VS TIP500
+and the \fB\-scope\fR flag is not given,
+.VE TIP500
+the list of methods will also include
+the non-exported methods of the class (and superclasses and
 mixins, if \fB\-all\fR is also given).
+.VS TIP500
+Note that this naming is an unfortunate clash with true private methods; this
+option name is retained for backward compatibility.
+.VE TIP500
+.TP
+\fB\-scope\fI scope\fR
+.VS TIP500
+Returns a list of all methods on \fIclass\fR that have the given visibility
+\fIscope\fR.  When this option is supplied, both the \fB\-all\fR and
+\fB\-private\fR options are ignored. The valid values for \fIscope\fR are:
+.RS
+.IP \fBpublic\fR 3
+Only methods with \fIpublic\fR scope (i.e., callable from anywhere by any instance
+of this class) are to be returned.
+.IP \fBunexported\fR 3
+Only methods with \fIunexported\fR scope (i.e., only callable via \fBmy\fR) are to
+be returned.
+.IP \fBprivate\fR 3
+Only methods with \fIprivate\fR scope (i.e., only callable from within this class's
+methods) are to be returned.
+.RE
+.VE TIP500
 .RE
-.VE 8.6
 .TP
 \fBinfo class methodtype\fI class method\fR
-.VS 8.6
+.
 This subcommand returns a description of the type of implementation used for
 the method named \fImethod\fR of class \fIclass\fR. When the result is
 \fBmethod\fR, further information can be discovered with \fBinfo class
 definition\fR, and when the result is \fBforward\fR, further information can
 be discovered with \fBinfo class forward\fR.
-.VE 8.6
 .TP
 \fBinfo class mixins\fI class\fR
-.VS 8.6
+.
 This subcommand returns a list of all classes that have been mixed into the
 class named \fIclass\fR.
-.VE 8.6
 .TP
 \fBinfo class subclasses\fI class\fR ?\fIpattern\fR?
-.VS 8.6
+.
 This subcommand returns a list of direct subclasses of class \fIclass\fR. If
 the optional \fIpattern\fR argument is present, it constrains the list of
 returned classes to those that match it according to the rules of
 \fBstring match\fR.
-.VE 8.6
 .TP
 \fBinfo class superclasses\fI class\fR
-.VS 8.6
+.
 This subcommand returns a list of direct superclasses of class \fIclass\fR in
 inheritance precedence order.
-.VE 8.6
 .TP
-\fBinfo class variables\fI class\fR
-.VS 8.6
+\fBinfo class variables\fI class\fR ?\fB\-private\fR?
+.
 This subcommand returns a list of all variables that have been declared for
 the class named \fIclass\fR (i.e. that are automatically present in the
 class's methods, constructor and destructor).
+.VS TIP500
+If the \fB\-private\fR option is specified, this lists the private variables
+declared instead.
+.VE TIP500
 .SS "OBJECT INTROSPECTION"
 .PP
 The following \fIsubcommand\fR values are supported by \fBinfo object\fR:
-.VE 8.6
 .TP
 \fBinfo object call\fI object method\fR
-.VS 8.6
+.
 Returns a description of the method implementations that are used to provide
 \fIobject\fR's implementation of \fImethod\fR.  This consists of a list of
 lists of four elements, where each sublist consists of a word that describes
 the general type of method implementation (being one of \fBmethod\fR for an
-ordinary method, \fBfilter\fR for an applied filter, and \fBunknown\fR for a
+ordinary method, \fBfilter\fR for an applied filter,
+.VS TIP500
+\fBprivate\fR for a private method,
+.VE TIP500
+and \fBunknown\fR for a
 method that is invoked as part of unknown method handling), a word giving the
 name of the particular method invoked (which is always the same as
 \fImethod\fR for the \fBmethod\fR type, and
@@ -550,128 +611,160 @@ implementation (see \fBinfo object methodtype\fR).
 .RS
 .PP
 Note that there is no inspection of whether the method implementations
-actually use \fBnext\fR to transfer control along the call chain.
+actually use \fBnext\fR to transfer control along the call chain,
+.VS TIP500
+and the call chains that this command files do not actually contain private
+methods.
+.VE TIP500
 .RE
-.VE 8.6
 .TP
 \fBinfo object class\fI object\fR ?\fIclassName\fR?
-.VS 8.6
+.
 If \fIclassName\fR is unspecified, this subcommand returns class of the
 \fIobject\fR object. If \fIclassName\fR is present, this subcommand returns a
 boolean value indicating whether the \fIobject\fR is of that class.
-.VE 8.6
+.TP
+\fBinfo object creationid\fI object\fR
+.VS TIP500
+Returns the unique creation identifier for the \fIobject\fR object. This
+creation identifier is unique to the object (within a Tcl interpreter) and
+cannot be controlled at object creation time or altered afterwards.
+.RS
+.PP
+\fIImplementation note:\fR the creation identifier is used to generate unique
+identifiers associated with the object, especially for private variables.
+.RE
+.VE TIP500
 .TP
 \fBinfo object definition\fI object method\fR
-.VS 8.6
+.
 This subcommand returns a description of the definition of the method named
 \fImethod\fR of object \fIobject\fR. The definition is described as a two
 element list; the first element is the list of arguments to the method in a
 form suitable for passing to another call to \fBproc\fR or a method definition,
 and the second element is the body of the method.
-.VE 8.6
 .TP
 \fBinfo object filters\fI object\fR
-.VS 8.6
+.
 This subcommand returns the list of filter methods set on the object.
-.VE 8.6
 .TP
 \fBinfo object forward\fI object method\fR
-.VS 8.6
+.
 This subcommand returns the argument list for the method forwarding called
 \fImethod\fR that is set on the object called \fIobject\fR.
-.VE 8.6
 .TP
 \fBinfo object isa\fI category object\fR ?\fIarg\fR?
-.VS 8.6
+.
 This subcommand tests whether an object belongs to a particular category,
 returning a boolean value that indicates whether the \fIobject\fR argument
 meets the criteria for the category. The supported categories are:
-.VE 8.6
 .RS
 .TP
 \fBinfo object isa class\fI object\fR
-.VS 8.6
+.
 This returns whether \fIobject\fR is a class (i.e. an instance of
 \fBoo::class\fR or one of its subclasses).
-.VE 8.6
 .TP
 \fBinfo object isa metaclass\fI object\fR
-.VS 8.6
+.
 This returns whether \fIobject\fR is a class that can manufacture classes
 (i.e. is \fBoo::class\fR or a subclass of it).
-.VE 8.6
 .TP
 \fBinfo object isa mixin\fI object class\fR
-.VS 8.6
+.
 This returns whether \fIclass\fR is directly mixed into \fIobject\fR.
-.VE 8.6
 .TP
 \fBinfo object isa object\fI object\fR
-.VS 8.6
+.
 This returns whether \fIobject\fR really is an object.
-.VE 8.6
 .TP
 \fBinfo object isa typeof\fI object class\fR
-.VS 8.6
+.
 This returns whether \fIclass\fR is the type of \fIobject\fR (i.e. whether
 \fIobject\fR is an instance of \fIclass\fR or one of its subclasses, whether
 direct or indirect).
 .RE
-.VE 8.6
 .TP
 \fBinfo object methods\fI object\fR ?\fIoption...\fR?
-.VS 8.6
+.
 This subcommand returns a list of all public (i.e. exported) methods of the
 object called \fIobject\fR. Any of the following \fIoption\fRs may be
 specified, controlling exactly which method names are returned:
 .RS
-.VE 8.6
 .TP
 \fB\-all\fR
-.VS 8.6
-If the \fB\-all\fR flag is given, the list of methods will include those
+.
+If the \fB\-all\fR flag is given,
+.VS TIP500
+and the \fB\-scope\fR flag is not given,
+.VE TIP500
+the list of methods will include those
 methods defined not just by the object, but also by the object's class and
 mixins, plus the superclasses of those classes.
-.VE 8.6
 .TP
 \fB\-private\fR
-.VS 8.6
-If the \fB\-private\fR flag is given, the list of methods will also include
-the private (i.e. non-exported) methods of the object (and classes, if
+.
+If the \fB\-private\fR flag is given,
+.VS TIP500
+and the \fB\-scope\fR flag is not given,
+.VE TIP500
+the list of methods will also include
+the non-exported methods of the object (and classes, if
 \fB\-all\fR is also given).
+.VS TIP500
+Note that this naming is an unfortunate clash with true private methods; this
+option name is retained for backward compatibility.
+.VE TIP500
+.TP
+\fB\-scope\fI scope\fR
+.VS TIP500
+Returns a list of all methods on \fIobject\fR that have the given visibility
+\fIscope\fR.  When this option is supplied, both the \fB\-all\fR and
+\fB\-private\fR options are ignored. The valid values for \fIscope\fR are:
+.RS
+.IP \fBpublic\fR 3
+Only methods with \fIpublic\fR scope (i.e., callable from anywhere) are to be
+returned.
+.IP \fBunexported\fR 3
+Only methods with \fIunexported\fR scope (i.e., only callable via \fBmy\fR) are to
+be returned.
+.IP \fBprivate\fR 3
+Only methods with \fIprivate\fR scope (i.e., only callable from within this object's
+instance methods) are to be returned.
+.RE
+.VE TIP500
 .RE
-.VE 8.6
 .TP
 \fBinfo object methodtype\fI object method\fR
-.VS 8.6
+.
 This subcommand returns a description of the type of implementation used for
 the method named \fImethod\fR of object \fIobject\fR. When the result is
 \fBmethod\fR, further information can be discovered with \fBinfo object
 definition\fR, and when the result is \fBforward\fR, further information can
 be discovered with \fBinfo object forward\fR.
-.VE 8.6
 .TP
 \fBinfo object mixins\fI object\fR
-.VS 8.6
+.
 This subcommand returns a list of all classes that have been mixed into the
 object named \fIobject\fR.
-.VE 8.6
 .TP
 \fBinfo object namespace\fI object\fR
-.VS 8.6
+.
 This subcommand returns the name of the internal namespace of the object named
 \fIobject\fR.
-.VE 8.6
 .TP
-\fBinfo object variables\fI object\fR
-.VS 8.6
+\fBinfo object variables\fI object\fRR ?\fB\-private\fR?
+.
 This subcommand returns a list of all variables that have been declared for
 the object named \fIobject\fR (i.e. that are automatically present in the
 object's methods).
-.VE 8.6
+.VS TIP500
+If the \fB\-private\fR option is specified, this lists the private variables
+declared instead.
+.VE TIP500
 .TP
 \fBinfo object vars\fI object\fR ?\fIpattern\fR?
-.VS 8.6
+.
 This subcommand returns a list of all variables in the private namespace of
 the object named \fIobject\fR. If the optional \fIpattern\fR argument is
 given, it is a filter (in the syntax of a \fBstring match\fR glob pattern)
@@ -680,7 +773,6 @@ from the list returned by \fBinfo object variables\fR; that can include
 variables that are currently unset, whereas this can include variables that
 are not automatically included by any of \fIobject\fR's methods (or those of
 its class, superclasses or mixins).
-.VE 8.6
 .SH EXAMPLES
 .PP
 This command prints out a procedure suitable for saving in a Tcl
@@ -703,7 +795,6 @@ proc printProc {procName} {
 }
 .CE
 .SS "EXAMPLES WITH OBJECTS"
-.VS 8.6
 .PP
 Every object necessarily knows what its class is; this information is
 trivially extractable through introspection:
@@ -724,8 +815,10 @@ method and get how it is defined. This procedure illustrates how:
 proc getDef {obj method} {
     foreach inf [\fBinfo object call\fR $obj $method] {
         lassign $inf calltype name locus methodtype
+
         # Assume no forwards or filters, and hence no $calltype
         # or $methodtype checks...
+
         if {$locus eq "object"} {
             return [\fBinfo object definition\fR $obj $name]
         } else {
@@ -748,7 +841,9 @@ proc getDef {obj method} {
         # Assume no forwards
         return [\fBinfo object definition\fR $obj $method]
     }
+
     set cls [\fBinfo object class\fR $obj]
+
     while {$method ni [\fBinfo class methods\fR $cls]} {
         # Assume the simple case
         set cls [lindex [\fBinfo class superclass\fR $cls] 0]
@@ -756,22 +851,17 @@ proc getDef {obj method} {
             error "no definition for $method"
         }
     }
+
     # Assume no forwards
     return [\fBinfo class definition\fR $cls $method]
 }
 .CE
-.VE 8.6
 .SH "SEE ALSO"
-.VS 8.6
 global(n), oo::class(n), oo::define(n), oo::object(n), proc(n), self(n),
-.VE 8.6
 tcl_library(n), tcl_patchLevel(n), tcl_version(n)
 .SH KEYWORDS
 command, information, interpreter, introspection, level, namespace,
-.VS 8.6
-object,
-.VE 8.6
-procedure, variable
+object, procedure, variable
 '\" Local Variables:
 '\" mode: nroff
 '\" fill-column: 78

doc/lappend.n

@@ -22,6 +22,12 @@ and appends each of the \fIvalue\fR arguments to that list as a separate
 element, with spaces between elements.
 If \fIvarName\fR does not exist, it is created as a list with elements
 given by the \fIvalue\fR arguments.
+.VS TIP508
+If \fIvarName\fR indicate an element that does not exist of an array that has
+a default value set, list that is comprised of the default value with all the
+\fIvalue\fR arguments appended as elements will be stored in the array
+element.
+.VE TIP508
 \fBLappend\fR is similar to \fBappend\fR except that the \fIvalue\fRs
 are appended as list elements rather than raw text.
 This command provides a relatively efficient way to build up
@@ -47,3 +53,7 @@ list(n), lindex(n), linsert(n), llength(n), lset(n),
 lsort(n), lrange(n)
 .SH KEYWORDS
 append, element, list, variable
+.\" Local variables:
+.\" mode: nroff
+.\" fill-column: 78
+.\" End:

doc/link.n

@@ -0,0 +1,124 @@
+'\"
+'\" Copyright (c) 2011-2015 Andreas Kupries
+'\" Copyright (c) 2018 Donal K. Fellows
+'\"
+'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
+'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
+'\"
+.TH link n 0.3 TclOO "TclOO Commands"
+.so man.macros
+.BS
+'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
+.SH NAME
+link \- create link from command to method of object
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+package require TclOO
+
+\fBlink\fR \fImethodName\fR ?\fI...\fR?
+\fBlink\fR \fB{\fIcommandName methodName\fB}\fR ?\fI...\fR?
+.fi
+.BE
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The \fBlink\fR command is available within methods. It takes a series of one
+or more method names (\fImethodName ...\fR) and/or pairs of command- and
+method-name (\fB{\fIcommandName methodName\fB}\fR) and makes the named methods
+available as commands without requiring the explicit use of the name of the
+object or the \fBmy\fR command. The method does not need to exist at the time
+that the link is made; if the link command is invoked when the method does not
+exist, the standard \fBunknown\fR method handling system is used.
+.PP
+The command name under which the method becomes available defaults to the
+method name, except where explicitly specified through an alias/method pair.
+Formally, every argument must be a list; if the list has two elements, the
+first element is the name of the command to create and the second element is
+the name of the method of the current object to which the command links;
+otherwise, the name of the command and the name of the method are the same
+string (the first element of the list).
+.PP
+If the name of the command is not a fully-qualified command name, it will be
+resolved with respect to the current namespace (i.e., the object namespace).
+.SH EXAMPLES
+This demonstrates linking a single method in various ways. First it makes a
+simple link, then a renamed link, then an external link. Note that the method
+itself is unexported, but that it can still be called directly from outside
+the class.
+.PP
+.CS
+oo::class create ABC {
+    method Foo {} {
+        puts "This is Foo in [self]"
+    }
+
+    constructor {} {
+        \fBlink\fR Foo
+        # The method foo is now directly accessible as foo here
+        \fBlink\fR {bar Foo}
+        # The method foo is now directly accessible as bar
+        \fBlink\fR {::ExternalCall Foo}
+        # The method foo is now directly accessible in the global
+        # namespace as ExternalCall
+    }
+
+    method grill {} {
+        puts "Step 1:"
+        Foo
+        puts "Step 2:"
+        bar
+    }
+}
+
+ABC create abc
+abc grill
+        \fI\(-> Step 1:\fR
+        \fI\(-> This is foo in ::abc\fR
+        \fI\(-> Step 2:\fR
+        \fI\(-> This is foo in ::abc\fR
+# Direct access via the linked command
+puts "Step 3:"; ExternalCall
+        \fI\(-> Step 3:\fR
+        \fI\(-> This is foo in ::abc\fR
+.CE
+.PP
+This example shows that multiple linked commands can be made in a call to
+\fBlink\fR, and that they can handle arguments.
+.PP
+.CS
+oo::class create Ex {
+    constructor {} {
+        \fBlink\fR a b c
+        # The methods a, b, and c (defined below) are all now
+        # directly acessible within methods under their own names.
+    }
+
+    method a {} {
+        puts "This is a"
+    }
+    method b {x} {
+        puts "This is b($x)"
+    }
+    method c {y z} {
+        puts "This is c($y,$z)"
+    }
+
+    method call {p q r} {
+        a
+        b $p
+        c $q $r
+    }
+}
+
+set o [Ex new]
+$o 3 5 7
+        \fI\(-> This is a\fR
+        \fI\(-> This is b(3)\fR
+        \fI\(-> This is c(5,7)\fR
+.CE
+.SH "SEE ALSO"
+interp(n), my(n), oo::class(n), oo::define(n)
+.SH KEYWORDS
+command, method, object
+.\" Local Variables:
+.\" mode: nroff
+.\" fill-column: 78
+.\" End:

doc/lreplace.n

@@ -30,13 +30,26 @@ list, and \fBend\fR refers to the last element of the list.
 If \fIlist\fR is empty, then \fIfirst\fR and \fIlast\fR are ignored.
 .PP
 If \fIfirst\fR is less than zero, it is considered to refer to before the
-first element of the list.  For non-empty lists, the element indicated
-by \fIfirst\fR must exist or \fIfirst\fR must indicate before the
+first element of the list.
+.VS TIP505
+If \fIfirst\fR indicates a position greater than the index of the last element
+of the list, it is treated as if it is an index one greater than the last
+element. This allows this command to append elements to the list.
+.VE TIP505
+For non-empty lists, the element indicated
+by \fIfirst\fR must exist, or \fIfirst\fR must indicate before the
 start of the list.
 .PP
 If \fIlast\fR is less than \fIfirst\fR, then any specified elements
 will be inserted into the list before the point specified by \fIfirst\fR
 with no elements being deleted.
+.VS TIP505
+If \fIlast\fR is greater than the index of the last item of the list, it is
+treated as if it is an index one greater than the last element. This means
+that if it is also greater than than \fIfirst\fR, all elements from
+\fIfirst\fR to the end of the list will be replaced, and otherwise the
+elements will be appended.
+.VE TIP505
 .PP
 The \fIelement\fR arguments specify zero or more new arguments to
 be added to the list in place of those that were deleted.
@@ -78,9 +91,26 @@ proc lremove {listVariable value} {
     set var [\fBlreplace\fR $var $idx $idx]
 }
 .CE
+.PP
+.VS TIP505
+Adding elements to the end of the list; note that \fBend+2\fR will initially
+be treated as if it is \fB6\fR here, but both that and \fB12345\fR are greater
+than the index of the final item so they behave identically:
+.PP
+.CS
+% set var {a b c d e}
+a b c d e
+% set var [\fBlreplace\fR $var 12345 end+2 f g h i]
+a b c d e f g h i
+.CE
+.VE TIP505
 .SH "SEE ALSO"
 list(n), lappend(n), lindex(n), linsert(n), llength(n), lsearch(n),
 lset(n), lrange(n), lsort(n),
 string(n)
 .SH KEYWORDS
 element, list, replace
+.\" Local variables:
+.\" mode: nroff
+.\" fill-column: 78
+.\" End:

doc/my.n

@@ -9,25 +9,45 @@
 .BS
 '\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
 .SH NAME
-my \- invoke any method of current object
+my, myclass \- invoke any method of current object or its class
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 package require TclOO
 
 \fBmy\fI methodName\fR ?\fIarg ...\fR?
+\fBmyclass\fI methodName\fR ?\fIarg ...\fR?
 .fi
 .BE
 .SH DESCRIPTION
 .PP
-The \fBmy\fR command is used to allow methods of objects to invoke any method
-of the object (or its class). In particular, the set of valid values for
+The \fBmy\fR command is used to allow methods of objects to invoke methods
+of the object (or its class),
+.VS TIP478
+and he \fBmyclass\fR command is used to allow methods of objects to invoke
+methods of the current class of the object \fIas an object\fR.
+.VE TIP478
+In particular, the set of valid values for
 \fImethodName\fR is the set of all methods supported by an object and its
-superclasses, including those that are not exported. The object upon which the
-method is invoked is always the one that is the current context of the method
-(i.e. the object that is returned by \fBself object\fR) from which the
-\fBmy\fR command is invoked.
+superclasses, including those that are not exported
+.VS TIP500
+and private methods of the object or class when used within another method
+defined by that object or class.
+.VE TIP500
 .PP
-Each object has its own \fBmy\fR command, contained in its instance namespace.
+The object upon which the method is invoked via \fBmy\fR is the one that owns
+the namespace that the \fBmy\fR command is contained in initially (\fBNB:\fR the link
+remains if the command is renamed), which is the currently invoked object by
+default.
+.VS TIP478
+Similarly, the object on which the method is invoked via \fBmyclass\fR is the
+object that is the current class of the object that owns the namespace that
+the \fBmyclass\fR command is contained in initially. As with \fBmy\fR, the
+link remains even if the command is renamed into another namespace, and
+defaults to being the manufacturing class of the current object.
+.VE TIP478
+.PP
+Each object has its own \fBmy\fR and \fBmyclass\fR commands, contained in its
+instance namespace.
 .SH EXAMPLES
 .PP
 This example shows basic use of \fBmy\fR to use the \fBvariables\fR method of
@@ -40,16 +60,71 @@ oo::class create c {
         puts [incr counter]
     }
 }
+
 c create o
 o count              \fI\(-> prints "1"\fR
 o count              \fI\(-> prints "2"\fR
 o count              \fI\(-> prints "3"\fR
 .CE
+.PP
+This example shows how you can use \fBmy\fR to make callbacks to private
+methods from outside the object (from a \fBtrace\fR), using
+\fBnamespace code\fR to enter the correct context. (See the \fBcallback\fR
+command for the recommended way of doing this.)
+.PP
+.CS
+oo::class create HasCallback {
+    method makeCallback {} {
+        return [namespace code {
+            \fBmy\fR Callback
+        }]
+    }
+
+    method Callback {args} {
+        puts "callback: $args"
+    }
+}
+
+set o [HasCallback new]
+trace add variable xyz write [$o makeCallback]
+set xyz "called"     \fI\(-> prints "callback: xyz {} write"\fR
+.CE
+.PP
+.VS TIP478
+This example shows how to access a private method of a class from an instance
+of that class. (See the \fBclassmethod\fR declaration in \fBoo::define\fR for
+a higher level interface for doing this.)
+.PP
+.CS
+oo::class create CountedSteps {
+    self {
+        variable count
+        method Count {} {
+            return [incr count]
+        }
+    }
+    method advanceTwice {} {
+        puts "in [self] step A: [\fBmyclass\fR Count]"
+        puts "in [self] step B: [\fBmyclass\fR Count]"
+    }
+}
+
+CountedSteps create x
+CountedSteps create y
+x advanceTwice       \fI\(-> prints "in ::x step A: 1"\fR
+                     \fI\(-> prints "in ::x step B: 2"\fR
+y advanceTwice       \fI\(-> prints "in ::y step A: 3"\fR
+                     \fI\(-> prints "in ::y step B: 4"\fR
+x advanceTwice       \fI\(-> prints "in ::x step A: 5"\fR
+                     \fI\(-> prints "in ::x step B: 6"\fR
+y advanceTwice       \fI\(-> prints "in ::y step A: 7"\fR
+                     \fI\(-> prints "in ::y step B: 8"\fR
+.CE
+.VE TIP478
 .SH "SEE ALSO"
 next(n), oo::object(n), self(n)
 .SH KEYWORDS
 method, method visibility, object, private method, public method
-
 .\" Local variables:
 .\" mode: nroff
 .\" fill-column: 78

doc/next.n

@@ -112,6 +112,7 @@ oo::class create theSuperclass {
         puts "in the superclass, args = $args"
     }
 }
+
 oo::class create theSubclass {
     superclass theSuperclass
     method example {args} {
@@ -121,6 +122,7 @@ oo::class create theSubclass {
         puts "after chaining from subclass"
     }
 }
+
 theSubclass create obj
 oo::objdefine obj method example args {
     puts "per-object method, args = $args"
@@ -167,6 +169,7 @@ oo::class create cache {
         \fI# Compute value, insert into cache, and return it\fR
         return [set ValueCache($key) [\fBnext\fR {*}$args]]
     }
+
     method flushCache {} {
         my variable ValueCache
         unset ValueCache
@@ -178,10 +181,12 @@ oo::class create cache {
 oo::object create demo
 oo::objdefine demo {
     mixin cache
+
     method compute {a b c} {
         after 3000 \fI;# Simulate deep thought\fR
         return [expr {$a + $b * $c}]
     }
+
     method compute2 {a b c} {
         after 3000 \fI;# Simulate deep thought\fR
         return [expr {$a * $b + $c}]

doc/process.n

@@ -0,0 +1,131 @@
+'\"
+'\" Copyright (c) 2017 Frederic Bonnet.
+'\"
+'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
+'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
+'\"
+.TH process n 8.7 Tcl "Tcl Built-In Commands"
+.so man.macros
+.BS
+'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
+.SH NAME
+tcl::process \- Subprocess management
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+\fB::tcl::process \fIoption \fR?\fIarg arg ...\fR?
+.BE
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.PP
+This command provides a way to manage subprocesses created by the \fBopen\fR
+and \fBexec\fR commands. The legal \fIoptions\fR (which may be abbreviated) are:
+.TP
+\fB::tcl::process list\fR
+.
+Returns the list of subprocess PIDs.
+.TP
+\fB::tcl::process status\fR ?\fIswitches\fR? ?\fIpids\fR?
+.
+Returns a dictionary mapping subprocess PIDs to their respective status. If
+\fIpids\fR is specified as a list of PIDs then the command only returns the
+status of the matching subprocesses if they exist, and raises an error
+otherwise. For active processes, the status is an empty value. For terminated
+processes, the status is a list with the following format:
+.QW "{code ?\fImsg errorCode\fR?}" ,
+where:
+.RS
+.TP
+\fBcode\fR\0
+.
+is a standard Tcl return code,
+.TP
+\fBmsg\fR\0
+.
+is the human-readable error message,
+.TP
+\fBerrorCode\fR\0
+.
+uses the same format as the \fBerrorCode\fR global variable
+.RE
+Note that \fBmsg\fR and \fBerrorCode\fR are only present for abnormally
+terminated processes (i.e. those where \fBcode\fR is nonzero). Under the hood
+this command calls \fBTcl_WaitPid\fR with the \fBWNOHANG\fR flag set for
+non-blocking behavior, unless the \fB\-wait\fR switch is set (see below).
+.RS
+.PP
+Additionally, \fB::tcl::process status\fR accepts the following switches:
+.TP
+\fB\-wait\fR\0
+.
+By default the command returns immediately (the underlying \fBTcl_WaitPid\fR is
+called with the \fBWNOHANG\fR flag set) unless this switch is set. If \fBpids\fR
+is specified as a list of PIDs then the command waits until the status of the
+matching subprocesses are available. If \fBpids\fR is not specified then it
+waits for all known subprocesses.
+.TP
+\fB\-\|\-\fR
+.
+Marks the end of switches.  The argument following this one will
+be treated as the first \fIarg\fR even if it starts with a \fB\-\fR.
+.RE
+.TP
+\fB::tcl::process purge ?\fIpids\fR?
+.
+Cleans up all data associated with terminated subprocesses. If \fBpids\fR is
+specified as a list of PIDs then the command only cleanup data for the matching
+subprocesses if they exist, and raises an error otherwise. If the process is
+still active then it does nothing.
+.TP
+\fB::tcl::process autopurge ?\fIflag\fR?
+.
+Automatic purge facility. If \fBflag\fR is specified as a boolean value then it
+activates or deactivate autopurge. In all cases it returns the current status as
+a boolean value. When autopurge is active, \fBTcl_ReapDetachedProcs\fR is called
+each time the exec command is executed or a pipe channel created by open is
+closed. When autopurge is inactive, \fB::tcl::process\fR purge must be called
+explicitly. By default autopurge is active.
+.RE
+.SH "EXAMPLES"
+.PP
+.CS
+\fB::tcl::process autopurge\fR
+     \fI\(-> true\fR
+\fB::tcl::process autopurge\fR false
+     \fI\(-> false\fR
+
+set pid1 [exec command1 a b c | command2 d e f &]
+     \fI\(-> 123 456\fR
+set chan [open "|command1 a b c | command2 d e f"]
+     \fI\(-> file123\fR
+set pid2 [pid $chan]
+     \fI\(-> 789 1011\fR
+
+\fB::tcl::process list\fR
+     \fI\(-> 123 456 789 1011\fR
+
+\fB::tcl::process status\fR
+     \fI\(-> 123 0 456 {1 "child killed: write on pipe with no readers" {CHILDKILLED 456 SIGPIPE "write on pipe with no readers"}} 789 {1 "child suspended: background tty read" {CHILDSUSP 789 SIGTTIN "background tty read"}} 1011 {}\fR
+
+\fB::tcl::process status\fR 123
+     \fI\(-> 123 0\fR
+
+\fB::tcl::process status\fR 1011
+     \fI\(-> 1011 {}\fR
+
+\fB::tcl::process status\fR -wait
+     \fI\(-> 123 0 456 {1 "child killed: write on pipe with no readers" {CHILDKILLED 456 SIGPIPE "write on pipe with no readers"}} 789 {1 "child suspended: background tty read" {CHILDSUSP 789 SIGTTIN "background tty read"}} 1011 {1 "child process exited abnormally" {CHILDSTATUS 1011 -1}}\fR
+
+\fB::tcl::process status\fR 1011
+     \fI\(-> 1011 {1 "child process exited abnormally" {CHILDSTATUS 1011 -1}}\fR
+
+\fB::tcl::process purge\fR
+exec command1 1 2 3 &
+     \fI\(-> 1213\fR
+\fB::tcl::process list\fR
+     \fI\(-> 1213\fR
+.CE
+.SH "SEE ALSO"
+exec(n), open(n), Tcl_DetachPids(3), Tcl_WaitPid(3), Tcl_ReapDetachedProcs(3)
+.SH "KEYWORDS"
+background, child, detach, process, wait
+'\" Local Variables:
+'\" mode: nroff
+'\" End:

doc/self.n

@@ -32,7 +32,12 @@ implement the current call chain. The first element is the same as would be
 reported by \fBinfo object\fR \fBcall\fR for the current method (except that this
 also reports useful values from within constructors and destructors, whose
 names are reported as \fB<constructor>\fR and \fB<destructor>\fR
-respectively), and the second element is an index into the first element's
+respectively,
+.VS TIP500
+and for private methods, which are described as being \fBprivate\fR instead of
+being a \fBmethod\fR),
+.VE TIP500
+and the second element is an index into the first element's
 list that indicates which actual implementation is currently executing (the
 first implementation to execute is always at index 0).
 .TP

doc/singleton.n

@@ -0,0 +1,99 @@
+'\"
+'\" Copyright (c) 2018 Donal K. Fellows
+'\"
+'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
+'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
+'\"
+.TH singleton n 0.3 TclOO "TclOO Commands"
+.so man.macros
+.BS
+'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
+.SH NAME
+oo::singleton \- a class that does only allows one instance of itself
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+package require TclOO
+
+\fBoo::singleton\fI method \fR?\fIarg ...\fR?
+.fi
+.SH "CLASS HIERARCHY"
+.nf
+\fBoo::object\fR
+   \(-> \fBoo::class\fR
+       \(-> \fBoo::singleton\fR
+.fi
+.BE
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+Singleton classes are classes that only permit at most one instance of
+themselves to exist. They unexport the \fBcreate\fR and
+\fBcreateWithNamespace\fR methods entirely, and override the \fBnew\fR method
+so that it only makes a new instance if there is no existing instance.  It is
+not recommended to inherit from a singleton class; singleton-ness is \fInot\fR
+inherited. It is not recommended that a singleton class's constructor take any
+arguments.
+.PP
+Instances have their\fB destroy\fR method overridden with a method that always
+returns an error in order to discourage destruction of the object, but
+destruction remains possible if strictly necessary (e.g., by destroying the
+class or using \fBrename\fR to delete it). They also have a (non-exported)
+\fB<cloned>\fR method defined on them that similarly always returns errors to
+make attempts to use the singleton instance with \fBoo::copy\fR fail.
+.SS CONSTRUCTOR
+The \fBoo::singleton\fR class does not define an explicit constructor; this
+means that it is effectively the same as the constructor of the
+\fBoo::class\fR class.
+.SS DESTRUCTOR
+The \fBoo::singleton\fR class does not define an explicit destructor;
+destroying an instance of it is just like destroying an ordinary class (and
+will destroy the singleton object).
+.SS "EXPORTED METHODS"
+.TP
+\fIcls \fBnew \fR?\fIarg ...\fR?
+.
+This returns the current instance of the singleton class, if one exists, and
+creates a new instance only if there is no existing instance. The additional
+arguments, \fIarg ...\fR, are only used if a new instance is actually
+manufactured; that construction is via the \fBoo::class\fR class's \fBnew\fR
+method.
+.RS
+.PP
+This is an override of the behaviour of a superclass's method with an
+identical call signature to the superclass's implementation.
+.RE
+.SS "NON-EXPORTED METHODS"
+The \fBoo::singleton\fR class explicitly states that \fBcreate\fR and
+\fBcreateWithNamespace\fR are unexported; callers should not assume that they
+have control over either the name or the namespace name of the singleton instance.
+.SH EXAMPLE
+.PP
+This example demonstrates that there is only one instance even though the
+\fBnew\fR method is called three times.
+.PP
+.CS
+\fBoo::singleton\fR create Highlander {
+    method say {} {
+        puts "there can be only one"
+    }
+}
+
+set h1 [Highlander new]
+set h2 [Highlander new]
+if {$h1 eq $h2} {
+    puts "equal objects"    \fI\(-> prints "equal objects"\fR
+}
+set h3 [Highlander new]
+if {$h1 eq $h3} {
+    puts "equal objects"    \fI\(-> prints "equal objects"\fR
+}
+.CE
+.PP
+Note that the name of the instance of the singleton is not guaranteed to be
+anything in particular.
+.SH "SEE ALSO"
+oo::class(n)
+.SH KEYWORDS
+class, metaclass, object, single instance
+.\" Local variables:
+.\" mode: nroff
+.\" fill-column: 78
+.\" End:

doc/tclsh.1

@@ -143,6 +143,15 @@ incomplete commands.
 .SH "STANDARD CHANNELS"
 .PP
 See \fBTcl_StandardChannels\fR for more explanations.
+.SH ZIPVFS
+.PP
+When a zipfile is concatenated to the end of a \fBtclsh\fR, on
+startup the contents of the zip archive will be mounted as the
+virtual file system /zvfs. If a top level directory tcl8.6 is
+present in the zip archive, it will become the directory loaded
+as env(TCL_LIBRARY). If a file named \fBmain.tcl\fR is present
+in the top level directory of the zip archive, it will be sourced
+instead of the shell's normal command line handing.
 .SH "SEE ALSO"
 auto_path(n), encoding(n), env(n), fconfigure(n)
 .SH KEYWORDS

doc/uplevel.n

@@ -24,9 +24,9 @@ the result of that evaluation.
 If \fIlevel\fR is an integer then
 it gives a distance (up the procedure calling stack) to move before
 executing the command.  If \fIlevel\fR consists of \fB#\fR followed by
-a number then the number gives an absolute level number.  If \fIlevel\fR
+a integer then the level gives an absolute level.  If \fIlevel\fR
 is omitted then it defaults to \fB1\fR.  \fILevel\fR cannot be
-defaulted if the first \fIcommand\fR argument starts with a digit or \fB#\fR.
+defaulted if the first \fIcommand\fR argument is an integer or starts with \fB#\fR.
 .PP
 For example, suppose that procedure \fBa\fR was invoked
 from top-level, and that it called \fBb\fR, and that \fBb\fR called \fBc\fR.

doc/zipfs.3

@@ -0,0 +1,70 @@
+'\"
+'\" Copyright (c) 2015 Jan Nijtmans <jan.nijtmans@gmail.com>
+'\" Copyright (c) 2015 Christian Werner <chw@ch-werner.de>
+'\" Copyright (c) 2017 Sean Woods <yoda@etoyoc.com>
+'\"
+'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
+'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
+'\"
+.TH Tclzipfs 3 8.7 Tcl "Tcl Library Procedures"
+.so man.macros
+.BS
+.SH NAME
+TclZipfs_AppHook, Tclzipfs_Mount, Tclzipfs_Unmount,  \- handle ZIP files as VFS
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.sp
+int
+\fBTclZipfs_AppHook(\fIint *argc, char ***argv\fR)
+.sp
+int
+\fBTclzipfs_Mount\fR(\fIinterp, mntpt, zipname, passwd\fR)
+.sp
+int
+\fBTclzipfs_Unmount\fR(\fIinterp, zipname\fR)
+.SH ARGUMENTS
+.AP "int" *argc in
+Number of command line arguments from main()
+.AP "char" ***argv in
+Pointer to an array of strings containing the command
+line arguments to main()
+.AS Tcl_Interp **termPtr
+.AP Tcl_Interp *interp in
+Interpreter in which the zip file system is mounted.  The interpreter's result is
+modified to hold the result or error message from the script.
+.AP "const char" *zipname in
+Name of a zipfile.
+.AP "const char" *mntpt in
+Name of a mount point.
+.AP "const char" *passwd in
+An (optional) password.
+.BE
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+\fBTclZipfs_AppHook()\fR is a utility function to perform standard
+application initialization procedures. If the current application has
+a mountable zip file system, that file system is mounted under \fIZIPROOT\fR\fB/app\fR.
+If a file named \fBmain.tcl\fR is located in that file system, it is treated
+as the startup script for the process. If the file \fIZIPROOT\fR\fB/app/tcl_library/init.tcl\fR
+is present, \fBtcl_library\fR is set to  \fIZIPROOT\fR\fB/app/tcl_library.
+.PP
+On Windows, \fBTclZipfs_AppHook()\fR has a slightly different signature, it uses
+WCHAR in stead of char. As a result, it only works if your application is compiled
+using -DUNICODE.
+.PP
+If the \fBtcl_library\fR was not found in the application, the system will then search for it
+as either a VFS attached to the application dynamic library, or as a zip archive named
+libtcl_\fIMAJOR\fR_\fIMINOR\fR_\fIpatchLevel\fR.zip either in the present working directory
+or in the standard tcl install location.
+.PP
+\fBTclzipfs_Mount()\fR mount the ZIP archive \fIzipname\fR on the mount
+point given in \fImntpt\fR using the optional ZIP password \fIpasswd\fR.
+Errors during that process are reported in the interpreter \fIinterp\fR.
+If \fImountpoint\fR is a NULL pointer, information on all currently mounted
+ZIP file systems is written into \fIinterp\fR's result as a sequence of
+mount points and ZIP file names.
+.PP
+\fBTclzipfs_Unmount()\fR undoes the effect of \fBTclzipfs_Mount()\fR,
+i.e. it unmounts the mounted ZIP file system at \fImountpoint\fR. Errors are
+reported in the interpreter \fIinterp\fR.
+.SH KEYWORDS
+compress, filesystem, zip

doc/zipfs.n

@@ -0,0 +1,125 @@
+'\"
+'\" Copyright (c) 2015 Jan Nijtmans <jan.nijtmans@gmail.com>
+'\" Copyright (c) 2015 Christian Werner <chw@ch-werner.de>
+'\" Copyright (c) 2015 Sean Woods <yoda@etoyoc.com>
+'\"
+'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
+'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
+'\"
+.TH zipfs n 1.0 Zipfs "zipfs Commands"
+.so man.macros
+.BS
+'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
+.SH NAME
+zipfs \- Mount and work with ZIP files within Tcl
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+\fBpackage require zipfs \fR?\fB1.0\fR?
+.sp
+\fBzipfs exists\fR \fIfilename\fR
+\fBzipfs find\fR \fIdir\fR
+\fBzipfs info\fR \fIfilename\fR
+\fBzipfs list\fR \fB?(-glob|-regexp)?\fR \fI?pattern?\fR
+\fBzipfs mkimg\fR \fIoutfile\fR \fIindir\fR \fI?strip?\fR \fI?password?\fR \fI?infile?\fR
+\fBzipfs mkkey\fR \fIpassword\fR
+\fBzipfs mkzip\fR \fIoutfile\fR \fIindir\fR \fI?strip?\fR \fI?password?\fR
+\fBzipfs mount\fR \fI?mountpoint?\fR \fI?zipfile?\fR \fI?password?\fR
+\fBzipfs root\fR
+\fBzipfs unmount\fR \fImountpoint\fR
+.fi
+.BE
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.PP
+The \fBzipfs\fR package provides tcl with the ability to mount
+the contents of a zip file as a virtual file system.
+.TP
+\fBzipfs exists\fR \fIfilename\fR
+.
+Return 1 if the given filename exists in the mounted zipfs and 0 if it does not.
+.TP
+\fBzipfs find\fR \fIdir\fR
+.
+Recursively lists files including and below the directory \fIdir\fR.
+The result list consists of relative path names starting from the
+given directory. This command is also used by the \fBzipfs mkzip\fR
+and \fBzipfs mkimg\fR commands.
+.TP
+\fBzipfs info\fR \fIfile\fR
+.
+Return information about the given file in the mounted zipfs.  The information
+consists of (1) the name of the ZIP archive file that contains the file,
+(2) the size of the file after decompressions, (3) the compressed size of
+the file, and (4) the offset of the compressed data in the ZIP archive file.
+.RS
+.PP
+Note: querying the mount point gives the start of zip data offset in (4),
+which can be used to truncate the zip info off an executable.
+.RE
+.TP
+\fBzipfs list\fR \fB?(-glob|-regexp)?\fR \fI?pattern?\fR
+.
+Return a list of all files in the mounted zipfs.  The order of the names
+in the list is arbitrary.
+.TP
+\fBzipfs mkimg\fR \fIoutfile\fR \fIindir\fR \fI?strip?\fR \fI?password?\fR \fI?infile?\fR
+.
+Creates an image (potentially a new executable file) similar to
+\fBzipfs mkzip\fR. If the \fIinfile\fR parameter is specified,
+this file is prepended in front of the ZIP archive, otherwise the file
+returned by \fBTcl_NameOfExecutable(3)\fR (i.e. the executable file of
+the running process) is used. If the \fIpassword\fR parameter is not empty,
+an obfuscated version of that password is placed between the image and ZIP
+chunks of the output file and the contents of the ZIP chunk are protected
+with that password.
+.RS
+.PP
+Caution: highly experimental, not usable on Android, only partially tested
+on Linux and Windows.
+.RE
+.TP
+\fBzipfs mkkey\fR \fIpassword\fR
+.
+For the clear text \fIpassword\fR argument an obfuscated string version
+is returned with the same format used in the \fBzipfs mkimg\fR command.
+.TP
+\fBzipfs mkzip\fR \fIoutfile\fR \fIindir\fR \fI?strip?\fR \fI?password?\fR
+.
+Creates a ZIP archive file named \fIoutfile\fR from the contents of the input
+directory \fIindir\fR (contained regular files only) with optional ZIP
+password \fIpassword\fR. While processing the files below \fIindir\fR the
+optional file name prefix given in \fIstrip\fR is stripped off the beginning
+of the respective file name.
+.RS
+.PP
+Caution: the choice of the \fIindir\fR parameter
+(less the optional stripped prefix) determines the later root name of the
+archive's content.
+.RE
+.TP
+\fBzipfs mount ?\fImountpoint\fR? ?\fIzipfile\fR? ?\fIpassword\fR?
+.
+The \fBzipfs mount\fR command mounts a ZIP archive file as a VFS.
+After this command executes, files contained in \fIzipfile\fR
+will appear to Tcl to be regular files at the mount point.
+.RS
+.PP
+With no \fIzipfile\fR, returns the zipfile mounted at \fImountpoint\fR.
+With no \fImountpoint\fR, return all zipfile/mount pairs.
+If \fImountpoint\fR is specified as an empty string, mount on file path.
+.RE
+.TP
+\fBzipfs root\fR
+Returns a constant string which indicates the mount point for zipfs volumes
+for the current platform. On Windows, this value is zipfs:/. On Unux, //zipfs:/
+.RE
+.TP
+\fBzipfs unmount \fImountpoint\fR
+.
+Unmounts a previously mounted ZIP archive mounted to \fImountpoint\fR.
+.SH "SEE ALSO"
+tclsh(1), file(n), zlib(n)
+.SH "KEYWORDS"
+compress, filesystem, zip
+'\" Local Variables:
+'\" mode: nroff
+'\" End:

generic/tcl.decls

@@ -104,7 +104,7 @@ declare 20 {
 declare 21 {
     int Tcl_DbIsShared(Tcl_Obj *objPtr, const char *file, int line)
 }
-declare 22 {
+declare 22 {deprecated {No longer in use, changed to macro}} {
     Tcl_Obj *Tcl_DbNewBooleanObj(int boolValue, const char *file, int line)
 }
 declare 23 {
@@ -119,7 +119,7 @@ declare 25 {
     Tcl_Obj *Tcl_DbNewListObj(int objc, Tcl_Obj *const *objv,
 	    const char *file, int line)
 }
-declare 26 {
+declare 26 {deprecated {No longer in use, changed to macro}} {
     Tcl_Obj *Tcl_DbNewLongObj(long longValue, const char *file, int line)
 }
 declare 27 {
@@ -152,7 +152,7 @@ declare 35 {
     int Tcl_GetDoubleFromObj(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *objPtr,
 	    double *doublePtr)
 }
-declare 36 {
+declare 36 {deprecated {No longer in use, changed to macro}} {
     int Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *objPtr,
 	    const char *const *tablePtr, const char *msg, int flags, int *indexPtr)
 }
@@ -198,7 +198,7 @@ declare 48 {
     int Tcl_ListObjReplace(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *listPtr, int first,
 	    int count, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
 }
-declare 49 {
+declare 49 {deprecated {No longer in use, changed to macro}} {
     Tcl_Obj *Tcl_NewBooleanObj(int boolValue)
 }
 declare 50 {
@@ -207,13 +207,13 @@ declare 50 {
 declare 51 {
     Tcl_Obj *Tcl_NewDoubleObj(double doubleValue)
 }
-declare 52 {
+declare 52 {deprecated {No longer in use, changed to macro}} {
     Tcl_Obj *Tcl_NewIntObj(int intValue)
 }
 declare 53 {
     Tcl_Obj *Tcl_NewListObj(int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
 }
-declare 54 {
+declare 54 {deprecated {No longer in use, changed to macro}} {
     Tcl_Obj *Tcl_NewLongObj(long longValue)
 }
 declare 55 {
@@ -222,7 +222,7 @@ declare 55 {
 declare 56 {
     Tcl_Obj *Tcl_NewStringObj(const char *bytes, int length)
 }
-declare 57 {
+declare 57 {deprecated {No longer in use, changed to macro}} {
     void Tcl_SetBooleanObj(Tcl_Obj *objPtr, int boolValue)
 }
 declare 58 {
@@ -235,13 +235,13 @@ declare 59 {
 declare 60 {
     void Tcl_SetDoubleObj(Tcl_Obj *objPtr, double doubleValue)
 }
-declare 61 {
+declare 61 {deprecated {No longer in use, changed to macro}} {
     void Tcl_SetIntObj(Tcl_Obj *objPtr, int intValue)
 }
 declare 62 {
     void Tcl_SetListObj(Tcl_Obj *objPtr, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
 }
-declare 63 {
+declare 63 {deprecated {No longer in use, changed to macro}} {
     void Tcl_SetLongObj(Tcl_Obj *objPtr, long longValue)
 }
 declare 64 {
@@ -250,10 +250,10 @@ declare 64 {
 declare 65 {
     void Tcl_SetStringObj(Tcl_Obj *objPtr, const char *bytes, int length)
 }
-declare 66 {
+declare 66 {deprecated {No longer in use, changed to macro}} {
     void Tcl_AddErrorInfo(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *message)
 }
-declare 67 {
+declare 67 {deprecated {No longer in use, changed to macro}} {
     void Tcl_AddObjErrorInfo(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *message,
 	    int length)
 }
@@ -472,7 +472,7 @@ declare 129 {
 declare 130 {
     int Tcl_EvalFile(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *fileName)
 }
-declare 131 {
+declare 131 {deprecated {No longer in use, changed to macro}} {
     int Tcl_EvalObj(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *objPtr)
 }
 declare 132 {
@@ -624,7 +624,7 @@ declare 173 {
 declare 174 {
     const char *Tcl_GetStringResult(Tcl_Interp *interp)
 }
-declare 175 {
+declare 175 {deprecated {No longer in use, changed to macro}} {
     const char *Tcl_GetVar(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *varName,
 	    int flags)
 }
@@ -635,7 +635,7 @@ declare 176 {
 declare 177 {
     int Tcl_GlobalEval(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *command)
 }
-declare 178 {
+declare 178 {deprecated {No longer in use, changed to macro}} {
     int Tcl_GlobalEvalObj(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *objPtr)
 }
 declare 179 {
@@ -834,7 +834,7 @@ declare 235 {
 declare 236 {
     void Tcl_SetStdChannel(Tcl_Channel channel, int type)
 }
-declare 237 {
+declare 237 {deprecated {No longer in use, changed to macro}} {
     const char *Tcl_SetVar(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *varName,
 	    const char *newValue, int flags)
 }
@@ -869,7 +869,7 @@ declare 245 {
 declare 246 {deprecated {}} {
     int Tcl_TellOld(Tcl_Channel chan)
 }
-declare 247 {
+declare 247 {deprecated {No longer in use, changed to macro}} {
     int Tcl_TraceVar(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *varName, int flags,
 	    Tcl_VarTraceProc *proc, ClientData clientData)
 }
@@ -890,14 +890,14 @@ declare 251 {
 declare 252 {
     int Tcl_UnregisterChannel(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Channel chan)
 }
-declare 253 {
+declare 253 {deprecated {No longer in use, changed to macro}} {
     int Tcl_UnsetVar(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *varName, int flags)
 }
 declare 254 {
     int Tcl_UnsetVar2(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *part1, const char *part2,
 	    int flags)
 }
-declare 255 {
+declare 255 {deprecated {No longer in use, changed to macro}} {
     void Tcl_UntraceVar(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *varName, int flags,
 	    Tcl_VarTraceProc *proc, ClientData clientData)
 }
@@ -909,7 +909,7 @@ declare 256 {
 declare 257 {
     void Tcl_UpdateLinkedVar(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *varName)
 }
-declare 258 {
+declare 258 {deprecated {No longer in use, changed to macro}} {
     int Tcl_UpVar(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *frameName,
 	    const char *varName, const char *localName, int flags)
 }
@@ -920,7 +920,7 @@ declare 259 {
 declare 260 {
     int Tcl_VarEval(Tcl_Interp *interp, ...)
 }
-declare 261 {
+declare 261 {deprecated {No longer in use, changed to macro}} {
     ClientData Tcl_VarTraceInfo(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *varName,
 	    int flags, Tcl_VarTraceProc *procPtr, ClientData prevClientData)
 }
@@ -955,7 +955,7 @@ declare 270 {
     const char *Tcl_ParseVar(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *start,
 	    const char **termPtr)
 }
-declare 271 {
+declare 271 {deprecated {No longer in use, changed to macro}} {
     const char *Tcl_PkgPresent(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *name,
 	    const char *version, int exact)
 }
@@ -964,12 +964,12 @@ declare 272 {
 	    const char *name, const char *version, int exact,
 	    void *clientDataPtr)
 }
-declare 273 {
+declare 273 {deprecated {No longer in use, changed to macro}} {
     int Tcl_PkgProvide(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *name,
 	    const char *version)
 }
 # TIP #268: The internally used new Require function is in slot 573.
-declare 274 {
+declare 274 {deprecated {No longer in use, changed to macro}} {
     const char *Tcl_PkgRequire(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *name,
 	    const char *version, int exact)
 }
@@ -1350,7 +1350,7 @@ declare 380 {
 declare 381 {
     int Tcl_GetUniChar(Tcl_Obj *objPtr, int index)
 }
-declare 382 {
+declare 382 {deprecated {No longer in use, changed to macro}} {
     Tcl_UniChar *Tcl_GetUnicode(Tcl_Obj *objPtr)
 }
 declare 383 {
@@ -2330,10 +2330,31 @@ declare 631 {
 	    ClientData callbackData)
 }
 
+# TIP #430
+declare 632 {
+    int TclZipfs_Mount(
+    Tcl_Interp *interp,
+    const char *mntpt,
+    const char *zipname,
+    const char *passwd)
+}
+declare 633 {
+    int TclZipfs_Unmount(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *zipname)
+}
+declare 634 {
+    Tcl_Obj *TclZipfs_TclLibrary(void)
+}
+declare 635 {
+    int TclZipfs_Mount_Buffer(
+    Tcl_Interp *interp,
+    const char *mntpt,
+    unsigned char *data,
+    size_t datalen,
+    int copy)
+}
+
 # ----- BASELINE -- FOR -- 8.7.0 ----- #
 
-
-
 ##############################################################################
 
 # Define the platform specific public Tcl interface. These functions are only
@@ -2378,6 +2399,10 @@ declare 1 macosx {
 export {
     void Tcl_Main(int argc, char **argv, Tcl_AppInitProc *appInitProc)
 }
+export {
+    void Tcl_MainEx(int argc, char **argv, Tcl_AppInitProc *appInitProc,
+    Tcl_Interp *interp)
+}
 export {
     const char *Tcl_InitStubs(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *version,
 	int exact)

generic/tcl.h

@@ -89,6 +89,10 @@ extern "C" {
 #  define JOIN(a,b) JOIN1(a,b)
 #  define JOIN1(a,b) a##b
 #endif
+
+#ifndef TCL_THREADS
+#   define TCL_THREADS 1
+#endif
 #endif /* !TCL_NO_DEPRECATED */
 
 /*
@@ -103,15 +107,10 @@ extern "C" {
 #ifndef RC_INVOKED
 
 /*
- * Special macro to define mutexes, that doesn't do anything if we are not
- * using threads.
+ * Special macro to define mutexes.
  */
 
-#ifdef TCL_THREADS
 #define TCL_DECLARE_MUTEX(name) static Tcl_Mutex name;
-#else
-#define TCL_DECLARE_MUTEX(name)
-#endif
 
 /*
  * Tcl's public routine Tcl_FSSeek() uses the values SEEK_SET, SEEK_CUR, and
@@ -2146,9 +2145,9 @@ typedef struct Tcl_EncodingType {
 
 /*
  * The maximum number of bytes that are necessary to represent a single
- * Unicode character in UTF-8. The valid values should be 3, 4 or 6
- * (or perhaps 1 if we want to support a non-unicode enabled core). If 3 or
- * 4, then Tcl_UniChar must be 2-bytes in size (UCS-2) (the default). If 6,
+ * Unicode character in UTF-8. The valid values are 4 and 6
+ * (or perhaps 1 if we want to support a non-unicode enabled core). If 4,
+ * then Tcl_UniChar must be 2-bytes in size (UCS-2) (the default). If 6,
  * then Tcl_UniChar must be 4-bytes in size (UCS-4). At this time UCS-2 mode
  * is the default and recommended mode. UCS-4 is experimental and not
  * recommended. It works for the core, but most extensions expect UCS-2.
@@ -2361,6 +2360,11 @@ const char *		Tcl_InitStubs(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *version,
 			    int exact, int magic);
 const char *		TclTomMathInitializeStubs(Tcl_Interp *interp,
 			    const char *version, int epoch, int revision);
+#if defined(_WIN32)
+    TCL_NORETURN void Tcl_ConsolePanic(const char *format, ...);
+#else
+#   define Tcl_ConsolePanic ((Tcl_PanicProc *)0)
+#endif
 
 #ifdef USE_TCL_STUBS
 #if TCL_RELEASE_LEVEL == TCL_FINAL_RELEASE
@@ -2392,12 +2396,15 @@ const char *		TclTomMathInitializeStubs(Tcl_Interp *interp,
  */
 
 #define Tcl_Main(argc, argv, proc) Tcl_MainEx(argc, argv, proc, \
-	    ((Tcl_CreateInterp)()))
+	    (((Tcl_SetPanicProc)(Tcl_ConsolePanic), Tcl_CreateInterp)()))
 EXTERN void		Tcl_MainEx(int argc, char **argv,
 			    Tcl_AppInitProc *appInitProc, Tcl_Interp *interp);
 EXTERN const char *	Tcl_PkgInitStubsCheck(Tcl_Interp *interp,
 			    const char *version, int exact);
 EXTERN void		Tcl_GetMemoryInfo(Tcl_DString *dsPtr);
+#ifndef _WIN32
+EXTERN int		TclZipfs_AppHook(int *argc, char ***argv);
+#endif
 
 /*
  *----------------------------------------------------------------------------
@@ -2550,27 +2557,6 @@ EXTERN void		Tcl_GetMemoryInfo(Tcl_DString *dsPtr);
 #define Tcl_CreateHashEntry(tablePtr, key, newPtr) \
 	(*((tablePtr)->createProc))(tablePtr, (const char *)(key), newPtr)
 
-/*
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------------
- * Macros that eliminate the overhead of the thread synchronization functions
- * when compiling without thread support.
- */
-
-#ifndef TCL_THREADS
-#undef  Tcl_MutexLock
-#define Tcl_MutexLock(mutexPtr)
-#undef  Tcl_MutexUnlock
-#define Tcl_MutexUnlock(mutexPtr)
-#undef  Tcl_MutexFinalize
-#define Tcl_MutexFinalize(mutexPtr)
-#undef  Tcl_ConditionNotify
-#define Tcl_ConditionNotify(condPtr)
-#undef  Tcl_ConditionWait
-#define Tcl_ConditionWait(condPtr, mutexPtr, timePtr)
-#undef  Tcl_ConditionFinalize
-#define Tcl_ConditionFinalize(condPtr)
-#endif /* TCL_THREADS */
-
 /*
  *----------------------------------------------------------------------------
  * Deprecated Tcl functions:

generic/tclAlloc.c

@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
  */
 
 #include "tclInt.h"
-#if !defined(TCL_THREADS) || !defined(USE_THREAD_ALLOC)
+#if !TCL_THREADS || !defined(USE_THREAD_ALLOC)
 
 #if USE_TCLALLOC
 
@@ -121,7 +121,7 @@ static struct block bigBlocks={	/* Big blocks aren't suballocated. */
  * variable.
  */
 
-#ifdef TCL_THREADS
+#if TCL_THREADS
 static Tcl_Mutex *allocMutexPtr;
 #endif
 static int allocInit = 0;
@@ -171,7 +171,7 @@ TclInitAlloc(void)
 {
     if (!allocInit) {
 	allocInit = 1;
-#ifdef TCL_THREADS
+#if TCL_THREADS
 	allocMutexPtr = Tcl_GetAllocMutex();
 #endif
     }

generic/tclAssembly.c

@@ -2253,7 +2253,7 @@ GetListIndexOperand(
     if (GetNextOperand(assemEnvPtr, tokenPtrPtr, &value) != TCL_OK) {
 	return TCL_ERROR;
     }
-     
+
     /* Convert to an integer, advance to the next token and return. */
     /*
      * NOTE: Indexing a list with an index before it yields the

generic/tclBasic.c

@@ -71,7 +71,18 @@ typedef struct {
 } CancelInfo;
 static Tcl_HashTable cancelTable;
 static int cancelTableInitialized = 0;	/* 0 means not yet initialized. */
-TCL_DECLARE_MUTEX(cancelLock)
+TCL_DECLARE_MUTEX(cancelLock);
+
+/*
+ * Table used to map command implementation functions to a human-readable type
+ * name, for [info type]. The keys in the table are function addresses, and
+ * the values in the table are static char* containing strings in Tcl's
+ * internal encoding (almost UTF-8).
+ */
+
+static Tcl_HashTable commandTypeTable;
+static int commandTypeInit = 0;
+TCL_DECLARE_MUTEX(commandTypeLock);
 
 /*
  * Declarations for managing contexts for non-recursive coroutines. Contexts
@@ -431,6 +442,13 @@ TclFinalizeEvaluation(void)
 	cancelTableInitialized = 0;
     }
     Tcl_MutexUnlock(&cancelLock);
+
+    Tcl_MutexLock(&commandTypeLock);
+    if (commandTypeInit) {
+        Tcl_DeleteHashTable(&commandTypeTable);
+        commandTypeInit = 0;
+    }
+    Tcl_MutexUnlock(&commandTypeLock);
 }
 
 /*
@@ -504,9 +522,23 @@ Tcl_CreateInterp(void)
 	    Tcl_InitHashTable(&cancelTable, TCL_ONE_WORD_KEYS);
 	    cancelTableInitialized = 1;
 	}
+
 	Tcl_MutexUnlock(&cancelLock);
     }
 
+    if (commandTypeInit == 0) {
+        TclRegisterCommandTypeName(TclObjInterpProc, "proc");
+        TclRegisterCommandTypeName(TclEnsembleImplementationCmd, "ensemble");
+        TclRegisterCommandTypeName(TclAliasObjCmd, "alias");
+        TclRegisterCommandTypeName(TclLocalAliasObjCmd, "alias");
+        TclRegisterCommandTypeName(TclSlaveObjCmd, "slave");
+        TclRegisterCommandTypeName(TclInvokeImportedCmd, "import");
+        TclRegisterCommandTypeName(TclOOPublicObjectCmd, "object");
+        TclRegisterCommandTypeName(TclOOPrivateObjectCmd, "privateObject");
+        TclRegisterCommandTypeName(TclOOMyClassObjCmd, "privateClass");
+        TclRegisterCommandTypeName(TclNRInterpCoroutine, "coroutine");
+    }
+
     /*
      * Initialize support for namespaces and create the global namespace
      * (whose name is ""; an alias is "::"). This also initializes the Tcl
@@ -749,7 +781,7 @@ Tcl_CreateInterp(void)
      * cache was already initialised by the call to alloc the interp struct.
      */
 
-#if defined(TCL_THREADS) && defined(USE_THREAD_ALLOC)
+#if TCL_THREADS && defined(USE_THREAD_ALLOC)
     iPtr->allocCache = TclpGetAllocCache();
 #else
     iPtr->allocCache = NULL;
@@ -964,7 +996,7 @@ Tcl_CreateInterp(void)
 #endif /* !TCL_NO_DEPRECATED */
     TclpSetVariables(interp);
 
-#ifdef TCL_THREADS
+#if TCL_THREADS
     /*
      * The existence of the "threaded" element of the tcl_platform array
      * indicates that this particular Tcl shell has been compiled with threads
@@ -999,6 +1031,9 @@ Tcl_CreateInterp(void)
     if (TclZlibInit(interp) != TCL_OK) {
 	Tcl_Panic("%s", TclGetString(Tcl_GetObjResult(interp)));
     }
+    if (TclZipfs_Init(interp) != TCL_OK) {
+	Tcl_Panic("%s", Tcl_GetString(Tcl_GetObjResult(interp)));
+    }
 #endif
 
     TOP_CB(iPtr) = NULL;
@@ -1014,6 +1049,71 @@ DeleteOpCmdClientData(
     ckfree(occdPtr);
 }
 
+/*
+ * ---------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * TclRegisterCommandTypeName, TclGetCommandTypeName --
+ *
+ *      Command type registration and lookup mechanism. Everything is keyed by
+ *      the Tcl_ObjCmdProc for the command, and that is used as the *key* into
+ *      the hash table that maps to constant strings that are names. (It is
+ *      recommended that those names be ASCII.)
+ *
+ * ---------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+void
+TclRegisterCommandTypeName(
+    Tcl_ObjCmdProc *implementationProc,
+    const char *nameStr)
+{
+    Tcl_HashEntry *hPtr;
+
+    Tcl_MutexLock(&commandTypeLock);
+    if (commandTypeInit == 0) {
+        Tcl_InitHashTable(&commandTypeTable, TCL_ONE_WORD_KEYS);
+        commandTypeInit = 1;
+    }
+    if (nameStr != NULL) {
+        int isNew;
+
+        hPtr = Tcl_CreateHashEntry(&commandTypeTable,
+                (void *) implementationProc, &isNew);
+        Tcl_SetHashValue(hPtr, (void *) nameStr);
+    } else {
+        hPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&commandTypeTable,
+                (void *) implementationProc);
+        if (hPtr != NULL) {
+            Tcl_DeleteHashEntry(hPtr);
+        }
+    }
+    Tcl_MutexUnlock(&commandTypeLock);
+}
+
+const char *
+TclGetCommandTypeName(
+    Tcl_Command command)
+{
+    Command *cmdPtr = (Command *) command;
+    void *procPtr = cmdPtr->objProc;
+    const char *name = "native";
+
+    if (procPtr == NULL) {
+        procPtr = cmdPtr->nreProc;
+    }
+    Tcl_MutexLock(&commandTypeLock);
+    if (commandTypeInit) {
+        Tcl_HashEntry *hPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&commandTypeTable, procPtr);
+
+        if (hPtr && Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr)) {
+            name = (const char *) Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr);
+        }
+    }
+    Tcl_MutexUnlock(&commandTypeLock);
+
+    return name;
+}
+
 /*
  *----------------------------------------------------------------------
  *
@@ -2295,30 +2395,33 @@ Tcl_CreateObjCommand(
 }
 
 Tcl_Command
-TclCreateObjCommandInNs (
+TclCreateObjCommandInNs(
     Tcl_Interp *interp,
-    const char *cmdName,	/* Name of command, without any namespace components */
+    const char *cmdName,	/* Name of command, without any namespace
+                                 * components. */
     Tcl_Namespace *namespace,   /* The namespace to create the command in */
     Tcl_ObjCmdProc *proc,	/* Object-based function to associate with
 				 * name. */
     ClientData clientData,	/* Arbitrary value to pass to object
 				 * function. */
-    Tcl_CmdDeleteProc *deleteProc
+    Tcl_CmdDeleteProc *deleteProc)
 				/* If not NULL, gives a function to call when
 				 * this command is deleted. */
-) {
+{
     int deleted = 0, isNew = 0;
     Command *cmdPtr;
     ImportRef *oldRefPtr = NULL;
     ImportedCmdData *dataPtr;
     Tcl_HashEntry *hPtr;
     Namespace *nsPtr = (Namespace *) namespace;
+
     /*
-     * If the command name we seek to create already exists, we need to
-     * delete that first.  That can be tricky in the presence of traces.
-     * Loop until we no longer find an existing command in the way, or
-     * until we've deleted one command and that didn't finish the job.
+     * If the command name we seek to create already exists, we need to delete
+     * that first. That can be tricky in the presence of traces. Loop until we
+     * no longer find an existing command in the way, or until we've deleted
+     * one command and that didn't finish the job.
      */
+
     while (1) {
 	hPtr = Tcl_CreateHashEntry(&nsPtr->cmdTable, cmdName, &isNew);
 
@@ -2330,16 +2433,18 @@ TclCreateObjCommandInNs (
 	    break;
 	}
 
+	/*
+         * An existing command conflicts. Try to delete it.
+         */
 
-	/* An existing command conflicts. Try to delete it.. */
 	cmdPtr = Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr);
 
 	/*
-	 * [***] This is wrong.  See Tcl Bug a16752c252.
-	 * However, this buggy behavior is kept under particular
-	 * circumstances to accommodate deployed binaries of the
-	 * "tclcompiler" program. http://sourceforge.net/projects/tclpro/
-	 * that crash if the bug is fixed.
+	 * [***] This is wrong. See Tcl Bug a16752c252. However, this buggy
+	 * behavior is kept under particular circumstances to accommodate
+	 * deployed binaries of the "tclcompiler" program
+	 *     http://sourceforge.net/projects/tclpro/
+         * that crash if the bug is fixed.
 	 */
 
 	if (cmdPtr->objProc == TclInvokeStringCommand
@@ -2363,12 +2468,15 @@ TclCreateObjCommandInNs (
 	    cmdPtr->flags |= CMD_REDEF_IN_PROGRESS;
 	}
 
-	/* Make sure namespace doesn't get deallocated. */
+	/*
+         * Make sure namespace doesn't get deallocated.
+         */
+
 	cmdPtr->nsPtr->refCount++;
 
 	Tcl_DeleteCommandFromToken(interp, (Tcl_Command) cmdPtr);
 	nsPtr = (Namespace *) TclEnsureNamespace(interp,
-	    (Tcl_Namespace *)cmdPtr->nsPtr);
+                (Tcl_Namespace *) cmdPtr->nsPtr);
 	TclNsDecrRefCount(cmdPtr->nsPtr);
 
 	if (cmdPtr->flags & CMD_REDEF_IN_PROGRESS) {
@@ -2380,9 +2488,9 @@ TclCreateObjCommandInNs (
     }
     if (!isNew) {
 	/*
-	 * If the deletion callback recreated the command, just throw away
-	 * the new command (if we try to delete it again, we could get
-	 * stuck in an infinite loop).
+	 * If the deletion callback recreated the command, just throw away the
+	 * new command (if we try to delete it again, we could get stuck in an
+	 * infinite loop).
 	 */
 
 	ckfree(Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr));
@@ -2437,6 +2545,7 @@ TclCreateObjCommandInNs (
 	cmdPtr->importRefPtr = oldRefPtr;
 	while (oldRefPtr != NULL) {
 	    Command *refCmdPtr = oldRefPtr->importedCmdPtr;
+
 	    dataPtr = refCmdPtr->objClientData;
 	    dataPtr->realCmdPtr = cmdPtr;
 	    oldRefPtr = oldRefPtr->nextPtr;
@@ -7504,7 +7613,7 @@ ExprAbsFunc(
 		}
 	    }
 	    goto unChanged;
-	} else if (l == LLONG_MIN) {
+	} else if (l == WIDE_MIN) {
 	    TclInitBignumFromWideInt(&big, l);
 	    goto tooLarge;
 	}
@@ -7629,7 +7738,7 @@ ExprEntierFunc(
 
     if (type == TCL_NUMBER_DOUBLE) {
 	d = *((const double *) ptr);
-	if ((d >= (double)LONG_MAX) || (d <= (double)LONG_MIN)) {
+	if ((d >= (double)WIDE_MAX) || (d <= (double)WIDE_MIN)) {
 	    mp_int big;
 
 	    if (Tcl_InitBignumFromDouble(interp, d, &big) != TCL_OK) {
@@ -7639,9 +7748,9 @@ ExprEntierFunc(
 	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewBignumObj(&big));
 	    return TCL_OK;
 	} else {
-	    long result = (long) d;
+	    Tcl_WideInt result = (Tcl_WideInt) d;
 
-	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewLongObj(result));
+	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewWideIntObj(result));
 	    return TCL_OK;
 	}
     }
@@ -7671,27 +7780,14 @@ ExprIntFunc(
     int objc,			/* Actual parameter count. */
     Tcl_Obj *const *objv)	/* Actual parameter vector. */
 {
-    long iResult;
+    Tcl_WideInt wResult;
     Tcl_Obj *objPtr;
     if (ExprEntierFunc(NULL, interp, objc, objv) != TCL_OK) {
 	return TCL_ERROR;
     }
     objPtr = Tcl_GetObjResult(interp);
-    if (TclGetLongFromObj(NULL, objPtr, &iResult) != TCL_OK) {
-	/*
-	 * Truncate the bignum; keep only bits in long range.
-	 */
-
-	mp_int big;
-
-	Tcl_GetBignumFromObj(NULL, objPtr, &big);
-	mp_mod_2d(&big, (int) CHAR_BIT * sizeof(long), &big);
-	objPtr = Tcl_NewBignumObj(&big);
-	Tcl_IncrRefCount(objPtr);
-	TclGetLongFromObj(NULL, objPtr, &iResult);
-	Tcl_DecrRefCount(objPtr);
-    }
-    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewLongObj(iResult));
+    TclGetWideBitsFromObj(NULL, objPtr, &wResult);
+    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewLongObj((long)wResult));
     return TCL_OK;
 }
 
@@ -7704,26 +7800,11 @@ ExprWideFunc(
     Tcl_Obj *const *objv)	/* Actual parameter vector. */
 {
     Tcl_WideInt wResult;
-    Tcl_Obj *objPtr;
 
     if (ExprEntierFunc(NULL, interp, objc, objv) != TCL_OK) {
 	return TCL_ERROR;
     }
-    objPtr = Tcl_GetObjResult(interp);
-    if (TclGetWideIntFromObj(NULL, objPtr, &wResult) != TCL_OK) {
-	/*
-	 * Truncate the bignum; keep only bits in wide int range.
-	 */
-
-	mp_int big;
-
-	Tcl_GetBignumFromObj(NULL, objPtr, &big);
-	mp_mod_2d(&big, (int) CHAR_BIT * sizeof(Tcl_WideInt), &big);
-	objPtr = Tcl_NewBignumObj(&big);
-	Tcl_IncrRefCount(objPtr);
-	TclGetWideIntFromObj(NULL, objPtr, &wResult);
-	Tcl_DecrRefCount(objPtr);
-    }
+    TclGetWideBitsFromObj(NULL, Tcl_GetObjResult(interp), &wResult);
     Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewWideIntObj(wResult));
     return TCL_OK;
 }
@@ -7826,7 +7907,7 @@ ExprRandFunc(
 	 * Make sure 1 <= randSeed <= (2^31) - 2. See below.
 	 */
 
-	iPtr->randSeed &= (unsigned long) 0x7fffffff;
+	iPtr->randSeed &= 0x7fffffff;
 	if ((iPtr->randSeed == 0) || (iPtr->randSeed == 0x7fffffff)) {
 	    iPtr->randSeed ^= 123459876;
 	}
@@ -7970,7 +8051,7 @@ ExprSrandFunc(
     Tcl_Obj *const *objv)	/* Parameter vector. */
 {
     Interp *iPtr = (Interp *) interp;
-    long i = 0;			/* Initialized to avoid compiler warning. */
+    Tcl_WideInt w = 0;			/* Initialized to avoid compiler warning. */
 
     /*
      * Convert argument and use it to reset the seed.
@@ -7981,20 +8062,8 @@ ExprSrandFunc(
 	return TCL_ERROR;
     }
 
-    if (TclGetLongFromObj(NULL, objv[1], &i) != TCL_OK) {
-	Tcl_Obj *objPtr;
-	mp_int big;
-
-	if (Tcl_GetBignumFromObj(interp, objv[1], &big) != TCL_OK) {
-	    /* TODO: more ::errorInfo here? or in caller? */
-	    return TCL_ERROR;
-	}
-
-	mp_mod_2d(&big, (int) CHAR_BIT * sizeof(long), &big);
-	objPtr = Tcl_NewBignumObj(&big);
-	Tcl_IncrRefCount(objPtr);
-	TclGetLongFromObj(NULL, objPtr, &i);
-	Tcl_DecrRefCount(objPtr);
+    if (TclGetWideBitsFromObj(NULL, objv[1], &w) != TCL_OK) {
+	return TCL_ERROR;
     }
 
     /*
@@ -8003,8 +8072,7 @@ ExprSrandFunc(
      */
 
     iPtr->flags |= RAND_SEED_INITIALIZED;
-    iPtr->randSeed = i;
-    iPtr->randSeed &= (unsigned long) 0x7fffffff;
+    iPtr->randSeed = (long) w & 0x7fffffff;
     if ((iPtr->randSeed == 0) || (iPtr->randSeed == 0x7fffffff)) {
 	iPtr->randSeed ^= 123459876;
     }
@@ -8276,23 +8344,26 @@ Tcl_NRCreateCommand(
 				 * this command is deleted. */
 {
     Command *cmdPtr = (Command *)
-	    Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp,cmdName,proc,clientData,deleteProc);
+	    Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp, cmdName, proc, clientData,
+                    deleteProc);
 
     cmdPtr->nreProc = nreProc;
     return (Tcl_Command) cmdPtr;
 }
 
 Tcl_Command
-TclNRCreateCommandInNs (
+TclNRCreateCommandInNs(
     Tcl_Interp *interp,
     const char *cmdName,
     Tcl_Namespace *nsPtr,
     Tcl_ObjCmdProc *proc,
     Tcl_ObjCmdProc *nreProc,
     ClientData clientData,
-    Tcl_CmdDeleteProc *deleteProc) {
+    Tcl_CmdDeleteProc *deleteProc)
+{
     Command *cmdPtr = (Command *)
-	TclCreateObjCommandInNs(interp,cmdName,nsPtr,proc,clientData,deleteProc);
+            TclCreateObjCommandInNs(interp, cmdName, nsPtr, proc, clientData,
+                    deleteProc);
 
     cmdPtr->nreProc = nreProc;
     return (Tcl_Command) cmdPtr;
@@ -8396,7 +8467,6 @@ TclPushTailcallPoint(
     TclNRAddCallback(interp, NRCommand, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL);
     ((Interp *) interp)->numLevels++;
 }
-
 
 /*
  *----------------------------------------------------------------------
@@ -8432,7 +8502,6 @@ TclSetTailcall(
     }
     runPtr->data[1] = listPtr;
 }
-
 
 /*
  *----------------------------------------------------------------------
@@ -8490,25 +8559,18 @@ TclNRTailcallObjCmd(
     if (objc > 1) {
         Tcl_Obj *listPtr, *nsObjPtr;
         Tcl_Namespace *nsPtr = (Tcl_Namespace *) iPtr->varFramePtr->nsPtr;
-        Tcl_Namespace *ns1Ptr;
 
         /* The tailcall data is in a Tcl list: the first element is the
          * namespace, the rest the command to be tailcalled. */
 
-        listPtr = Tcl_NewListObj(objc, objv);
-
         nsObjPtr = Tcl_NewStringObj(nsPtr->fullName, -1);
-        if ((TCL_OK != TclGetNamespaceFromObj(interp, nsObjPtr, &ns1Ptr))
-                || (nsPtr != ns1Ptr)) {
-            Tcl_Panic("Tailcall failed to find the proper namespace");
-        }
+        listPtr = Tcl_NewListObj(objc, objv);
  	TclListObjSetElement(interp, listPtr, 0, nsObjPtr);
 
         iPtr->varFramePtr->tailcallPtr = listPtr;
     }
     return TCL_RETURN;
 }
-
 
 /*
  *----------------------------------------------------------------------
@@ -8576,7 +8638,6 @@ TclNRReleaseValues(
     }
     return result;
 }
-
 
 void
 Tcl_NRAddCallback(

generic/tclBinary.c

@@ -1963,7 +1963,6 @@ FormatNumber(
     Tcl_Obj *src,		/* Number to format. */
     unsigned char **cursorPtr)	/* Pointer to index into destination buffer. */
 {
-    long value;
     double dvalue;
     Tcl_WideInt wvalue;
     float fvalue;
@@ -2025,7 +2024,7 @@ FormatNumber(
     case 'w':
     case 'W':
     case 'm':
-	if (Tcl_GetWideIntFromObj(interp, src, &wvalue) != TCL_OK) {
+	if (TclGetWideBitsFromObj(interp, src, &wvalue) != TCL_OK) {
 	    return TCL_ERROR;
 	}
 	if (NeedReversing(type)) {
@@ -2055,19 +2054,19 @@ FormatNumber(
     case 'i':
     case 'I':
     case 'n':
-	if (TclGetLongFromObj(interp, src, &value) != TCL_OK) {
+	if (TclGetWideBitsFromObj(interp, src, &wvalue) != TCL_OK) {
 	    return TCL_ERROR;
 	}
 	if (NeedReversing(type)) {
-	    *(*cursorPtr)++ = UCHAR(value);
-	    *(*cursorPtr)++ = UCHAR(value >> 8);
-	    *(*cursorPtr)++ = UCHAR(value >> 16);
-	    *(*cursorPtr)++ = UCHAR(value >> 24);
+	    *(*cursorPtr)++ = UCHAR(wvalue);
+	    *(*cursorPtr)++ = UCHAR(wvalue >> 8);
+	    *(*cursorPtr)++ = UCHAR(wvalue >> 16);
+	    *(*cursorPtr)++ = UCHAR(wvalue >> 24);
 	} else {
-	    *(*cursorPtr)++ = UCHAR(value >> 24);
-	    *(*cursorPtr)++ = UCHAR(value >> 16);
-	    *(*cursorPtr)++ = UCHAR(value >> 8);
-	    *(*cursorPtr)++ = UCHAR(value);
+	    *(*cursorPtr)++ = UCHAR(wvalue >> 24);
+	    *(*cursorPtr)++ = UCHAR(wvalue >> 16);
+	    *(*cursorPtr)++ = UCHAR(wvalue >> 8);
+	    *(*cursorPtr)++ = UCHAR(wvalue);
 	}
 	return TCL_OK;
 
@@ -2077,15 +2076,15 @@ FormatNumber(
     case 's':
     case 'S':
     case 't':
-	if (TclGetLongFromObj(interp, src, &value) != TCL_OK) {
+	if (TclGetWideBitsFromObj(interp, src, &wvalue) != TCL_OK) {
 	    return TCL_ERROR;
 	}
 	if (NeedReversing(type)) {
-	    *(*cursorPtr)++ = UCHAR(value);
-	    *(*cursorPtr)++ = UCHAR(value >> 8);
+	    *(*cursorPtr)++ = UCHAR(wvalue);
+	    *(*cursorPtr)++ = UCHAR(wvalue >> 8);
 	} else {
-	    *(*cursorPtr)++ = UCHAR(value >> 8);
-	    *(*cursorPtr)++ = UCHAR(value);
+	    *(*cursorPtr)++ = UCHAR(wvalue >> 8);
+	    *(*cursorPtr)++ = UCHAR(wvalue);
 	}
 	return TCL_OK;
 
@@ -2093,10 +2092,10 @@ FormatNumber(
 	 * 8-bit integer values.
 	 */
     case 'c':
-	if (TclGetLongFromObj(interp, src, &value) != TCL_OK) {
+	if (TclGetWideBitsFromObj(interp, src, &wvalue) != TCL_OK) {
 	    return TCL_ERROR;
 	}
-	*(*cursorPtr)++ = UCHAR(value);
+	*(*cursorPtr)++ = UCHAR(wvalue);
 	return TCL_OK;
 
     default:

generic/tclCkalloc.c

@@ -156,7 +156,7 @@ TclInitDbCkalloc(void)
     if (!ckallocInit) {
 	ckallocInit = 1;
 	ckallocMutexPtr = Tcl_GetAllocMutex();
-#ifndef TCL_THREADS
+#if !TCL_THREADS
 	/* Silence compiler warning */
 	(void)ckallocMutexPtr;
 #endif

generic/tclCmdAH.c

@@ -513,63 +513,6 @@ Tcl_ContinueObjCmd(
     return TCL_CONTINUE;
 }
 
-/*
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * Tcl_EncodingObjCmd --
- *
- *	This command manipulates encodings.
- *
- * Results:
- *	A standard Tcl result.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	See the user documentation.
- *
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-int
-Tcl_EncodingObjCmd(
-    ClientData dummy,		/* Not used. */
-    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
-    int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
-    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
-{
-    int index;
-
-    static const char *const optionStrings[] = {
-	"convertfrom", "convertto", "dirs", "names", "system",
-	NULL
-    };
-    enum options {
-	ENC_CONVERTFROM, ENC_CONVERTTO, ENC_DIRS, ENC_NAMES, ENC_SYSTEM
-    };
-
-    if (objc < 2) {
-	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "option ?arg ...?");
-	return TCL_ERROR;
-    }
-    if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(interp, objv[1], optionStrings, "option", 0,
-	    &index) != TCL_OK) {
-	return TCL_ERROR;
-    }
-
-    switch ((enum options) index) {
-    case ENC_CONVERTTO:
-	return EncodingConverttoObjCmd(dummy, interp, objc, objv);
-    case ENC_CONVERTFROM:
-	return EncodingConvertfromObjCmd(dummy, interp, objc, objv);
-    case ENC_DIRS:
-	return EncodingDirsObjCmd(dummy, interp, objc, objv);
-    case ENC_NAMES:
-	return EncodingNamesObjCmd(dummy, interp, objc, objv);
-    case ENC_SYSTEM:
-	return EncodingSystemObjCmd(dummy, interp, objc, objv);
-    }
-    return TCL_OK;
-}
-
 /*
  *-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
  *
@@ -1455,9 +1398,9 @@ FileAttrAccessTimeCmd(
 	 * platforms. [Bug 698146]
 	 */
 
-	long newTime;
+	Tcl_WideInt newTime;
 
-	if (TclGetLongFromObj(interp, objv[2], &newTime) != TCL_OK) {
+	if (TclGetWideIntFromObj(interp, objv[2], &newTime) != TCL_OK) {
 	    return TCL_ERROR;
 	}
 
@@ -1536,9 +1479,9 @@ FileAttrModifyTimeCmd(
 	 * platforms. [Bug 698146]
 	 */
 
-	long newTime;
+	Tcl_WideInt newTime;
 
-	if (TclGetLongFromObj(interp, objv[2], &newTime) != TCL_OK) {
+	if (TclGetWideIntFromObj(interp, objv[2], &newTime) != TCL_OK) {
 	    return TCL_ERROR;
 	}
 

generic/tclCmdIL.c

@@ -138,6 +138,8 @@ static int		InfoScriptCmd(ClientData dummy, Tcl_Interp *interp,
 			    int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
 static int		InfoSharedlibCmd(ClientData dummy, Tcl_Interp *interp,
 			    int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
+static int		InfoCmdTypeCmd(ClientData dummy, Tcl_Interp *interp,
+			    int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
 static int		InfoTclVersionCmd(ClientData dummy, Tcl_Interp *interp,
 			    int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
 static SortElement *	MergeLists(SortElement *leftPtr, SortElement *rightPtr,
@@ -156,6 +158,7 @@ static const EnsembleImplMap defaultInfoMap[] = {
     {"args",		   InfoArgsCmd,		    TclCompileBasic1ArgCmd, NULL, NULL, 0},
     {"body",		   InfoBodyCmd,		    TclCompileBasic1ArgCmd, NULL, NULL, 0},
     {"cmdcount",	   InfoCmdCountCmd,	    TclCompileBasic0ArgCmd, NULL, NULL, 0},
+    {"cmdtype",		   InfoCmdTypeCmd,	    TclCompileBasic1ArgCmd, NULL, NULL, 1},
     {"commands",	   InfoCommandsCmd,	    TclCompileInfoCommandsCmd, NULL, NULL, 0},
     {"complete",	   InfoCompleteCmd,	    TclCompileBasic1ArgCmd, NULL, NULL, 0},
     {"coroutine",	   TclInfoCoroutineCmd,     TclCompileInfoCoroutineCmd, NULL, NULL, 0},
@@ -2129,6 +2132,60 @@ InfoTclVersionCmd(
     return TCL_ERROR;
 }
 
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * InfoCmdTypeCmd --
+ *
+ *	Called to implement the "info cmdtype" command that returns the type
+ *	of a given command. Handles the following syntax:
+ *
+ *	    info cmdtype cmdName
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	Returns TCL_OK if successful and TCL_ERROR if there is an error.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	Returns a type name. If there is an error, the result is an error
+ *	message.
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+static int
+InfoCmdTypeCmd(
+    ClientData dummy,		/* Not used. */
+    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
+    int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
+    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
+{
+    Tcl_Command command;
+
+    if (objc != 2) {
+	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "commandName");
+	return TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+    command = Tcl_FindCommand(interp, Tcl_GetString(objv[1]), NULL,
+	    TCL_LEAVE_ERR_MSG);
+    if (command == NULL) {
+	return TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * There's one special case: safe slave interpreters can't see aliases as
+     * aliases as they're part of the security mechanisms.
+     */
+
+    if (Tcl_IsSafe(interp)
+	    && (((Command *) command)->objProc == TclAliasObjCmd)) {
+	Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "native", NULL);
+    } else {
+	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp,
+		Tcl_NewStringObj(TclGetCommandTypeName(command), -1));
+    }
+    return TCL_OK;
+}
+
 /*
  *----------------------------------------------------------------------
  *
@@ -2730,21 +2787,10 @@ Tcl_LreplaceObjCmd(
     if (first < 0) {
 	first = 0;
     }
-
-    /*
-     * Complain if the user asked for a start element that is greater than the
-     * list length. This won't ever trigger for the "end-*" case as that will
-     * be properly constrained by TclGetIntForIndex because we use listLen-1
-     * (to allow for replacing the last elem).
-     */
-
-    if ((first >= listLen) && (listLen > 0)) {
-	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
-		"list doesn't contain element %s", TclGetString(objv[2])));
-	Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TCL", "OPERATION", "LREPLACE", "BADIDX",
-		NULL);
-	return TCL_ERROR;
+    if (first > listLen) {
+	first = listLen;
     }
+
     if (last >= listLen) {
 	last = listLen - 1;
     }
@@ -3333,7 +3379,7 @@ Tcl_LsearchObjCmd(
 	 * sense in doing this when the match sense is inverted.
 	 */
 
-	/* 
+	/*
 	 * With -stride, lower, upper and i are kept as multiples of groupSize.
 	 */
 
@@ -4015,7 +4061,7 @@ Tcl_LsortObjCmd(
 		/*
 		 * Do not shrink the actual memory block used; that doesn't
 		 * work with TclStackAlloc-allocated memory. [Bug 2918962]
-		 * 
+		 *
 		 * TODO: Consider a pointer increment to replace this
 		 * array shift.
 		 */

generic/tclCmdMZ.c

@@ -258,7 +258,7 @@ Tcl_RegexpObjCmd(
     stringLength = Tcl_GetCharLength(objPtr);
 
     if (startIndex) {
-	TclGetIntForIndexM(NULL, startIndex, stringLength, &offset);
+	TclGetIntForIndexM(interp, startIndex, stringLength, &offset);
 	Tcl_DecrRefCount(startIndex);
 	if (offset < 0) {
 	    offset = 0;
@@ -582,7 +582,7 @@ Tcl_RegsubObjCmd(
     if (startIndex) {
 	int stringLength = Tcl_GetCharLength(objv[1]);
 
-	TclGetIntForIndexM(NULL, startIndex, stringLength, &offset);
+	TclGetIntForIndexM(interp, startIndex, stringLength, &offset);
 	Tcl_DecrRefCount(startIndex);
 	if (offset < 0) {
 	    offset = 0;
@@ -597,9 +597,9 @@ Tcl_RegsubObjCmd(
 	 * slightly modified version of the one pair STR_MAP code.
 	 */
 
-	int slen, nocase;
+	int slen, nocase, wsrclc;
 	int (*strCmpFn)(const Tcl_UniChar*,const Tcl_UniChar*,unsigned long);
-	Tcl_UniChar *p, wsrclc;
+	Tcl_UniChar *p;
 
 	numMatches = 0;
 	nocase = (cflags & TCL_REG_NOCASE);
@@ -1447,6 +1447,9 @@ StringIndexCmd(
 	    char buf[4];
 
 	    length = Tcl_UniCharToUtf(ch, buf);
+	    if (!length) {
+		length = Tcl_UniCharToUtf(-1, buf);
+	    }
 	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(buf, length));
 	}
     }
@@ -2001,8 +2004,8 @@ StringMapCmd(
 	 * larger strings.
 	 */
 
-	int mapLen;
-	Tcl_UniChar *mapString, u2lc;
+	int mapLen, u2lc;
+	Tcl_UniChar *mapString;
 
 	ustring2 = Tcl_GetUnicodeFromObj(mapElemv[0], &length2);
 	p = ustring1;
@@ -2033,8 +2036,8 @@ StringMapCmd(
 	    }
 	}
     } else {
-	Tcl_UniChar **mapStrings, *u2lc = NULL;
-	int *mapLens;
+	Tcl_UniChar **mapStrings;
+	int *mapLens, *u2lc = NULL;
 
 	/*
 	 * Precompute pointers to the unicode string and length. This saves us
@@ -2046,7 +2049,7 @@ StringMapCmd(
 	mapStrings = TclStackAlloc(interp, mapElemc*2*sizeof(Tcl_UniChar *));
 	mapLens = TclStackAlloc(interp, mapElemc * 2 * sizeof(int));
 	if (nocase) {
-	    u2lc = TclStackAlloc(interp, mapElemc * sizeof(Tcl_UniChar));
+	    u2lc = TclStackAlloc(interp, mapElemc * sizeof(int));
 	}
 	for (index = 0; index < mapElemc; index++) {
 	    mapStrings[index] = Tcl_GetUnicodeFromObj(mapElemv[index],
@@ -2546,10 +2549,8 @@ StringEqualCmd(
      * the expr string comparison in INST_EQ/INST_NEQ/INST_LT/...).
      */
 
-    const char *string1, *string2;
-    int length1, length2, i, match, length, nocase = 0, reqlength = -1;
-    typedef int (*strCmpFn_t)(const char *, const char *, unsigned int);
-    strCmpFn_t strCmpFn;
+    const char *string2;
+    int length, i, match, nocase = 0, reqlength = -1;
 
     if (objc < 3 || objc > 6) {
     str_cmp_args:
@@ -2559,11 +2560,11 @@ StringEqualCmd(
     }
 
     for (i = 1; i < objc-2; i++) {
-	string2 = TclGetStringFromObj(objv[i], &length2);
-	if ((length2 > 1) && !strncmp(string2, "-nocase", (size_t)length2)) {
+	string2 = TclGetStringFromObj(objv[i], &length);
+	if ((length > 1) && !strncmp(string2, "-nocase", (size_t)length)) {
 	    nocase = 1;
-	} else if ((length2 > 1)
-		&& !strncmp(string2, "-length", (size_t)length2)) {
+	} else if ((length > 1)
+		&& !strncmp(string2, "-length", (size_t)length)) {
 	    if (i+1 >= objc-2) {
 		goto str_cmp_args;
 	    }
@@ -2588,78 +2589,7 @@ StringEqualCmd(
 
     objv += objc-2;
 
-    if ((reqlength == 0) || (objv[0] == objv[1])) {
-	/*
-	 * Always match at 0 chars of if it is the same obj.
-	 */
-
-	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewBooleanObj(1));
-	return TCL_OK;
-    }
-
-    if (!nocase && TclIsPureByteArray(objv[0]) &&
-	    TclIsPureByteArray(objv[1])) {
-	/*
-	 * Use binary versions of comparisons since that won't cause undue
-	 * type conversions and it is much faster. Only do this if we're
-	 * case-sensitive (which is all that really makes sense with byte
-	 * arrays anyway, and we have no memcasecmp() for some reason... :^)
-	 */
-
-	string1 = (char *) Tcl_GetByteArrayFromObj(objv[0], &length1);
-	string2 = (char *) Tcl_GetByteArrayFromObj(objv[1], &length2);
-	strCmpFn = (strCmpFn_t) memcmp;
-    } else if ((objv[0]->typePtr == &tclStringType)
-	    && (objv[1]->typePtr == &tclStringType)) {
-	/*
-	 * Do a unicode-specific comparison if both of the args are of String
-	 * type. In benchmark testing this proved the most efficient check
-	 * between the unicode and string comparison operations.
-	 */
-
-	string1 = (char *) Tcl_GetUnicodeFromObj(objv[0], &length1);
-	string2 = (char *) Tcl_GetUnicodeFromObj(objv[1], &length2);
-	strCmpFn = (strCmpFn_t)
-		(nocase ? Tcl_UniCharNcasecmp : Tcl_UniCharNcmp);
-    } else {
-	/*
-	 * As a catch-all we will work with UTF-8. We cannot use memcmp() as
-	 * that is unsafe with any string containing NUL (\xC0\x80 in Tcl's
-	 * utf rep). We can use the more efficient TclpUtfNcmp2 if we are
-	 * case-sensitive and no specific length was requested.
-	 */
-
-	string1 = (char *) TclGetStringFromObj(objv[0], &length1);
-	string2 = (char *) TclGetStringFromObj(objv[1], &length2);
-	if ((reqlength < 0) && !nocase) {
-	    strCmpFn = (strCmpFn_t) TclpUtfNcmp2;
-	} else {
-	    length1 = Tcl_NumUtfChars(string1, length1);
-	    length2 = Tcl_NumUtfChars(string2, length2);
-	    strCmpFn = (strCmpFn_t) (nocase ? Tcl_UtfNcasecmp : Tcl_UtfNcmp);
-	}
-    }
-
-    if ((reqlength < 0) && (length1 != length2)) {
-	match = 1;		/* This will be reversed below. */
-    } else {
-	length = (length1 < length2) ? length1 : length2;
-	if (reqlength > 0 && reqlength < length) {
-	    length = reqlength;
-	} else if (reqlength < 0) {
-	    /*
-	     * The requested length is negative, so we ignore it by setting it
-	     * to length + 1 so we correct the match var.
-	     */
-
-	    reqlength = length + 1;
-	}
-
-	match = strCmpFn(string1, string2, (unsigned) length);
-	if ((match == 0) && (reqlength > length)) {
-	    match = length1 - length2;
-	}
-    }
+    match = TclStringCmp(objv[0], objv[1], 0, nocase, reqlength);
 
     Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewBooleanObj(match ? 0 : 1));
     return TCL_OK;
@@ -2696,11 +2626,31 @@ StringCmpCmd(
      * the expr string comparison in INST_EQ/INST_NEQ/INST_LT/...).
      */
 
-    const char *string1, *string2;
-    int length1, length2, i, match, length, nocase = 0, reqlength = -1;
-    typedef int (*strCmpFn_t)(const char *, const char *, unsigned int);
-    strCmpFn_t strCmpFn;
+    int match, nocase, reqlength, status;
 
+    status = TclStringCmpOpts(interp, objc, objv, &nocase, &reqlength);
+    if (status != TCL_OK) {
+	return status;
+    }
+
+    objv += objc-2;
+    match = TclStringCmp(objv[0], objv[1], 0, nocase, reqlength);
+    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewIntObj(match));
+    return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+int TclStringCmpOpts(
+    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
+    int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
+    Tcl_Obj *const objv[],	/* Argument objects. */
+    int *nocase,
+    int *reqlength)
+{
+    int i, length;
+    const char *string;
+
+    *reqlength = -1;
+    *nocase = 0;
     if (objc < 3 || objc > 6) {
     str_cmp_args:
 	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv,
@@ -2709,106 +2659,27 @@ StringCmpCmd(
     }
 
     for (i = 1; i < objc-2; i++) {
-	string2 = TclGetStringFromObj(objv[i], &length2);
-	if ((length2 > 1) && !strncmp(string2, "-nocase", (size_t)length2)) {
-	    nocase = 1;
-	} else if ((length2 > 1)
-		&& !strncmp(string2, "-length", (size_t)length2)) {
+	string = TclGetStringFromObj(objv[i], &length);
+	if ((length > 1) && !strncmp(string, "-nocase", (size_t)length)) {
+	    *nocase = 1;
+	} else if ((length > 1)
+		&& !strncmp(string, "-length", (size_t)length)) {
 	    if (i+1 >= objc-2) {
 		goto str_cmp_args;
 	    }
 	    i++;
-	    if (TclGetIntFromObj(interp, objv[i], &reqlength) != TCL_OK) {
+	    if (TclGetIntFromObj(interp, objv[i], reqlength) != TCL_OK) {
 		return TCL_ERROR;
 	    }
 	} else {
 	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
 		    "bad option \"%s\": must be -nocase or -length",
-		    string2));
+		    string));
 	    Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TCL", "LOOKUP", "INDEX", "option",
-		    string2, NULL);
+		    string, NULL);
 	    return TCL_ERROR;
 	}
     }
-
-    /*
-     * From now on, we only access the two objects at the end of the argument
-     * array.
-     */
-
-    objv += objc-2;
-
-    if ((reqlength == 0) || (objv[0] == objv[1])) {
-	/*
-	 * Always match at 0 chars of if it is the same obj.
-	 */
-
-	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewBooleanObj(0));
-	return TCL_OK;
-    }
-
-    if (!nocase && TclIsPureByteArray(objv[0]) &&
-	    TclIsPureByteArray(objv[1])) {
-	/*
-	 * Use binary versions of comparisons since that won't cause undue
-	 * type conversions and it is much faster. Only do this if we're
-	 * case-sensitive (which is all that really makes sense with byte
-	 * arrays anyway, and we have no memcasecmp() for some reason... :^)
-	 */
-
-	string1 = (char *) Tcl_GetByteArrayFromObj(objv[0], &length1);
-	string2 = (char *) Tcl_GetByteArrayFromObj(objv[1], &length2);
-	strCmpFn = (strCmpFn_t) memcmp;
-    } else if ((objv[0]->typePtr == &tclStringType)
-	    && (objv[1]->typePtr == &tclStringType)) {
-	/*
-	 * Do a unicode-specific comparison if both of the args are of String
-	 * type. In benchmark testing this proved the most efficient check
-	 * between the unicode and string comparison operations.
-	 */
-
-	string1 = (char *) Tcl_GetUnicodeFromObj(objv[0], &length1);
-	string2 = (char *) Tcl_GetUnicodeFromObj(objv[1], &length2);
-	strCmpFn = (strCmpFn_t)
-		(nocase ? Tcl_UniCharNcasecmp : Tcl_UniCharNcmp);
-    } else {
-	/*
-	 * As a catch-all we will work with UTF-8. We cannot use memcmp() as
-	 * that is unsafe with any string containing NUL (\xC0\x80 in Tcl's
-	 * utf rep). We can use the more efficient TclpUtfNcmp2 if we are
-	 * case-sensitive and no specific length was requested.
-	 */
-
-	string1 = (char *) TclGetStringFromObj(objv[0], &length1);
-	string2 = (char *) TclGetStringFromObj(objv[1], &length2);
-	if ((reqlength < 0) && !nocase) {
-	    strCmpFn = (strCmpFn_t) TclpUtfNcmp2;
-	} else {
-	    length1 = Tcl_NumUtfChars(string1, length1);
-	    length2 = Tcl_NumUtfChars(string2, length2);
-	    strCmpFn = (strCmpFn_t) (nocase ? Tcl_UtfNcasecmp : Tcl_UtfNcmp);
-	}
-    }
-
-    length = (length1 < length2) ? length1 : length2;
-    if (reqlength > 0 && reqlength < length) {
-	length = reqlength;
-    } else if (reqlength < 0) {
-	/*
-	 * The requested length is negative, so we ignore it by setting it to
-	 * length + 1 so we correct the match var.
-	 */
-
-	reqlength = length + 1;
-    }
-
-    match = strCmpFn(string1, string2, (unsigned) length);
-    if ((match == 0) && (reqlength > length)) {
-	match = length1 - length2;
-    }
-
-    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp,
-	    Tcl_NewIntObj((match > 0) ? 1 : (match < 0) ? -1 : 0));
     return TCL_OK;
 }
 

generic/tclCompCmdsGR.c

@@ -27,7 +27,6 @@ static void		CompileReturnInternal(CompileEnv *envPtr,
 			    Tcl_Obj *returnOpts);
 static int		IndexTailVarIfKnown(Tcl_Interp *interp,
 			    Tcl_Token *varTokenPtr, CompileEnv *envPtr);
-
 
 /*
  *----------------------------------------------------------------------
@@ -35,7 +34,7 @@ static int		IndexTailVarIfKnown(Tcl_Interp *interp,
  * TclGetIndexFromToken --
  *
  *	Parse a token to determine if an index value is known at
- *	compile time. 
+ *	compile time.
  *
  * Returns:
  *	TCL_OK if parsing succeeded, and TCL_ERROR if it failed.
@@ -127,9 +126,12 @@ TclCompileGlobalCmd(
 	    return TCL_ERROR;
 	}
 
-	/* TODO: Consider what value can pass through the
-	 * IndexTailVarIfKnown() screen.  Full CompileWord()
-	 * likely does not apply here.  Push known value instead. */
+	/*
+	 * TODO: Consider what value can pass through the
+	 * IndexTailVarIfKnown() screen. Full CompileWord() likely does not
+	 * apply here. Push known value instead.
+	 */
+
 	CompileWord(envPtr, varTokenPtr, interp, i);
 	TclEmitInstInt4(	INST_NSUPVAR, localIndex,	envPtr);
     }
@@ -270,7 +272,7 @@ TclCompileIfCmd(
 		jumpIndex = jumpFalseFixupArray.next;
 		jumpFalseFixupArray.next++;
 		TclEmitForwardJump(envPtr, TCL_FALSE_JUMP,
-			jumpFalseFixupArray.fixup+jumpIndex);
+			jumpFalseFixupArray.fixup + jumpIndex);
 	    }
 	    code = TCL_OK;
 	}
@@ -317,7 +319,7 @@ TclCompileIfCmd(
 	    }
 	    jumpEndFixupArray.next++;
 	    TclEmitForwardJump(envPtr, TCL_UNCONDITIONAL_JUMP,
-		    jumpEndFixupArray.fixup+jumpIndex);
+		    jumpEndFixupArray.fixup + jumpIndex);
 
 	    /*
 	     * Fix the target of the jumpFalse after the test. Generate a 4
@@ -329,7 +331,7 @@ TclCompileIfCmd(
 
 	    TclAdjustStackDepth(-1, envPtr);
 	    if (TclFixupForwardJumpToHere(envPtr,
-		    jumpFalseFixupArray.fixup+jumpIndex, 120)) {
+		    jumpFalseFixupArray.fixup + jumpIndex, 120)) {
 		/*
 		 * Adjust the code offset for the proceeding jump to the end
 		 * of the "if" command.
@@ -412,7 +414,7 @@ TclCompileIfCmd(
     for (j = jumpEndFixupArray.next;  j > 0;  j--) {
 	jumpIndex = (j - 1);	/* i.e. process the closest jump first. */
 	if (TclFixupForwardJumpToHere(envPtr,
-		jumpEndFixupArray.fixup+jumpIndex, 127)) {
+		jumpEndFixupArray.fixup + jumpIndex, 127)) {
 	    /*
 	     * Adjust the immediately preceeding "ifFalse" jump. We moved it's
 	     * target (just after this jump) down three bytes.
@@ -920,7 +922,7 @@ TclCompileLappendCmd(
 	CompileWord(envPtr, valueTokenPtr, interp, i);
 	valueTokenPtr = TokenAfter(valueTokenPtr);
     }
-    TclEmitInstInt4(	    INST_LIST, numWords-2,		envPtr);
+    TclEmitInstInt4(	    INST_LIST, numWords - 2,		envPtr);
     if (isScalar) {
 	if (localIndex < 0) {
 	    TclEmitOpcode(  INST_LAPPEND_LIST_STK,		envPtr);
@@ -997,7 +999,7 @@ TclCompileLassignCmd(
 	 */
 
 	PushVarNameWord(interp, tokenPtr, envPtr, 0, &localIndex,
-		&isScalar, idx+2);
+		&isScalar, idx + 2);
 
 	/*
 	 * Emit instructions to get the idx'th item out of the list value on
@@ -1414,7 +1416,7 @@ TclCompileLinsertCmd(
 	tokenPtr = TokenAfter(tokenPtr);
 	CompileWord(envPtr, tokenPtr, interp, i);
     }
-    TclEmitInstInt4(		INST_LIST, i-3,			envPtr);
+    TclEmitInstInt4(		INST_LIST, i - 3,		envPtr);
 
     if (idx == TCL_INDEX_START) {
 	TclEmitInstInt4(	INST_REVERSE, 2,		envPtr);
@@ -1439,7 +1441,7 @@ TclCompileLinsertCmd(
 	}
 	TclEmitInstInt4(	INST_OVER, 1,			envPtr);
 	TclEmitInstInt4(	INST_LIST_RANGE_IMM, 0,		envPtr);
-	TclEmitInt4(			idx-1,			envPtr);
+	TclEmitInt4(			idx - 1,		envPtr);
 	TclEmitInstInt4(	INST_REVERSE, 3,		envPtr);
 	TclEmitInstInt4(	INST_LIST_RANGE_IMM, idx,	envPtr);
 	TclEmitInt4(			TCL_INDEX_END,		envPtr);
@@ -1472,7 +1474,7 @@ TclCompileLreplaceCmd(
 {
     Tcl_Token *tokenPtr, *listTokenPtr;
     DefineLineInformation;	/* TIP #280 */
-    int idx1, idx2, i, offset, offset2;
+    int idx1, idx2, i;
     int emptyPrefix=1, suffixStart = 0;
 
     if (parsePtr->numWords < 4) {
@@ -1492,23 +1494,6 @@ TclCompileLreplaceCmd(
 	return TCL_ERROR;
     }
 
-    /*
-     * idx1, idx2 are the conventional encoded forms of the tokens parsed
-     * as all forms of index values.  Values of idx1 that come before the
-     * list are treated the same as if they were the start of the list.
-     * Values of idx2 that come after the list are treated the same as if
-     * they were the end of the list.
-     */
-
-    if (idx1 == TCL_INDEX_AFTER) {
-	/*
-	 * [lreplace] treats idx1 value end+1 differently from end+2, etc.
-	 * The operand encoding cannot distinguish them, so we must bail
-	 * out to direct evaluation.
-	 */
-	return TCL_ERROR;
-    }
-
     /*
      * General structure of the [lreplace] result is
      *		prefix replacement suffix
@@ -1520,7 +1505,9 @@ TclCompileLreplaceCmd(
      * we must defer to direct evaluation.
      */
 
-    if (idx2 == TCL_INDEX_BEFORE) {
+    if (idx1 == TCL_INDEX_AFTER) {
+	suffixStart = idx1;
+    } else if (idx2 == TCL_INDEX_BEFORE) {
 	suffixStart = idx1;
     } else if (idx2 == TCL_INDEX_END) {
 	suffixStart = TCL_INDEX_AFTER;
@@ -1551,42 +1538,6 @@ TclCompileLreplaceCmd(
 
 	emptyPrefix = 0;
     }
-     
-    /*
-     * [lreplace] raises an error when idx1 points after the list, but
-     * only when the list is not empty. This is maximum stupidity.
-     *
-     * TODO: TIP this nonsense away!
-     */
-    if (idx1 >= TCL_INDEX_START) {
-	if (emptyPrefix) {
-	    TclEmitOpcode(	INST_DUP,			envPtr);
-	} else {
-	    TclEmitInstInt4(	INST_OVER, 1,			envPtr);
-	}
-	TclEmitOpcode(		INST_LIST_LENGTH,		envPtr);
-	TclEmitOpcode(		INST_DUP,			envPtr);
-	offset = CurrentOffset(envPtr);
-	TclEmitInstInt1(	INST_JUMP_FALSE1, 0,		envPtr);
-
-	/* List is not empty */
-	TclEmitPush(TclAddLiteralObj(envPtr, Tcl_NewIntObj(idx1),
-							NULL),	envPtr);
-	TclEmitOpcode(		INST_GT,			envPtr);
-	offset2 = CurrentOffset(envPtr);
-	TclEmitInstInt1(	INST_JUMP_TRUE1, 0,		envPtr);
-
-	/* Idx1 >= list length ===> raise an error */
-	TclEmitPush(TclAddLiteralObj(envPtr, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
-		"list doesn't contain element %d", idx1), NULL), envPtr);
-	CompileReturnInternal(envPtr, INST_RETURN_IMM, TCL_ERROR, 0,
-		Tcl_ObjPrintf("-errorcode {TCL OPERATION LREPLACE BADIDX}"));
-	TclStoreInt1AtPtr(CurrentOffset(envPtr) - offset,
-		envPtr->codeStart + offset + 1);
-	TclEmitOpcode(		INST_POP,			envPtr);
-	TclStoreInt1AtPtr(CurrentOffset(envPtr) - offset2,
-		envPtr->codeStart + offset2 + 1);
-    }
 
     if ((idx1 == suffixStart) && (parsePtr->numWords == 4)) {
 	/*
@@ -2234,7 +2185,7 @@ TclCompileRegexpCmd(
     }
 
     if (!simple) {
-	CompileWord(envPtr, varTokenPtr, interp, parsePtr->numWords-2);
+	CompileWord(envPtr, varTokenPtr, interp, parsePtr->numWords - 2);
     }
 
     /*
@@ -2242,7 +2193,7 @@ TclCompileRegexpCmd(
      */
 
     varTokenPtr = TokenAfter(varTokenPtr);
-    CompileWord(envPtr, varTokenPtr, interp, parsePtr->numWords-1);
+    CompileWord(envPtr, varTokenPtr, interp, parsePtr->numWords - 1);
 
     if (simple) {
 	if (exact && !nocase) {
@@ -2426,7 +2377,7 @@ TclCompileRegsubCmd(
     PushLiteral(envPtr,	bytes, len);
     bytes = TclGetStringFromObj(replacementObj, &len);
     PushLiteral(envPtr,	bytes, len);
-    CompileWord(envPtr,	stringTokenPtr, interp, parsePtr->numWords-2);
+    CompileWord(envPtr,	stringTokenPtr, interp, parsePtr->numWords - 2);
     TclEmitOpcode(	INST_STR_MAP,	envPtr);
 
   done:
@@ -2555,7 +2506,7 @@ TclCompileReturnCmd(
      */
 
     if (explicitResult) {
-	 CompileWord(envPtr, wordTokenPtr, interp, numWords-1);
+	 CompileWord(envPtr, wordTokenPtr, interp, numWords - 1);
     } else {
 	/*
 	 * No explict result argument, so default result is empty string.
@@ -2633,7 +2584,7 @@ TclCompileReturnCmd(
      */
 
     if (explicitResult) {
-	CompileWord(envPtr, wordTokenPtr, interp, numWords-1);
+	CompileWord(envPtr, wordTokenPtr, interp, numWords - 1);
     } else {
 	PushStringLiteral(envPtr, "");
     }
@@ -2864,12 +2815,12 @@ TclCompileVariableCmd(
 	CompileWord(envPtr, varTokenPtr, interp, i);
 	TclEmitInstInt4(	INST_VARIABLE, localIndex,	envPtr);
 
-	if (i+1 < numWords) {
+	if (i + 1 < numWords) {
 	    /*
 	     * A value has been given: set the variable, pop the value
 	     */
 
-	    CompileWord(envPtr, valueTokenPtr, interp, i+1);
+	    CompileWord(envPtr, valueTokenPtr, interp, i + 1);
 	    Emit14Inst(		INST_STORE_SCALAR, localIndex,	envPtr);
 	    TclEmitOpcode(	INST_POP,			envPtr);
 	}
@@ -2945,7 +2896,7 @@ IndexTailVarIfKnown(
     tailName = TclGetStringFromObj(tailPtr, &len);
 
     if (len) {
-	if (*(tailName+len-1) == ')') {
+	if (*(tailName + len - 1) == ')') {
 	    /*
 	     * Possible array: bail out
 	     */
@@ -2959,7 +2910,7 @@ IndexTailVarIfKnown(
 	 */
 
 	for (p = tailName + len -1; p > tailName; p--) {
-	    if ((*p == ':') && (*(p-1) == ':')) {
+	    if ((*p == ':') && (*(p - 1) == ':')) {
 		p++;
 		break;
 	    }

generic/tclCompCmdsSZ.c

@@ -1002,13 +1002,13 @@ TclCompileStringReplaceCmd(
     if (parsePtr->numWords < 4 || parsePtr->numWords > 5) {
 	return TCL_ERROR;
     }
- 
+
     /* Bytecode to compute/push string argument being replaced */
     valueTokenPtr = TokenAfter(parsePtr->tokenPtr);
     CompileWord(envPtr, valueTokenPtr, interp, 1);
 
     /*
-     * Check for first index known and useful at compile time. 
+     * Check for first index known and useful at compile time.
      */
     tokenPtr = TokenAfter(valueTokenPtr);
     if (TclGetIndexFromToken(tokenPtr, TCL_INDEX_BEFORE, TCL_INDEX_AFTER,
@@ -1017,7 +1017,7 @@ TclCompileStringReplaceCmd(
     }
 
     /*
-     * Check for last index known and useful at compile time. 
+     * Check for last index known and useful at compile time.
      */
     tokenPtr = TokenAfter(tokenPtr);
     if (TclGetIndexFromToken(tokenPtr, TCL_INDEX_BEFORE, TCL_INDEX_AFTER,
@@ -1025,7 +1025,7 @@ TclCompileStringReplaceCmd(
 	goto genericReplace;
     }
 
-    /* 
+    /*
      * [string replace] is an odd bird.  For many arguments it is
      * a conventional substring replacer.  However it also goes out
      * of its way to become a no-op for many cases where it would be
@@ -1108,12 +1108,12 @@ TclCompileStringReplaceCmd(
      * Finally we need, third:
      *
      *		(first <= last)
-     * 
+     *
      * Considered in combination with the constraints we already have,
      * we see that we can proceed when (first == TCL_INDEX_BEFORE)
      * or (last == TCL_INDEX_AFTER). These also permit simplification
      * of the prefix|replace|suffix construction. The other constraints,
-     * though, interfere with getting a guarantee that first <= last. 
+     * though, interfere with getting a guarantee that first <= last.
      */
 
     if ((first == TCL_INDEX_BEFORE) && (last >= TCL_INDEX_START)) {
@@ -1141,7 +1141,7 @@ TclCompileStringReplaceCmd(
 	/* FLOW THROUGH TO genericReplace */
 
     } else {
-	/* 
+	/*
 	 * When we have no replacement string to worry about, we may
 	 * have more luck, because the forbidden empty string replacements
 	 * are harmless when they are replaced by another empty string.

generic/tclCompile.h

@@ -1473,7 +1473,7 @@ MODULE_SCOPE int	TclPushProcCallFrame(ClientData clientData,
 #endif
 
 #define TclGetInt4AtPtr(p) \
-    (((int) TclGetInt1AtPtr(p) << 24) |				\
+    (((int) (TclGetUInt1AtPtr(p) << 24)) |				\
 		     (*((p)+1) << 16) |				\
 		     (*((p)+2) <<  8) |				\
 		     (*((p)+3)))

generic/tclDate.c

@@ -1348,7 +1348,7 @@ yyparse (info)
 int yychar;
 
 /* The semantic value of the look-ahead symbol.  */
-YYSTYPE yylval;
+YYSTYPE yylval = {0};
 
 /* Number of syntax errors so far.  */
 int yynerrs;

generic/tclDecls.h

@@ -119,7 +119,8 @@ EXTERN void		Tcl_DbIncrRefCount(Tcl_Obj *objPtr, const char *file,
 EXTERN int		Tcl_DbIsShared(Tcl_Obj *objPtr, const char *file,
 				int line);
 /* 22 */
-EXTERN Tcl_Obj *	Tcl_DbNewBooleanObj(int boolValue, const char *file,
+TCL_DEPRECATED("No longer in use, changed to macro")
+Tcl_Obj *		Tcl_DbNewBooleanObj(int boolValue, const char *file,
 				int line);
 /* 23 */
 EXTERN Tcl_Obj *	Tcl_DbNewByteArrayObj(const unsigned char *bytes,
@@ -131,7 +132,8 @@ EXTERN Tcl_Obj *	Tcl_DbNewDoubleObj(double doubleValue,
 EXTERN Tcl_Obj *	Tcl_DbNewListObj(int objc, Tcl_Obj *const *objv,
 				const char *file, int line);
 /* 26 */
-EXTERN Tcl_Obj *	Tcl_DbNewLongObj(long longValue, const char *file,
+TCL_DEPRECATED("No longer in use, changed to macro")
+Tcl_Obj *		Tcl_DbNewLongObj(long longValue, const char *file,
 				int line);
 /* 27 */
 EXTERN Tcl_Obj *	Tcl_DbNewObj(const char *file, int line);
@@ -158,7 +160,8 @@ EXTERN int		Tcl_GetDouble(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *src,
 EXTERN int		Tcl_GetDoubleFromObj(Tcl_Interp *interp,
 				Tcl_Obj *objPtr, double *doublePtr);
 /* 36 */
-EXTERN int		Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(Tcl_Interp *interp,
+TCL_DEPRECATED("No longer in use, changed to macro")
+int			Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(Tcl_Interp *interp,
 				Tcl_Obj *objPtr, const char *const *tablePtr,
 				const char *msg, int flags, int *indexPtr);
 /* 37 */
@@ -198,24 +201,28 @@ EXTERN int		Tcl_ListObjReplace(Tcl_Interp *interp,
 				Tcl_Obj *listPtr, int first, int count,
 				int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
 /* 49 */
-EXTERN Tcl_Obj *	Tcl_NewBooleanObj(int boolValue);
+TCL_DEPRECATED("No longer in use, changed to macro")
+Tcl_Obj *		Tcl_NewBooleanObj(int boolValue);
 /* 50 */
 EXTERN Tcl_Obj *	Tcl_NewByteArrayObj(const unsigned char *bytes,
 				int length);
 /* 51 */
 EXTERN Tcl_Obj *	Tcl_NewDoubleObj(double doubleValue);
 /* 52 */
-EXTERN Tcl_Obj *	Tcl_NewIntObj(int intValue);
+TCL_DEPRECATED("No longer in use, changed to macro")
+Tcl_Obj *		Tcl_NewIntObj(int intValue);
 /* 53 */
 EXTERN Tcl_Obj *	Tcl_NewListObj(int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
 /* 54 */
-EXTERN Tcl_Obj *	Tcl_NewLongObj(long longValue);
+TCL_DEPRECATED("No longer in use, changed to macro")
+Tcl_Obj *		Tcl_NewLongObj(long longValue);
 /* 55 */
 EXTERN Tcl_Obj *	Tcl_NewObj(void);
 /* 56 */
 EXTERN Tcl_Obj *	Tcl_NewStringObj(const char *bytes, int length);
 /* 57 */
-EXTERN void		Tcl_SetBooleanObj(Tcl_Obj *objPtr, int boolValue);
+TCL_DEPRECATED("No longer in use, changed to macro")
+void			Tcl_SetBooleanObj(Tcl_Obj *objPtr, int boolValue);
 /* 58 */
 EXTERN unsigned char *	Tcl_SetByteArrayLength(Tcl_Obj *objPtr, int length);
 /* 59 */
@@ -224,22 +231,26 @@ EXTERN void		Tcl_SetByteArrayObj(Tcl_Obj *objPtr,
 /* 60 */
 EXTERN void		Tcl_SetDoubleObj(Tcl_Obj *objPtr, double doubleValue);
 /* 61 */
-EXTERN void		Tcl_SetIntObj(Tcl_Obj *objPtr, int intValue);
+TCL_DEPRECATED("No longer in use, changed to macro")
+void			Tcl_SetIntObj(Tcl_Obj *objPtr, int intValue);
 /* 62 */
 EXTERN void		Tcl_SetListObj(Tcl_Obj *objPtr, int objc,
 				Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
 /* 63 */
-EXTERN void		Tcl_SetLongObj(Tcl_Obj *objPtr, long longValue);
+TCL_DEPRECATED("No longer in use, changed to macro")
+void			Tcl_SetLongObj(Tcl_Obj *objPtr, long longValue);
 /* 64 */
 EXTERN void		Tcl_SetObjLength(Tcl_Obj *objPtr, int length);
 /* 65 */
 EXTERN void		Tcl_SetStringObj(Tcl_Obj *objPtr, const char *bytes,
 				int length);
 /* 66 */
-EXTERN void		Tcl_AddErrorInfo(Tcl_Interp *interp,
+TCL_DEPRECATED("No longer in use, changed to macro")
+void			Tcl_AddErrorInfo(Tcl_Interp *interp,
 				const char *message);
 /* 67 */
-EXTERN void		Tcl_AddObjErrorInfo(Tcl_Interp *interp,
+TCL_DEPRECATED("No longer in use, changed to macro")
+void			Tcl_AddObjErrorInfo(Tcl_Interp *interp,
 				const char *message, int length);
 /* 68 */
 EXTERN void		Tcl_AllowExceptions(Tcl_Interp *interp);
@@ -422,7 +433,8 @@ EXTERN int		Tcl_Eval(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *script);
 EXTERN int		Tcl_EvalFile(Tcl_Interp *interp,
 				const char *fileName);
 /* 131 */
-EXTERN int		Tcl_EvalObj(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *objPtr);
+TCL_DEPRECATED("No longer in use, changed to macro")
+int			Tcl_EvalObj(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *objPtr);
 /* 132 */
 EXTERN void		Tcl_EventuallyFree(ClientData clientData,
 				Tcl_FreeProc *freeProc);
@@ -549,7 +561,8 @@ EXTERN Tcl_Channel	Tcl_GetStdChannel(int type);
 /* 174 */
 EXTERN const char *	Tcl_GetStringResult(Tcl_Interp *interp);
 /* 175 */
-EXTERN const char *	Tcl_GetVar(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *varName,
+TCL_DEPRECATED("No longer in use, changed to macro")
+const char *		Tcl_GetVar(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *varName,
 				int flags);
 /* 176 */
 EXTERN const char *	Tcl_GetVar2(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *part1,
@@ -558,7 +571,8 @@ EXTERN const char *	Tcl_GetVar2(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *part1,
 EXTERN int		Tcl_GlobalEval(Tcl_Interp *interp,
 				const char *command);
 /* 178 */
-EXTERN int		Tcl_GlobalEvalObj(Tcl_Interp *interp,
+TCL_DEPRECATED("No longer in use, changed to macro")
+int			Tcl_GlobalEvalObj(Tcl_Interp *interp,
 				Tcl_Obj *objPtr);
 /* 179 */
 EXTERN int		Tcl_HideCommand(Tcl_Interp *interp,
@@ -713,7 +727,8 @@ EXTERN void		Tcl_SetObjResult(Tcl_Interp *interp,
 /* 236 */
 EXTERN void		Tcl_SetStdChannel(Tcl_Channel channel, int type);
 /* 237 */
-EXTERN const char *	Tcl_SetVar(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *varName,
+TCL_DEPRECATED("No longer in use, changed to macro")
+const char *		Tcl_SetVar(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *varName,
 				const char *newValue, int flags);
 /* 238 */
 EXTERN const char *	Tcl_SetVar2(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *part1,
@@ -743,7 +758,8 @@ EXTERN int		Tcl_StringMatch(const char *str, const char *pattern);
 TCL_DEPRECATED("")
 int			Tcl_TellOld(Tcl_Channel chan);
 /* 247 */
-EXTERN int		Tcl_TraceVar(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *varName,
+TCL_DEPRECATED("No longer in use, changed to macro")
+int			Tcl_TraceVar(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *varName,
 				int flags, Tcl_VarTraceProc *proc,
 				ClientData clientData);
 /* 248 */
@@ -764,13 +780,15 @@ EXTERN void		Tcl_UnlinkVar(Tcl_Interp *interp,
 EXTERN int		Tcl_UnregisterChannel(Tcl_Interp *interp,
 				Tcl_Channel chan);
 /* 253 */
-EXTERN int		Tcl_UnsetVar(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *varName,
+TCL_DEPRECATED("No longer in use, changed to macro")
+int			Tcl_UnsetVar(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *varName,
 				int flags);
 /* 254 */
 EXTERN int		Tcl_UnsetVar2(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *part1,
 				const char *part2, int flags);
 /* 255 */
-EXTERN void		Tcl_UntraceVar(Tcl_Interp *interp,
+TCL_DEPRECATED("No longer in use, changed to macro")
+void			Tcl_UntraceVar(Tcl_Interp *interp,
 				const char *varName, int flags,
 				Tcl_VarTraceProc *proc,
 				ClientData clientData);
@@ -783,7 +801,8 @@ EXTERN void		Tcl_UntraceVar2(Tcl_Interp *interp,
 EXTERN void		Tcl_UpdateLinkedVar(Tcl_Interp *interp,
 				const char *varName);
 /* 258 */
-EXTERN int		Tcl_UpVar(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *frameName,
+TCL_DEPRECATED("No longer in use, changed to macro")
+int			Tcl_UpVar(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *frameName,
 				const char *varName, const char *localName,
 				int flags);
 /* 259 */
@@ -793,7 +812,8 @@ EXTERN int		Tcl_UpVar2(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *frameName,
 /* 260 */
 EXTERN int		Tcl_VarEval(Tcl_Interp *interp, ...);
 /* 261 */
-EXTERN ClientData	Tcl_VarTraceInfo(Tcl_Interp *interp,
+TCL_DEPRECATED("No longer in use, changed to macro")
+ClientData		Tcl_VarTraceInfo(Tcl_Interp *interp,
 				const char *varName, int flags,
 				Tcl_VarTraceProc *procPtr,
 				ClientData prevClientData);
@@ -825,17 +845,20 @@ EXTERN char *		Tcl_HashStats(Tcl_HashTable *tablePtr);
 EXTERN const char *	Tcl_ParseVar(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *start,
 				const char **termPtr);
 /* 271 */
-EXTERN const char *	Tcl_PkgPresent(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *name,
+TCL_DEPRECATED("No longer in use, changed to macro")
+const char *		Tcl_PkgPresent(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *name,
 				const char *version, int exact);
 /* 272 */
 EXTERN const char *	Tcl_PkgPresentEx(Tcl_Interp *interp,
 				const char *name, const char *version,
 				int exact, void *clientDataPtr);
 /* 273 */
-EXTERN int		Tcl_PkgProvide(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *name,
+TCL_DEPRECATED("No longer in use, changed to macro")
+int			Tcl_PkgProvide(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *name,
 				const char *version);
 /* 274 */
-EXTERN const char *	Tcl_PkgRequire(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *name,
+TCL_DEPRECATED("No longer in use, changed to macro")
+const char *		Tcl_PkgRequire(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *name,
 				const char *version, int exact);
 /* 275 */
 TCL_DEPRECATED("see TIP #422")
@@ -1125,7 +1148,8 @@ EXTERN int		Tcl_GetCharLength(Tcl_Obj *objPtr);
 /* 381 */
 EXTERN int		Tcl_GetUniChar(Tcl_Obj *objPtr, int index);
 /* 382 */
-EXTERN Tcl_UniChar *	Tcl_GetUnicode(Tcl_Obj *objPtr);
+TCL_DEPRECATED("No longer in use, changed to macro")
+Tcl_UniChar *		Tcl_GetUnicode(Tcl_Obj *objPtr);
 /* 383 */
 EXTERN Tcl_Obj *	Tcl_GetRange(Tcl_Obj *objPtr, int first, int last);
 /* 384 */
@@ -1838,6 +1862,18 @@ EXTERN Tcl_Channel	Tcl_OpenTcpServerEx(Tcl_Interp *interp,
 				unsigned int flags,
 				Tcl_TcpAcceptProc *acceptProc,
 				ClientData callbackData);
+/* 632 */
+EXTERN int		TclZipfs_Mount(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *mntpt,
+				const char *zipname, const char *passwd);
+/* 633 */
+EXTERN int		TclZipfs_Unmount(Tcl_Interp *interp,
+				const char *zipname);
+/* 634 */
+EXTERN Tcl_Obj *	TclZipfs_TclLibrary(void);
+/* 635 */
+EXTERN int		TclZipfs_Mount_Buffer(Tcl_Interp *interp,
+				const char *mntpt, unsigned char *data,
+				size_t datalen, int copy);
 
 typedef struct {
     const struct TclPlatStubs *tclPlatStubs;
@@ -1887,11 +1923,11 @@ typedef struct TclStubs {
     void (*tcl_DbDecrRefCount) (Tcl_Obj *objPtr, const char *file, int line); /* 19 */
     void (*tcl_DbIncrRefCount) (Tcl_Obj *objPtr, const char *file, int line); /* 20 */
     int (*tcl_DbIsShared) (Tcl_Obj *objPtr, const char *file, int line); /* 21 */
-    Tcl_Obj * (*tcl_DbNewBooleanObj) (int boolValue, const char *file, int line); /* 22 */
+    TCL_DEPRECATED_API("No longer in use, changed to macro") Tcl_Obj * (*tcl_DbNewBooleanObj) (int boolValue, const char *file, int line); /* 22 */
     Tcl_Obj * (*tcl_DbNewByteArrayObj) (const unsigned char *bytes, int length, const char *file, int line); /* 23 */
     Tcl_Obj * (*tcl_DbNewDoubleObj) (double doubleValue, const char *file, int line); /* 24 */
     Tcl_Obj * (*tcl_DbNewListObj) (int objc, Tcl_Obj *const *objv, const char *file, int line); /* 25 */
-    Tcl_Obj * (*tcl_DbNewLongObj) (long longValue, const char *file, int line); /* 26 */
+    TCL_DEPRECATED_API("No longer in use, changed to macro") Tcl_Obj * (*tcl_DbNewLongObj) (long longValue, const char *file, int line); /* 26 */
     Tcl_Obj * (*tcl_DbNewObj) (const char *file, int line); /* 27 */
     Tcl_Obj * (*tcl_DbNewStringObj) (const char *bytes, int length, const char *file, int line); /* 28 */
     Tcl_Obj * (*tcl_DuplicateObj) (Tcl_Obj *objPtr); /* 29 */
@@ -1901,7 +1937,7 @@ typedef struct TclStubs {
     unsigned char * (*tcl_GetByteArrayFromObj) (Tcl_Obj *objPtr, int *lengthPtr); /* 33 */
     int (*tcl_GetDouble) (Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *src, double *doublePtr); /* 34 */
     int (*tcl_GetDoubleFromObj) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *objPtr, double *doublePtr); /* 35 */
-    int (*tcl_GetIndexFromObj) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *objPtr, const char *const *tablePtr, const char *msg, int flags, int *indexPtr); /* 36 */
+    TCL_DEPRECATED_API("No longer in use, changed to macro") int (*tcl_GetIndexFromObj) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *objPtr, const char *const *tablePtr, const char *msg, int flags, int *indexPtr); /* 36 */
     int (*tcl_GetInt) (Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *src, int *intPtr); /* 37 */
     int (*tcl_GetIntFromObj) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *objPtr, int *intPtr); /* 38 */
     int (*tcl_GetLongFromObj) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *objPtr, long *longPtr); /* 39 */
@@ -1914,25 +1950,25 @@ typedef struct TclStubs {
     int (*tcl_ListObjIndex) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *listPtr, int index, Tcl_Obj **objPtrPtr); /* 46 */
     int (*tcl_ListObjLength) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *listPtr, int *lengthPtr); /* 47 */
     int (*tcl_ListObjReplace) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *listPtr, int first, int count, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]); /* 48 */
-    Tcl_Obj * (*tcl_NewBooleanObj) (int boolValue); /* 49 */
+    TCL_DEPRECATED_API("No longer in use, changed to macro") Tcl_Obj * (*tcl_NewBooleanObj) (int boolValue); /* 49 */
     Tcl_Obj * (*tcl_NewByteArrayObj) (const unsigned char *bytes, int length); /* 50 */
     Tcl_Obj * (*tcl_NewDoubleObj) (double doubleValue); /* 51 */
-    Tcl_Obj * (*tcl_NewIntObj) (int intValue); /* 52 */
+    TCL_DEPRECATED_API("No longer in use, changed to macro") Tcl_Obj * (*tcl_NewIntObj) (int intValue); /* 52 */
     Tcl_Obj * (*tcl_NewListObj) (int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]); /* 53 */
-    Tcl_Obj * (*tcl_NewLongObj) (long longValue); /* 54 */
+    TCL_DEPRECATED_API("No longer in use, changed to macro") Tcl_Obj * (*tcl_NewLongObj) (long longValue); /* 54 */
     Tcl_Obj * (*tcl_NewObj) (void); /* 55 */
     Tcl_Obj * (*tcl_NewStringObj) (const char *bytes, int length); /* 56 */
-    void (*tcl_SetBooleanObj) (Tcl_Obj *objPtr, int boolValue); /* 57 */
+    TCL_DEPRECATED_API("No longer in use, changed to macro") void (*tcl_SetBooleanObj) (Tcl_Obj *objPtr, int boolValue); /* 57 */
     unsigned char * (*tcl_SetByteArrayLength) (Tcl_Obj *objPtr, int length); /* 58 */
     void (*tcl_SetByteArrayObj) (Tcl_Obj *objPtr, const unsigned char *bytes, int length); /* 59 */
     void (*tcl_SetDoubleObj) (Tcl_Obj *objPtr, double doubleValue); /* 60 */
-    void (*tcl_SetIntObj) (Tcl_Obj *objPtr, int intValue); /* 61 */
+    TCL_DEPRECATED_API("No longer in use, changed to macro") void (*tcl_SetIntObj) (Tcl_Obj *objPtr, int intValue); /* 61 */
     void (*tcl_SetListObj) (Tcl_Obj *objPtr, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]); /* 62 */
-    void (*tcl_SetLongObj) (Tcl_Obj *objPtr, long longValue); /* 63 */
+    TCL_DEPRECATED_API("No longer in use, changed to macro") void (*tcl_SetLongObj) (Tcl_Obj *objPtr, long longValue); /* 63 */
     void (*tcl_SetObjLength) (Tcl_Obj *objPtr, int length); /* 64 */
     void (*tcl_SetStringObj) (Tcl_Obj *objPtr, const char *bytes, int length); /* 65 */
-    void (*tcl_AddErrorInfo) (Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *message); /* 66 */
-    void (*tcl_AddObjErrorInfo) (Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *message, int length); /* 67 */
+    TCL_DEPRECATED_API("No longer in use, changed to macro") void (*tcl_AddErrorInfo) (Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *message); /* 66 */
+    TCL_DEPRECATED_API("No longer in use, changed to macro") void (*tcl_AddObjErrorInfo) (Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *message, int length); /* 67 */
     void (*tcl_AllowExceptions) (Tcl_Interp *interp); /* 68 */
     void (*tcl_AppendElement) (Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *element); /* 69 */
     void (*tcl_AppendResult) (Tcl_Interp *interp, ...); /* 70 */
@@ -1996,7 +2032,7 @@ typedef struct TclStubs {
     const char * (*tcl_ErrnoMsg) (int err); /* 128 */
     int (*tcl_Eval) (Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *script); /* 129 */
     int (*tcl_EvalFile) (Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *fileName); /* 130 */
-    int (*tcl_EvalObj) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *objPtr); /* 131 */
+    TCL_DEPRECATED_API("No longer in use, changed to macro") int (*tcl_EvalObj) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *objPtr); /* 131 */
     void (*tcl_EventuallyFree) (ClientData clientData, Tcl_FreeProc *freeProc); /* 132 */
     TCL_NORETURN1 void (*tcl_Exit) (int status); /* 133 */
     int (*tcl_ExposeCommand) (Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *hiddenCmdToken, const char *cmdName); /* 134 */
@@ -2048,10 +2084,10 @@ typedef struct TclStubs {
     Tcl_Interp * (*tcl_GetSlave) (Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *slaveName); /* 172 */
     Tcl_Channel (*tcl_GetStdChannel) (int type); /* 173 */
     const char * (*tcl_GetStringResult) (Tcl_Interp *interp); /* 174 */
-    const char * (*tcl_GetVar) (Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *varName, int flags); /* 175 */
+    TCL_DEPRECATED_API("No longer in use, changed to macro") const char * (*tcl_GetVar) (Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *varName, int flags); /* 175 */
     const char * (*tcl_GetVar2) (Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *part1, const char *part2, int flags); /* 176 */
     int (*tcl_GlobalEval) (Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *command); /* 177 */
-    int (*tcl_GlobalEvalObj) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *objPtr); /* 178 */
+    TCL_DEPRECATED_API("No longer in use, changed to macro") int (*tcl_GlobalEvalObj) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *objPtr); /* 178 */
     int (*tcl_HideCommand) (Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *cmdName, const char *hiddenCmdToken); /* 179 */
     int (*tcl_Init) (Tcl_Interp *interp); /* 180 */
     void (*tcl_InitHashTable) (Tcl_HashTable *tablePtr, int keyType); /* 181 */
@@ -2110,7 +2146,7 @@ typedef struct TclStubs {
     void (*tcl_SetObjErrorCode) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *errorObjPtr); /* 234 */
     void (*tcl_SetObjResult) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *resultObjPtr); /* 235 */
     void (*tcl_SetStdChannel) (Tcl_Channel channel, int type); /* 236 */
-    const char * (*tcl_SetVar) (Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *varName, const char *newValue, int flags); /* 237 */
+    TCL_DEPRECATED_API("No longer in use, changed to macro") const char * (*tcl_SetVar) (Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *varName, const char *newValue, int flags); /* 237 */
     const char * (*tcl_SetVar2) (Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *part1, const char *part2, const char *newValue, int flags); /* 238 */
     const char * (*tcl_SignalId) (int sig); /* 239 */
     const char * (*tcl_SignalMsg) (int sig); /* 240 */
@@ -2120,21 +2156,21 @@ typedef struct TclStubs {
     void (*tcl_StaticPackage) (Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *pkgName, Tcl_PackageInitProc *initProc, Tcl_PackageInitProc *safeInitProc); /* 244 */
     int (*tcl_StringMatch) (const char *str, const char *pattern); /* 245 */
     TCL_DEPRECATED_API("") int (*tcl_TellOld) (Tcl_Channel chan); /* 246 */
-    int (*tcl_TraceVar) (Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *varName, int flags, Tcl_VarTraceProc *proc, ClientData clientData); /* 247 */
+    TCL_DEPRECATED_API("No longer in use, changed to macro") int (*tcl_TraceVar) (Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *varName, int flags, Tcl_VarTraceProc *proc, ClientData clientData); /* 247 */
     int (*tcl_TraceVar2) (Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *part1, const char *part2, int flags, Tcl_VarTraceProc *proc, ClientData clientData); /* 248 */
     char * (*tcl_TranslateFileName) (Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *name, Tcl_DString *bufferPtr); /* 249 */
     int (*tcl_Ungets) (Tcl_Channel chan, const char *str, int len, int atHead); /* 250 */
     void (*tcl_UnlinkVar) (Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *varName); /* 251 */
     int (*tcl_UnregisterChannel) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Channel chan); /* 252 */
-    int (*tcl_UnsetVar) (Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *varName, int flags); /* 253 */
+    TCL_DEPRECATED_API("No longer in use, changed to macro") int (*tcl_UnsetVar) (Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *varName, int flags); /* 253 */
     int (*tcl_UnsetVar2) (Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *part1, const char *part2, int flags); /* 254 */
-    void (*tcl_UntraceVar) (Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *varName, int flags, Tcl_VarTraceProc *proc, ClientData clientData); /* 255 */
+    TCL_DEPRECATED_API("No longer in use, changed to macro") void (*tcl_UntraceVar) (Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *varName, int flags, Tcl_VarTraceProc *proc, ClientData clientData); /* 255 */
     void (*tcl_UntraceVar2) (Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *part1, const char *part2, int flags, Tcl_VarTraceProc *proc, ClientData clientData); /* 256 */
     void (*tcl_UpdateLinkedVar) (Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *varName); /* 257 */
-    int (*tcl_UpVar) (Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *frameName, const char *varName, const char *localName, int flags); /* 258 */
+    TCL_DEPRECATED_API("No longer in use, changed to macro") int (*tcl_UpVar) (Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *frameName, const char *varName, const char *localName, int flags); /* 258 */
     int (*tcl_UpVar2) (Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *frameName, const char *part1, const char *part2, const char *localName, int flags); /* 259 */
     int (*tcl_VarEval) (Tcl_Interp *interp, ...); /* 260 */
-    ClientData (*tcl_VarTraceInfo) (Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *varName, int flags, Tcl_VarTraceProc *procPtr, ClientData prevClientData); /* 261 */
+    TCL_DEPRECATED_API("No longer in use, changed to macro") ClientData (*tcl_VarTraceInfo) (Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *varName, int flags, Tcl_VarTraceProc *procPtr, ClientData prevClientData); /* 261 */
     ClientData (*tcl_VarTraceInfo2) (Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *part1, const char *part2, int flags, Tcl_VarTraceProc *procPtr, ClientData prevClientData); /* 262 */
     int (*tcl_Write) (Tcl_Channel chan, const char *s, int slen); /* 263 */
     void (*tcl_WrongNumArgs) (Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[], const char *message); /* 264 */
@@ -2144,10 +2180,10 @@ typedef struct TclStubs {
     TCL_DEPRECATED_API("see TIP #422") void (*tcl_AppendStringsToObjVA) (Tcl_Obj *objPtr, va_list argList); /* 268 */
     char * (*tcl_HashStats) (Tcl_HashTable *tablePtr); /* 269 */
     const char * (*tcl_ParseVar) (Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *start, const char **termPtr); /* 270 */
-    const char * (*tcl_PkgPresent) (Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *name, const char *version, int exact); /* 271 */
+    TCL_DEPRECATED_API("No longer in use, changed to macro") const char * (*tcl_PkgPresent) (Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *name, const char *version, int exact); /* 271 */
     const char * (*tcl_PkgPresentEx) (Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *name, const char *version, int exact, void *clientDataPtr); /* 272 */
-    int (*tcl_PkgProvide) (Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *name, const char *version); /* 273 */
-    const char * (*tcl_PkgRequire) (Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *name, const char *version, int exact); /* 274 */
+    TCL_DEPRECATED_API("No longer in use, changed to macro") int (*tcl_PkgProvide) (Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *name, const char *version); /* 273 */
+    TCL_DEPRECATED_API("No longer in use, changed to macro") const char * (*tcl_PkgRequire) (Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *name, const char *version, int exact); /* 274 */
     TCL_DEPRECATED_API("see TIP #422") void (*tcl_SetErrorCodeVA) (Tcl_Interp *interp, va_list argList); /* 275 */
     TCL_DEPRECATED_API("see TIP #422") int (*tcl_VarEvalVA) (Tcl_Interp *interp, va_list argList); /* 276 */
     Tcl_Pid (*tcl_WaitPid) (Tcl_Pid pid, int *statPtr, int options); /* 277 */
@@ -2255,7 +2291,7 @@ typedef struct TclStubs {
     void (*tcl_SetUnicodeObj) (Tcl_Obj *objPtr, const Tcl_UniChar *unicode, int numChars); /* 379 */
     int (*tcl_GetCharLength) (Tcl_Obj *objPtr); /* 380 */
     int (*tcl_GetUniChar) (Tcl_Obj *objPtr, int index); /* 381 */
-    Tcl_UniChar * (*tcl_GetUnicode) (Tcl_Obj *objPtr); /* 382 */
+    TCL_DEPRECATED_API("No longer in use, changed to macro") Tcl_UniChar * (*tcl_GetUnicode) (Tcl_Obj *objPtr); /* 382 */
     Tcl_Obj * (*tcl_GetRange) (Tcl_Obj *objPtr, int first, int last); /* 383 */
     void (*tcl_AppendUnicodeToObj) (Tcl_Obj *objPtr, const Tcl_UniChar *unicode, int length); /* 384 */
     int (*tcl_RegExpMatchObj) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *textObj, Tcl_Obj *patternObj); /* 385 */
@@ -2505,6 +2541,10 @@ typedef struct TclStubs {
     int (*tcl_FSUnloadFile) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_LoadHandle handlePtr); /* 629 */
     void (*tcl_ZlibStreamSetCompressionDictionary) (Tcl_ZlibStream zhandle, Tcl_Obj *compressionDictionaryObj); /* 630 */
     Tcl_Channel (*tcl_OpenTcpServerEx) (Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *service, const char *host, unsigned int flags, Tcl_TcpAcceptProc *acceptProc, ClientData callbackData); /* 631 */
+    int (*tclZipfs_Mount) (Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *mntpt, const char *zipname, const char *passwd); /* 632 */
+    int (*tclZipfs_Unmount) (Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *zipname); /* 633 */
+    Tcl_Obj * (*tclZipfs_TclLibrary) (void); /* 634 */
+    int (*tclZipfs_Mount_Buffer) (Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *mntpt, unsigned char *data, size_t datalen, int copy); /* 635 */
 } TclStubs;
 
 extern const TclStubs *tclStubsPtr;
@@ -3799,6 +3839,14 @@ extern const TclStubs *tclStubsPtr;
 	(tclStubsPtr->tcl_ZlibStreamSetCompressionDictionary) /* 630 */
 #define Tcl_OpenTcpServerEx \
 	(tclStubsPtr->tcl_OpenTcpServerEx) /* 631 */
+#define TclZipfs_Mount \
+	(tclStubsPtr->tclZipfs_Mount) /* 632 */
+#define TclZipfs_Unmount \
+	(tclStubsPtr->tclZipfs_Unmount) /* 633 */
+#define TclZipfs_TclLibrary \
+	(tclStubsPtr->tclZipfs_TclLibrary) /* 634 */
+#define TclZipfs_Mount_Buffer \
+	(tclStubsPtr->tclZipfs_Mount_Buffer) /* 635 */
 
 #endif /* defined(USE_TCL_STUBS) */
 
@@ -3810,15 +3858,12 @@ extern const TclStubs *tclStubsPtr;
 #   undef Tcl_GetStringResult
 #   undef Tcl_Init
 #   undef Tcl_SetPanicProc
-#   undef Tcl_SetVar
 #   undef Tcl_ObjSetVar2
 #   undef Tcl_StaticPackage
 #   define Tcl_CreateInterp() (tclStubsPtr->tcl_CreateInterp())
 #   define Tcl_GetStringResult(interp) (tclStubsPtr->tcl_GetStringResult(interp))
 #   define Tcl_Init(interp) (tclStubsPtr->tcl_Init(interp))
 #   define Tcl_SetPanicProc(proc) (tclStubsPtr->tcl_SetPanicProc(proc))
-#   define Tcl_SetVar(interp, varName, newValue, flags) \
-	    (tclStubsPtr->tcl_SetVar(interp, varName, newValue, flags))
 #   define Tcl_ObjSetVar2(interp, part1, part2, newValue, flags) \
 	    (tclStubsPtr->tcl_ObjSetVar2(interp, part1, part2, newValue, flags))
 #endif
@@ -3828,6 +3873,7 @@ extern const TclStubs *tclStubsPtr;
 #   define Tcl_MainEx Tcl_MainExW
     EXTERN void Tcl_MainExW(int argc, wchar_t **argv,
 	    Tcl_AppInitProc *appInitProc, Tcl_Interp *interp);
+    EXTERN int		TclZipfs_AppHook(int *argc, wchar_t ***argv);
 #endif
 
 #undef TCL_STORAGE_CLASS
@@ -3974,9 +4020,11 @@ extern const TclStubs *tclStubsPtr;
 #undef Tcl_DbNewLongObj
 #define Tcl_DbNewLongObj(value, file, line) Tcl_DbNewWideIntObj((long)(value), file, line)
 #undef Tcl_SetIntObj
-#define Tcl_SetIntObj(objPtr, value)	Tcl_SetWideIntObj(objPtr, (int)(value))
+#define Tcl_SetIntObj(objPtr, value)	Tcl_SetWideIntObj((objPtr), (int)(value))
 #undef Tcl_SetLongObj
-#define Tcl_SetLongObj(objPtr, value)	Tcl_SetWideIntObj(objPtr, (long)(value))
+#define Tcl_SetLongObj(objPtr, value)	Tcl_SetWideIntObj((objPtr), (long)(value))
+#undef Tcl_GetUnicode
+#define Tcl_GetUnicode(objPtr)	Tcl_GetUnicodeFromObj((objPtr), NULL)
 
 /*
  * Deprecated Tcl procedures:

generic/tclDictObj.c

@@ -153,7 +153,7 @@ typedef struct Dict {
  * must be assignable as well as readable.
  */
 
-#define DICT(dictObj)   (*((Dict **)&(dictObj)->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr1))
+#define DICT(dictObj)   ((dictObj)->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr1)
 
 /*
  * The structure below defines the dictionary object type by means of

generic/tclDisassemble.c

@@ -894,7 +894,7 @@ PrintSourceToObj(
 		Tcl_AppendPrintfToObj(appendObj, "\\U%08x", ch);
 		i += 10;
 	    } else
-#elif TCL_UTF_MAX > 3
+#else
 	    /* If len == 0, this means we have a char > 0xffff, resulting in
 	     * TclUtfToUniChar producing a surrogate pair. We want to output
 	     * this pair as a single Unicode character.

generic/tclEnsemble.c

@@ -21,8 +21,6 @@ static inline Tcl_Obj *	NewNsObj(Tcl_Namespace *namespacePtr);
 static inline int	EnsembleUnknownCallback(Tcl_Interp *interp,
 			    EnsembleConfig *ensemblePtr, int objc,
 			    Tcl_Obj *const objv[], Tcl_Obj **prefixObjPtr);
-static int		NsEnsembleImplementationCmd(ClientData clientData,
-			    Tcl_Interp *interp,int objc,Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
 static int		NsEnsembleImplementationCmdNR(ClientData clientData,
 			    Tcl_Interp *interp,int objc,Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
 static void		BuildEnsembleConfig(EnsembleConfig *ensemblePtr);
@@ -87,8 +85,8 @@ static const Tcl_ObjType ensembleCmdType = {
 };
 
 /*
- * The internal rep for caching ensemble subcommand lookups and
- * spell corrections.
+ * The internal rep for caching ensemble subcommand lookups and spelling
+ * corrections.
  */
 
 typedef struct {
@@ -98,10 +96,9 @@ typedef struct {
     Command *token;             /* Reference to the command for which this
                                  * structure is a cache of the resolution. */
     Tcl_Obj *fix;               /* Corrected spelling, if needed. */
-    Tcl_HashEntry *hPtr;        /* Direct link to entry in the subcommand
-                                 * hash table. */
+    Tcl_HashEntry *hPtr;        /* Direct link to entry in the subcommand hash
+                                 * table. */
 } EnsembleCmdRep;
-
 
 static inline Tcl_Obj *
 NewNsObj(
@@ -111,9 +108,8 @@ NewNsObj(
 
     if (namespacePtr == TclGetGlobalNamespace(nsPtr->interp)) {
 	return Tcl_NewStringObj("::", 2);
-    } else {
-	return Tcl_NewStringObj(nsPtr->fullName, -1);
     }
+    return Tcl_NewStringObj(nsPtr->fullName, -1);
 }
 
 /*
@@ -147,7 +143,7 @@ TclNamespaceEnsembleCmd(
 {
     Tcl_Namespace *namespacePtr;
     Namespace *nsPtr = (Namespace *) TclGetCurrentNamespace(interp), *cxtPtr,
-    	*foundNsPtr, *altFoundNsPtr, *actualCxtPtr;
+	    *foundNsPtr, *altFoundNsPtr, *actualCxtPtr;
     Tcl_Command token;
     Tcl_DictSearch search;
     Tcl_Obj *listObj;
@@ -302,7 +298,8 @@ TclNamespaceEnsembleCmd(
 			Tcl_DictObjPut(NULL, patchedDict, subcmdWordsObj,
 				newList);
 		    }
-		    Tcl_DictObjNext(&search, &subcmdWordsObj,&listObj, &done);
+		    Tcl_DictObjNext(&search, &subcmdWordsObj, &listObj,
+			    &done);
 		} while (!done);
 
 		if (allocatedMapFlag) {
@@ -336,8 +333,8 @@ TclNamespaceEnsembleCmd(
 	}
 
 	TclGetNamespaceForQualName(interp, name, cxtPtr,
-	TCL_CREATE_NS_IF_UNKNOWN, &foundNsPtr, &altFoundNsPtr, &actualCxtPtr,
-	&simpleName);
+		TCL_CREATE_NS_IF_UNKNOWN, &foundNsPtr, &altFoundNsPtr,
+		&actualCxtPtr, &simpleName);
 
 	/*
 	 * Create the ensemble. Note that this might delete another ensemble
@@ -347,8 +344,8 @@ TclNamespaceEnsembleCmd(
 	 */
 
 	token = TclCreateEnsembleInNs(interp, simpleName,
-	     (Tcl_Namespace *) foundNsPtr, (Tcl_Namespace *) nsPtr,
-	     (permitPrefix ? TCL_ENSEMBLE_PREFIX : 0));
+		(Tcl_Namespace *) foundNsPtr, (Tcl_Namespace *) nsPtr,
+		(permitPrefix ? TCL_ENSEMBLE_PREFIX : 0));
 	Tcl_SetEnsembleSubcommandList(interp, token, subcmdObj);
 	Tcl_SetEnsembleMappingDict(interp, token, mapObj);
 	Tcl_SetEnsembleUnknownHandler(interp, token, unknownObj);
@@ -576,7 +573,8 @@ TclNamespaceEnsembleCmd(
 				Tcl_AppendStringsToObj(newCmd, "::", NULL);
 			    }
 			    Tcl_AppendObjToObj(newCmd, listv[0]);
-			    Tcl_ListObjReplace(NULL, newList, 0,1, 1,&newCmd);
+			    Tcl_ListObjReplace(NULL, newList, 0, 1, 1,
+				    &newCmd);
 			    if (patchedDict == NULL) {
 				patchedDict = Tcl_DuplicateObj(objv[1]);
 			    }
@@ -650,15 +648,13 @@ TclNamespaceEnsembleCmd(
 Tcl_Command
 TclCreateEnsembleInNs(
     Tcl_Interp *interp,
-
-    const char *name,   /* Simple name of command to create (no */
-			/* namespace components). */
-    Tcl_Namespace       /* Name of namespace to create the command in. */
-    *nameNsPtr,
-    Tcl_Namespace
-    *ensembleNsPtr,	/* Name of the namespace for the ensemble. */
-    int flags
-    )
+    const char *name,		/* Simple name of command to create (no
+				 * namespace components). */
+    Tcl_Namespace *nameNsPtr,	/* Name of namespace to create the command
+				 * in. */
+    Tcl_Namespace *ensembleNsPtr,
+				/* Name of the namespace for the ensemble. */
+    int flags)
 {
     Namespace *nsPtr = (Namespace *) ensembleNsPtr;
     EnsembleConfig *ensemblePtr;
@@ -666,8 +662,8 @@ TclCreateEnsembleInNs(
 
     ensemblePtr = ckalloc(sizeof(EnsembleConfig));
     token = TclNRCreateCommandInNs(interp, name,
-	(Tcl_Namespace *) nameNsPtr, NsEnsembleImplementationCmd,
-	NsEnsembleImplementationCmdNR, ensemblePtr, DeleteEnsembleConfig);
+	    (Tcl_Namespace *) nameNsPtr, TclEnsembleImplementationCmd,
+	    NsEnsembleImplementationCmdNR, ensemblePtr, DeleteEnsembleConfig);
     if (token == NULL) {
 	ckfree(ensemblePtr);
 	return NULL;
@@ -701,18 +697,15 @@ TclCreateEnsembleInNs(
     }
 
     return ensemblePtr->token;
-
 }
-
-
+
 /*
  *----------------------------------------------------------------------
  *
  * Tcl_CreateEnsemble
  *
- *	Create a simple ensemble attached to the given namespace.
- *
- *	Deprecated by TclCreateEnsembleInNs.
+ *	Create a simple ensemble attached to the given namespace. Deprecated
+ *	(internally) by TclCreateEnsembleInNs.
  *
  * Value
  *
@@ -732,8 +725,8 @@ Tcl_CreateEnsemble(
     Tcl_Namespace *namespacePtr,
     int flags)
 {
-    Namespace *nsPtr = (Namespace *)namespacePtr, *foundNsPtr, *altNsPtr,
-    	*actualNsPtr;
+    Namespace *nsPtr = (Namespace *) namespacePtr, *foundNsPtr, *altNsPtr,
+	    *actualNsPtr;
     const char * simpleName;
 
     if (nsPtr == NULL) {
@@ -741,11 +734,10 @@ Tcl_CreateEnsemble(
     }
 
     TclGetNamespaceForQualName(interp, name, nsPtr, TCL_CREATE_NS_IF_UNKNOWN,
-    	&foundNsPtr, &altNsPtr, &actualNsPtr, &simpleName);
+	    &foundNsPtr, &altNsPtr, &actualNsPtr, &simpleName);
     return TclCreateEnsembleInNs(interp, simpleName,
-	(Tcl_Namespace *) foundNsPtr, (Tcl_Namespace *) nsPtr, flags);
+	    (Tcl_Namespace *) foundNsPtr, (Tcl_Namespace *) nsPtr, flags);
 }
-
 
 /*
  *----------------------------------------------------------------------
@@ -774,7 +766,7 @@ Tcl_SetEnsembleSubcommandList(
     EnsembleConfig *ensemblePtr;
     Tcl_Obj *oldList;
 
-    if (cmdPtr->objProc != NsEnsembleImplementationCmd) {
+    if (cmdPtr->objProc != TclEnsembleImplementationCmd) {
 	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
 		"command is not an ensemble", -1));
 	Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TCL", "ENSEMBLE", "NOT_ENSEMBLE", NULL);
@@ -850,7 +842,7 @@ Tcl_SetEnsembleParameterList(
     Tcl_Obj *oldList;
     int length;
 
-    if (cmdPtr->objProc != NsEnsembleImplementationCmd) {
+    if (cmdPtr->objProc != TclEnsembleImplementationCmd) {
 	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
 		"command is not an ensemble", -1));
 	Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TCL", "ENSEMBLE", "NOT_ENSEMBLE", NULL);
@@ -926,7 +918,7 @@ Tcl_SetEnsembleMappingDict(
     EnsembleConfig *ensemblePtr;
     Tcl_Obj *oldDict;
 
-    if (cmdPtr->objProc != NsEnsembleImplementationCmd) {
+    if (cmdPtr->objProc != TclEnsembleImplementationCmd) {
 	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
 		"command is not an ensemble", -1));
 	Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TCL", "ENSEMBLE", "NOT_ENSEMBLE", NULL);
@@ -1025,7 +1017,7 @@ Tcl_SetEnsembleUnknownHandler(
     EnsembleConfig *ensemblePtr;
     Tcl_Obj *oldList;
 
-    if (cmdPtr->objProc != NsEnsembleImplementationCmd) {
+    if (cmdPtr->objProc != TclEnsembleImplementationCmd) {
 	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
 		"command is not an ensemble", -1));
 	Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TCL", "ENSEMBLE", "NOT_ENSEMBLE", NULL);
@@ -1091,7 +1083,7 @@ Tcl_SetEnsembleFlags(
     EnsembleConfig *ensemblePtr;
     int wasCompiled;
 
-    if (cmdPtr->objProc != NsEnsembleImplementationCmd) {
+    if (cmdPtr->objProc != TclEnsembleImplementationCmd) {
 	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
 		"command is not an ensemble", -1));
 	Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TCL", "ENSEMBLE", "NOT_ENSEMBLE", NULL);
@@ -1167,7 +1159,7 @@ Tcl_GetEnsembleSubcommandList(
     Command *cmdPtr = (Command *) token;
     EnsembleConfig *ensemblePtr;
 
-    if (cmdPtr->objProc != NsEnsembleImplementationCmd) {
+    if (cmdPtr->objProc != TclEnsembleImplementationCmd) {
 	if (interp != NULL) {
 	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
 		    "command is not an ensemble", -1));
@@ -1209,7 +1201,7 @@ Tcl_GetEnsembleParameterList(
     Command *cmdPtr = (Command *) token;
     EnsembleConfig *ensemblePtr;
 
-    if (cmdPtr->objProc != NsEnsembleImplementationCmd) {
+    if (cmdPtr->objProc != TclEnsembleImplementationCmd) {
 	if (interp != NULL) {
 	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
 		    "command is not an ensemble", -1));
@@ -1251,7 +1243,7 @@ Tcl_GetEnsembleMappingDict(
     Command *cmdPtr = (Command *) token;
     EnsembleConfig *ensemblePtr;
 
-    if (cmdPtr->objProc != NsEnsembleImplementationCmd) {
+    if (cmdPtr->objProc != TclEnsembleImplementationCmd) {
 	if (interp != NULL) {
 	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
 		    "command is not an ensemble", -1));
@@ -1292,7 +1284,7 @@ Tcl_GetEnsembleUnknownHandler(
     Command *cmdPtr = (Command *) token;
     EnsembleConfig *ensemblePtr;
 
-    if (cmdPtr->objProc != NsEnsembleImplementationCmd) {
+    if (cmdPtr->objProc != TclEnsembleImplementationCmd) {
 	if (interp != NULL) {
 	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
 		    "command is not an ensemble", -1));
@@ -1333,7 +1325,7 @@ Tcl_GetEnsembleFlags(
     Command *cmdPtr = (Command *) token;
     EnsembleConfig *ensemblePtr;
 
-    if (cmdPtr->objProc != NsEnsembleImplementationCmd) {
+    if (cmdPtr->objProc != TclEnsembleImplementationCmd) {
 	if (interp != NULL) {
 	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
 		    "command is not an ensemble", -1));
@@ -1374,7 +1366,7 @@ Tcl_GetEnsembleNamespace(
     Command *cmdPtr = (Command *) token;
     EnsembleConfig *ensemblePtr;
 
-    if (cmdPtr->objProc != NsEnsembleImplementationCmd) {
+    if (cmdPtr->objProc != TclEnsembleImplementationCmd) {
 	if (interp != NULL) {
 	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
 		    "command is not an ensemble", -1));
@@ -1424,7 +1416,7 @@ Tcl_FindEnsemble(
 	return NULL;
     }
 
-    if (cmdPtr->objProc != NsEnsembleImplementationCmd) {
+    if (cmdPtr->objProc != TclEnsembleImplementationCmd) {
 	/*
 	 * Reuse existing infrastructure for following import link chains
 	 * rather than duplicating it.
@@ -1432,7 +1424,8 @@ Tcl_FindEnsemble(
 
 	cmdPtr = (Command *) TclGetOriginalCommand((Tcl_Command) cmdPtr);
 
-	if (cmdPtr == NULL || cmdPtr->objProc != NsEnsembleImplementationCmd){
+	if (cmdPtr == NULL
+		|| cmdPtr->objProc != TclEnsembleImplementationCmd) {
 	    if (flags & TCL_LEAVE_ERR_MSG) {
 		Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
 			"\"%s\" is not an ensemble command",
@@ -1470,11 +1463,11 @@ Tcl_IsEnsemble(
 {
     Command *cmdPtr = (Command *) token;
 
-    if (cmdPtr->objProc == NsEnsembleImplementationCmd) {
+    if (cmdPtr->objProc == TclEnsembleImplementationCmd) {
 	return 1;
     }
     cmdPtr = (Command *) TclGetOriginalCommand((Tcl_Command) cmdPtr);
-    if (cmdPtr == NULL || cmdPtr->objProc != NsEnsembleImplementationCmd) {
+    if (cmdPtr == NULL || cmdPtr->objProc != TclEnsembleImplementationCmd) {
 	return 0;
     }
     return 1;
@@ -1645,7 +1638,7 @@ TclMakeEnsemble(
 /*
  *----------------------------------------------------------------------
  *
- * NsEnsembleImplementationCmd --
+ * TclEnsembleImplementationCmd --
  *
  *	Implements an ensemble of commands (being those exported by a
  *	namespace other than the global namespace) as a command with the same
@@ -1664,8 +1657,8 @@ TclMakeEnsemble(
  *----------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
 
-static int
-NsEnsembleImplementationCmd(
+int
+TclEnsembleImplementationCmd(
     ClientData clientData,
     Tcl_Interp *interp,
     int objc,
@@ -2117,22 +2110,27 @@ TclSpellFix(
 	iPtr->ensembleRewrite.numInsertedObjs = 0;
     }
 
-    /* Compute the valid length of the ensemble root */
+    /*
+     * Compute the valid length of the ensemble root.
+     */
 
     size = iPtr->ensembleRewrite.numRemovedObjs + objc
-		- iPtr->ensembleRewrite.numInsertedObjs;
+	    - iPtr->ensembleRewrite.numInsertedObjs;
 
     search = iPtr->ensembleRewrite.sourceObjs;
     if (search[0] == NULL) {
-	/* Awful casting abuse here */
+	/*
+	 * Awful casting abuse here...
+	 */
 	search = (Tcl_Obj *const *) search[1];
     }
 
     if (badIdx < iPtr->ensembleRewrite.numInsertedObjs) {
 	/*
-	 * Misspelled value was inserted. We cannot directly jump
-	 * to the bad value, but have to search.
+	 * Misspelled value was inserted. We cannot directly jump to the bad
+	 * value, but have to search.
 	 */
+
 	idx = 1;
 	while (idx < size) {
 	    if (search[idx] == bad) {
@@ -2156,13 +2154,14 @@ TclSpellFix(
 
     search = iPtr->ensembleRewrite.sourceObjs;
     if (search[0] == NULL) {
-	store = (Tcl_Obj **)search[2];
-    }  else {
+	store = (Tcl_Obj **) search[2];
+    } else {
 	Tcl_Obj **tmp = ckalloc(3 * sizeof(Tcl_Obj *));
+
 	tmp[0] = NULL;
-	tmp[1] = (Tcl_Obj *)iPtr->ensembleRewrite.sourceObjs;
-	tmp[2] = (Tcl_Obj *)ckalloc(size * sizeof(Tcl_Obj *));
-	memcpy(tmp[2], tmp[1], size*sizeof(Tcl_Obj *));
+	tmp[1] = (Tcl_Obj *) iPtr->ensembleRewrite.sourceObjs;
+	tmp[2] = (Tcl_Obj *) ckalloc(size * sizeof(Tcl_Obj *));
+	memcpy(tmp[2], tmp[1], size * sizeof(Tcl_Obj *));
 
 	iPtr->ensembleRewrite.sourceObjs = (Tcl_Obj *const *) tmp;
 	TclNRAddCallback(interp, FreeER, tmp, NULL, NULL, NULL);
@@ -2589,7 +2588,9 @@ BuildEnsembleConfig(
                 }
             }
         } else {
-            /* Usual case where we can freely act on the list and dict. */
+            /*
+	     * Usual case where we can freely act on the list and dict.
+	     */
 
             for (i = 0; i < subc; i++) {
                 name = TclGetString(subv[i]);
@@ -2598,7 +2599,10 @@ BuildEnsembleConfig(
                     continue;
                 }
 
-                /* Lookup target in the dictionary */
+                /*
+		 * Lookup target in the dictionary.
+		 */
+
                 if (mapDict) {
                     Tcl_DictObjGet(NULL, mapDict, subv[i], &target);
                     if (target) {
@@ -2610,10 +2614,11 @@ BuildEnsembleConfig(
 
                 /*
                  * target was not in the dictionary so map onto the namespace.
-                 * Note in this case that we do not guarantee that the
-                 * command is actually there; that is the programmer's
-                 * responsibility (or [::unknown] of course).
+                 * Note in this case that we do not guarantee that the command
+                 * is actually there; that is the programmer's responsibility
+                 * (or [::unknown] of course).
                  */
+
                 cmdObj = Tcl_NewStringObj(name, -1);
                 cmdPrefixObj = Tcl_NewListObj(1, &cmdObj);
                 Tcl_SetHashValue(hPtr, cmdPrefixObj);

generic/tclEnv.c

@@ -723,14 +723,25 @@ TclFinalizeEnvironment(void)
      * strings. This may leak more memory that strictly necessary, since some
      * of the strings may no longer be in the environment. However,
      * determining which ones are ok to delete is n-squared, and is pretty
-     * unlikely, so we don't bother.
+     * unlikely, so we don't bother.  However, in the case of DPURIFY, just
+     * free all strings in the cache.
      */
 
     if (env.cache) {
+#ifdef PURIFY
+	int i;
+	for (i = 0; i < env.cacheSize; i++) {
+	    ckfree(env.cache[i]);
+	}
+#endif
 	ckfree(env.cache);
 	env.cache = NULL;
 	env.cacheSize = 0;
 #ifndef USE_PUTENV
+	if ((env.ourEnviron != NULL)) {
+	    ckfree(env.ourEnviron);
+	    env.ourEnviron = NULL;
+	}
 	env.ourEnvironSize = 0;
 #endif
     }

generic/tclEvent.c

@@ -100,7 +100,7 @@ typedef struct ThreadSpecificData {
 } ThreadSpecificData;
 static Tcl_ThreadDataKey dataKey;
 
-#ifdef TCL_THREADS
+#if TCL_THREADS
 typedef struct {
     Tcl_ThreadCreateProc *proc;	/* Main() function of the thread */
     ClientData clientData;	/* The one argument to Main() */
@@ -1043,7 +1043,7 @@ TclInitSubsystems(void)
 #if USE_TCLALLOC
 	    TclInitAlloc();		/* Process wide mutex init */
 #endif
-#if defined(TCL_THREADS) && defined(USE_THREAD_ALLOC)
+#if TCL_THREADS && defined(USE_THREAD_ALLOC)
 	    TclInitThreadAlloc();	/* Setup thread allocator caches */
 #endif
 #ifdef TCL_MEM_DEBUG
@@ -1220,7 +1220,7 @@ Tcl_Finalize(void)
      * Close down the thread-specific object allocator.
      */
 
-#if defined(TCL_THREADS) && defined(USE_THREAD_ALLOC)
+#if TCL_THREADS && defined(USE_THREAD_ALLOC)
     TclFinalizeThreadAlloc();
 #endif
 
@@ -1538,7 +1538,7 @@ Tcl_UpdateObjCmd(
     return TCL_OK;
 }
 
-#ifdef TCL_THREADS
+#if TCL_THREADS
 /*
  *----------------------------------------------------------------------
  *
@@ -1601,7 +1601,7 @@ Tcl_CreateThread(
     int flags)			/* Flags controlling behaviour of the new
 				 * thread. */
 {
-#ifdef TCL_THREADS
+#if TCL_THREADS
     ThreadClientData *cdPtr = ckalloc(sizeof(ThreadClientData));
     int result;
 

generic/tclExecute.c

@@ -4070,10 +4070,7 @@ TEBCresume(
 		TRACE_ERROR(interp);
 		goto gotError;
 	    }
-	    TclSetVarArray(varPtr);
-	    varPtr->value.tablePtr = ckalloc(sizeof(TclVarHashTable));
-	    TclInitVarHashTable(varPtr->value.tablePtr,
-		    TclGetVarNsPtr(varPtr));
+	    TclInitArrayVar(varPtr);
 #ifdef TCL_COMPILE_DEBUG
 	    TRACE_APPEND(("done\n"));
 	} else {
@@ -4764,7 +4761,7 @@ TEBCresume(
 
 	if ((TclListObjGetElements(interp, valuePtr, &objc, &objv) == TCL_OK)
 		&& (value2Ptr->typePtr != &tclListType)
-		&& (TclGetIntForIndexM(NULL , value2Ptr, objc-1,
+		&& (TclGetIntForIndexM(NULL, value2Ptr, objc-1,
 			&index) == TCL_OK)) {
 	    TclDecrRefCount(value2Ptr);
 	    tosPtr--;
@@ -4964,7 +4961,7 @@ TEBCresume(
 
 	/* Decode index value operands. */
 
-	/* 
+	/*
 	assert ( toIdx != TCL_INDEX_AFTER);
 	 *
 	 * Extra safety for legacy bytecodes:
@@ -5088,88 +5085,10 @@ TEBCresume(
 	value2Ptr = OBJ_AT_TOS;
 	valuePtr = OBJ_UNDER_TOS;
 
-	if (valuePtr == value2Ptr) {
-	    match = 0;
-	} else {
-	    /*
-	     * We only need to check (in)equality when we have equal length
-	     * strings.  We can use memcmp in all (n)eq cases because we
-	     * don't need to worry about lexical LE/BE variance.
-	     */
-
-	    typedef int (*memCmpFn_t)(const void*, const void*, size_t);
-	    memCmpFn_t memCmpFn;
+	{
 	    int checkEq = ((*pc == INST_EQ) || (*pc == INST_NEQ)
 		    || (*pc == INST_STR_EQ) || (*pc == INST_STR_NEQ));
-
-	    if (TclIsPureByteArray(valuePtr)
-		    && TclIsPureByteArray(value2Ptr)) {
-		s1 = (char *) Tcl_GetByteArrayFromObj(valuePtr, &s1len);
-		s2 = (char *) Tcl_GetByteArrayFromObj(value2Ptr, &s2len);
-		memCmpFn = memcmp;
-	    } else if ((valuePtr->typePtr == &tclStringType)
-		    && (value2Ptr->typePtr == &tclStringType)) {
-		/*
-		 * Do a unicode-specific comparison if both of the args are of
-		 * String type. If the char length == byte length, we can do a
-		 * memcmp. In benchmark testing this proved the most efficient
-		 * check between the unicode and string comparison operations.
-		 */
-
-		s1len = Tcl_GetCharLength(valuePtr);
-		s2len = Tcl_GetCharLength(value2Ptr);
-		if ((s1len == valuePtr->length)
-			&& (valuePtr->bytes != NULL)
-			&& (s2len == value2Ptr->length)
-			&& (value2Ptr->bytes != NULL)) {
-		    s1 = valuePtr->bytes;
-		    s2 = value2Ptr->bytes;
-		    memCmpFn = memcmp;
-		} else {
-		    s1 = (char *) Tcl_GetUnicode(valuePtr);
-		    s2 = (char *) Tcl_GetUnicode(value2Ptr);
-		    if (
-#ifdef WORDS_BIGENDIAN
-			1
-#else
-			checkEq
-#endif
-			) {
-			memCmpFn = memcmp;
-			s1len *= sizeof(Tcl_UniChar);
-			s2len *= sizeof(Tcl_UniChar);
-		    } else {
-			memCmpFn = (memCmpFn_t) Tcl_UniCharNcmp;
-		    }
-		}
-	    } else {
-		/*
-		 * strcmp can't do a simple memcmp in order to handle the
-		 * special Tcl \xC0\x80 null encoding for utf-8.
-		 */
-
-		s1 = TclGetStringFromObj(valuePtr, &s1len);
-		s2 = TclGetStringFromObj(value2Ptr, &s2len);
-		if (checkEq) {
-		    memCmpFn = memcmp;
-		} else {
-		    memCmpFn = (memCmpFn_t) TclpUtfNcmp2;
-		}
-	    }
-
-	    if (checkEq && (s1len != s2len)) {
-		match = 1;
-	    } else {
-		/*
-		 * The comparison function should compare up to the minimum
-		 * byte length only.
-		 */
-		match = memCmpFn(s1, s2,
-			(size_t) ((s1len < s2len) ? s1len : s2len));
-		if (match == 0) {
-		    match = s1len - s2len;
-		}
-	    }
+	    match = TclStringCmp(valuePtr, value2Ptr, checkEq, 0, -1);
 	}
 
 	/*
@@ -5301,9 +5220,15 @@ TEBCresume(
 	     * but creating the object as a string seems to be faster in
 	     * practical use.
 	     */
-
-	    length = (ch != -1) ? Tcl_UniCharToUtf(ch, buf) : 0;
-	    objResultPtr = Tcl_NewStringObj(buf, length);
+	    if (ch == -1) {
+		objResultPtr = Tcl_NewObj();
+	    } else {
+		length = Tcl_UniCharToUtf(ch, buf);
+		if (!length) {
+		    length = Tcl_UniCharToUtf(-1, buf);
+		}
+		objResultPtr = Tcl_NewStringObj(buf, length);
+	    }
 	}
 
 	TRACE_APPEND(("\"%s\"\n", O2S(objResultPtr)));
@@ -5707,17 +5632,17 @@ TEBCresume(
 	if (GetNumberFromObj(NULL, OBJ_AT_TOS, &ptr1, &type1) != TCL_OK) {
 	    type1 = 0;
 	} else if (type1 == TCL_NUMBER_WIDE) {
-	    /* value is between LLONG_MIN and LLONG_MAX */
+	    /* value is between WIDE_MIN and WIDE_MAX */
 	    /* [string is integer] is -UINT_MAX to UINT_MAX range */
-	    /* [string is wideinteger] is -ULLONG_MAX to ULLONG_MAX range */
+	    /* [string is wideinteger] is -UWIDE_MAX to UWIDE_MAX range */
 	    int i;
 
 	    if (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(NULL, OBJ_AT_TOS, &i) == TCL_OK) {
 		type1 = TCL_NUMBER_LONG;
 	    }
 	} else if (type1 == TCL_NUMBER_BIG) {
-	    /* value is an integer outside the LLONG_MIN to LLONG_MAX range */
-	    /* [string is wideinteger] is -ULLONG_MAX to ULLONG_MAX range */
+	    /* value is an integer outside the WIDE_MIN to WIDE_MAX range */
+	    /* [string is wideinteger] is -UWIDE_MAX to UWIDE_MAX range */
 	    Tcl_WideInt w;
 
 	    if (Tcl_GetWideIntFromObj(NULL, OBJ_AT_TOS, &w) == TCL_OK) {
@@ -5739,6 +5664,14 @@ TEBCresume(
 	value2Ptr = OBJ_AT_TOS;
 	valuePtr = OBJ_UNDER_TOS;
 
+	/*
+	    Try to determine, without triggering generation of a string
+	    representation, whether one value is not a number.
+	*/
+	if (TclCheckEmptyString(valuePtr) > 0 || TclCheckEmptyString(value2Ptr) > 0) {
+	    goto stringCompare;
+	}
+
 	if (GetNumberFromObj(NULL, valuePtr, &ptr1, &type1) != TCL_OK
 		|| GetNumberFromObj(NULL, value2Ptr, &ptr2, &type2) != TCL_OK) {
 	    /*
@@ -6125,9 +6058,9 @@ TEBCresume(
 		    TRACE(("%s %s => DIVIDE BY ZERO\n",
 			    O2S(valuePtr), O2S(value2Ptr)));
 		    goto divideByZero;
-		} else if ((w1 == LLONG_MIN) && (w2 == -1)) {
+		} else if ((w1 == WIDE_MIN) && (w2 == -1)) {
 		    /*
-		     * Can't represent (-LLONG_MIN) as a Tcl_WideInt.
+		     * Can't represent (-WIDE_MIN) as a Tcl_WideInt.
 		     */
 
 		    goto overflow;
@@ -6260,7 +6193,7 @@ TEBCresume(
 	    NEXT_INST_F(1, 0, 0);
 	case TCL_NUMBER_WIDE:
 	    w1 = *((const Tcl_WideInt *) ptr1);
-	    if (w1 != LLONG_MIN) {
+	    if (w1 != WIDE_MIN) {
 		if (Tcl_IsShared(valuePtr)) {
 		    TclNewIntObj(objResultPtr, -w1);
 		    TRACE_APPEND(("%s\n", O2S(objResultPtr)));
@@ -8734,10 +8667,10 @@ ExecuteExtendedBinaryMathOp(
 		}
 
 		/*
-		 * Need a bignum to represent (LLONG_MIN / -1)
+		 * Need a bignum to represent (WIDE_MIN / -1)
 		 */
 
-		if ((w1 == LLONG_MIN) && (w2 == -1)) {
+		if ((w1 == WIDE_MIN) && (w2 == -1)) {
 		    goto overflowBasic;
 		}
 		wResult = w1 / w2;
@@ -8840,7 +8773,7 @@ ExecuteExtendedUnaryMathOp(
 	    DOUBLE_RESULT(-(*((const double *) ptr)));
 	case TCL_NUMBER_WIDE:
 	    w = *((const Tcl_WideInt *) ptr);
-	    if (w != LLONG_MIN) {
+	    if (w != WIDE_MIN) {
 		WIDE_RESULT(-w);
 	    }
 	    TclInitBignumFromWideInt(&big, w);
@@ -8926,10 +8859,10 @@ TclCompareTwoNumbers(
 	     * integer comparison can tell the difference.
 	     */
 
-	    if (d2 < (double)LLONG_MIN) {
+	    if (d2 < (double)WIDE_MIN) {
 		return MP_GT;
 	    }
-	    if (d2 > (double)LLONG_MAX) {
+	    if (d2 > (double)WIDE_MAX) {
 		return MP_LT;
 	    }
 	    w2 = (Tcl_WideInt) d2;
@@ -8959,10 +8892,10 @@ TclCompareTwoNumbers(
 		    || w2 == (Tcl_WideInt) d2 || modf(d1, &tmp) != 0.0) {
 		goto doubleCompare;
 	    }
-	    if (d1 < (double)LLONG_MIN) {
+	    if (d1 < (double)WIDE_MIN) {
 		return MP_LT;
 	    }
-	    if (d1 > (double)LLONG_MAX) {
+	    if (d1 > (double)WIDE_MAX) {
 		return MP_GT;
 	    }
 	    w1 = (Tcl_WideInt) d1;
@@ -8972,7 +8905,7 @@ TclCompareTwoNumbers(
 		return (d1 > 0.0) ? MP_GT : MP_LT;
 	    }
 	    Tcl_TakeBignumFromObj(NULL, value2Ptr, &big2);
-	    if ((d1 < (double)LLONG_MAX) && (d1 > (double)LLONG_MIN)) {
+	    if ((d1 < (double)WIDE_MAX) && (d1 > (double)WIDE_MIN)) {
 		if (mp_isneg(&big2)) {
 		    compare = MP_GT;
 		} else {
@@ -9005,7 +8938,7 @@ TclCompareTwoNumbers(
 		mp_clear(&big1);
 		return compare;
 	    }
-	    if ((d2 < (double)LLONG_MAX) && (d2 > (double)LLONG_MIN)) {
+	    if ((d2 < (double)WIDE_MAX) && (d2 > (double)WIDE_MIN)) {
 		compare = mp_cmp_d(&big1, 0);
 		mp_clear(&big1);
 		return compare;

generic/tclFCmd.c

@@ -240,9 +240,13 @@ TclFileMakeDirsCmd(
 	    break;
 	}
 	for (j = 0; j < pobjc; j++) {
+	    int errCount = 2;
+
 	    target = Tcl_FSJoinPath(split, j + 1);
 	    Tcl_IncrRefCount(target);
 
+	createDir:
+
 	    /*
 	     * Call Tcl_FSStat() so that if target is a symlink that points to
 	     * a directory we will create subdirectories in that directory.
@@ -269,23 +273,25 @@ TclFileMakeDirsCmd(
 		 * subdirectory.
 		 */
 
-		if (errno != EEXIST) {
-		    errfile = target;
-		    goto done;
-		} else if ((Tcl_FSStat(target, &statBuf) == 0)
-			&& S_ISDIR(statBuf.st_mode)) {
-		    /*
-		     * It is a directory that wasn't there before, so keep
-		     * going without error.
-		     */
-
-		    Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
-		} else {
-		    errfile = target;
-		    goto done;
+		if (errno == EEXIST) {
+		    /* Be aware other workers could delete it immediately after
+		     * creation, so give this worker still one chance (repeat once),
+		     * see [270f78ca95] for description of the race-condition.
+		     * Don't repeat the create always (to avoid endless loop). */
+		    if (--errCount > 0) {
+			goto createDir;
+		    }
+		    /* Already tried, with delete in-between directly after
+		     * creation, so just continue (assume created successful). */
+		    goto nextPart;
 		}
+
+		/* return with error */
+		errfile = target;
+		goto done;
 	    }
 
+	nextPart:
 	    /*
 	     * Forget about this sub-path.
 	     */

generic/tclFileName.c

@@ -1881,7 +1881,7 @@ TclGlob(
 	separators = "/\\";
 
     } else if (tclPlatform == TCL_PLATFORM_UNIX) {
-	if (pathPrefix == NULL && tail[0] == '/') {
+	if (pathPrefix == NULL && tail[0] == '/' && tail[1] != '/') {
 	    pathPrefix = Tcl_NewStringObj(tail, 1);
 	    tail++;
 	    Tcl_IncrRefCount(pathPrefix);

generic/tclIO.c

@@ -482,13 +482,13 @@ ChanSeek(
 		offset, mode, errnoPtr);
     }
 
-    if (offset<Tcl_LongAsWide(LONG_MIN) || offset>Tcl_LongAsWide(LONG_MAX)) {
+    if (offset<LONG_MIN || offset>LONG_MAX) {
 	*errnoPtr = EOVERFLOW;
-	return Tcl_LongAsWide(-1);
+	return -1;
     }
 
-    return Tcl_LongAsWide(chanPtr->typePtr->seekProc(chanPtr->instanceData,
-	    Tcl_WideAsLong(offset), mode, errnoPtr));
+    return chanPtr->typePtr->seekProc(chanPtr->instanceData,
+	    offset, mode, errnoPtr);
 }
 
 static inline void
@@ -6953,7 +6953,7 @@ Tcl_Seek(
 				 * non-blocking mode after the seek. */
 
     if (CheckChannelErrors(statePtr, TCL_WRITABLE | TCL_READABLE) != 0) {
-	return Tcl_LongAsWide(-1);
+	return -1;
     }
 
     /*
@@ -6964,7 +6964,7 @@ Tcl_Seek(
      */
 
     if (CheckForDeadChannel(NULL, statePtr)) {
-	return Tcl_LongAsWide(-1);
+	return -1;
     }
 
     /*
@@ -6980,7 +6980,7 @@ Tcl_Seek(
 
     if (chanPtr->typePtr->seekProc == NULL) {
 	Tcl_SetErrno(EINVAL);
-	return Tcl_LongAsWide(-1);
+	return -1;
     }
 
     /*
@@ -6993,7 +6993,7 @@ Tcl_Seek(
 
     if ((inputBuffered != 0) && (outputBuffered != 0)) {
 	Tcl_SetErrno(EFAULT);
-	return Tcl_LongAsWide(-1);
+	return -1;
     }
 
     /*
@@ -7036,7 +7036,7 @@ Tcl_Seek(
 	wasAsync = 1;
 	result = StackSetBlockMode(chanPtr, TCL_MODE_BLOCKING);
 	if (result != 0) {
-	    return Tcl_LongAsWide(-1);
+	    return -1;
 	}
 	ResetFlag(statePtr, CHANNEL_NONBLOCKING);
 	if (GotFlag(statePtr, BG_FLUSH_SCHEDULED)) {
@@ -7061,7 +7061,7 @@ Tcl_Seek(
 	 */
 
 	curPos = ChanSeek(chanPtr, offset, mode, &result);
-	if (curPos == Tcl_LongAsWide(-1)) {
+	if (curPos == -1) {
 	    Tcl_SetErrno(result);
 	}
     }
@@ -7077,7 +7077,7 @@ Tcl_Seek(
 	SetFlag(statePtr, CHANNEL_NONBLOCKING);
 	result = StackSetBlockMode(chanPtr, TCL_MODE_NONBLOCKING);
 	if (result != 0) {
-	    return Tcl_LongAsWide(-1);
+	    return -1;
 	}
     }
 
@@ -7117,7 +7117,7 @@ Tcl_Tell(
     Tcl_WideInt curPos;		/* Position on device. */
 
     if (CheckChannelErrors(statePtr, TCL_WRITABLE | TCL_READABLE) != 0) {
-	return Tcl_LongAsWide(-1);
+	return -1;
     }
 
     /*
@@ -7128,7 +7128,7 @@ Tcl_Tell(
      */
 
     if (CheckForDeadChannel(NULL, statePtr)) {
-	return Tcl_LongAsWide(-1);
+	return -1;
     }
 
     /*
@@ -7144,7 +7144,7 @@ Tcl_Tell(
 
     if (chanPtr->typePtr->seekProc == NULL) {
 	Tcl_SetErrno(EINVAL);
-	return Tcl_LongAsWide(-1);
+	return -1;
     }
 
     /*
@@ -7161,10 +7161,10 @@ Tcl_Tell(
      * wideSeekProc if that is available and non-NULL...
      */
 
-    curPos = ChanSeek(chanPtr, Tcl_LongAsWide(0), SEEK_CUR, &result);
-    if (curPos == Tcl_LongAsWide(-1)) {
+    curPos = ChanSeek(chanPtr, 0, SEEK_CUR, &result);
+    if (curPos == -1) {
 	Tcl_SetErrno(result);
-	return Tcl_LongAsWide(-1);
+	return -1;
     }
 
     if (inputBuffered != 0) {

generic/tclIOCmd.c

@@ -559,7 +559,7 @@ Tcl_SeekObjCmd(
 
     TclChannelPreserve(chan);
     result = Tcl_Seek(chan, offset, mode);
-    if (result == Tcl_LongAsWide(-1)) {
+    if (result == -1) {
 	/*
 	 * TIP #219.
 	 * Capture error messages put by the driver into the bypass area and
@@ -1913,7 +1913,7 @@ ChanTruncateObjCmd(
 	 */
 
 	length = Tcl_Tell(chan);
-	if (length == Tcl_WideAsLong(-1)) {
+	if (length == -1) {
 	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
 		    "could not determine current location in \"%s\": %s",
 		    TclGetString(objv[1]), Tcl_PosixError(interp)));

generic/tclIOGT.c

@@ -910,7 +910,7 @@ TransformWideSeekProc(
 	    Tcl_ChannelWideSeekProc(parentType);
     ClientData parentData = Tcl_GetChannelInstanceData(parent);
 
-    if ((offset == Tcl_LongAsWide(0)) && (mode == SEEK_CUR)) {
+    if ((offset == 0) && (mode == SEEK_CUR)) {
 	/*
 	 * This is no seek but a request to tell the caller the current
 	 * location. Simply pass the request down.
@@ -920,8 +920,7 @@ TransformWideSeekProc(
 	    return parentWideSeekProc(parentData, offset, mode, errorCodePtr);
 	}
 
-	return Tcl_LongAsWide(parentSeekProc(parentData, 0, mode,
-		errorCodePtr));
+	return parentSeekProc(parentData, 0, mode, errorCodePtr);
     }
 
     /*
@@ -961,13 +960,13 @@ TransformWideSeekProc(
      * to go out of the representable range.
      */
 
-    if (offset<Tcl_LongAsWide(LONG_MIN) || offset>Tcl_LongAsWide(LONG_MAX)) {
+    if (offset<LONG_MIN || offset>LONG_MAX) {
 	*errorCodePtr = EOVERFLOW;
-	return Tcl_LongAsWide(-1);
+	return -1;
     }
 
-    return Tcl_LongAsWide(parentSeekProc(parentData, Tcl_WideAsLong(offset),
-	    mode, errorCodePtr));
+    return parentSeekProc(parentData, offset,
+	    mode, errorCodePtr);
 }
 
 /*

generic/tclIORChan.c

@@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ static int		ReflectOutput(ClientData clientData, const char *buf,
 			    int toWrite, int *errorCodePtr);
 static void		ReflectWatch(ClientData clientData, int mask);
 static int		ReflectBlock(ClientData clientData, int mode);
-#ifdef TCL_THREADS
+#if TCL_THREADS
 static void		ReflectThread(ClientData clientData, int action);
 static int		ReflectEventRun(Tcl_Event *ev, int flags);
 static int		ReflectEventDelete(Tcl_Event *ev, ClientData cd);
@@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ static const Tcl_ChannelType tclRChannelType = {
     NULL,		   /* Flush channel. Not used by core.	NULL'able */
     NULL,		   /* Handle events.			NULL'able */
     ReflectSeekWide,	   /* Move access point (64 bit).	NULL'able */
-#ifdef TCL_THREADS
+#if TCL_THREADS
     ReflectThread,         /* thread action, tracking owner */
 #else
     NULL,		   /* thread action */
@@ -97,7 +97,7 @@ typedef struct {
 				 * interpreter/thread containing its Tcl
 				 * command is gone.
 				 */
-#ifdef TCL_THREADS
+#if TCL_THREADS
     Tcl_ThreadId thread;	/* Thread the 'interp' belongs to. == Handler thread */
     Tcl_ThreadId owner;         /* Thread owning the structure.    == Channel thread */
 #endif
@@ -201,7 +201,7 @@ typedef enum {
 #define NEGIMPL(a,b)
 #define HAS(x,f)	(x & FLAG(f))
 
-#ifdef TCL_THREADS
+#if TCL_THREADS
 /*
  * Thread specific types and structures.
  *
@@ -451,7 +451,7 @@ static const char *msg_read_toomuch = "{read delivered more than requested}";
 static const char *msg_write_toomuch = "{write wrote more than requested}";
 static const char *msg_write_nothing = "{write wrote nothing}";
 static const char *msg_seek_beforestart = "{Tried to seek before origin}";
-#ifdef TCL_THREADS
+#if TCL_THREADS
 static const char *msg_send_originlost = "{Channel thread lost}";
 #endif /* TCL_THREADS */
 static const char *msg_send_dstlost    = "{Owner lost}";
@@ -706,7 +706,7 @@ TclChanCreateObjCmd(
 	Tcl_Panic("TclChanCreateObjCmd: duplicate channel names");
     }
     Tcl_SetHashValue(hPtr, chan);
-#ifdef TCL_THREADS
+#if TCL_THREADS
     rcmPtr = GetThreadReflectedChannelMap();
     hPtr = Tcl_CreateHashEntry(&rcmPtr->map, chanPtr->state->channelName,
 	    &isNew);
@@ -750,7 +750,7 @@ TclChanCreateObjCmd(
  *----------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
 
-#ifdef TCL_THREADS
+#if TCL_THREADS
 typedef struct {
     Tcl_Event header;
     ReflectedChannel *rcPtr;
@@ -917,11 +917,11 @@ TclChanPostEventObjCmd(
      * We have the channel and the events to post.
      */
 
-#ifdef TCL_THREADS
+#if TCL_THREADS
     if (rcPtr->owner == rcPtr->thread) {
 #endif
         Tcl_NotifyChannel(chan, events);
-#ifdef TCL_THREADS
+#if TCL_THREADS
     } else {
         ReflectEvent *ev = ckalloc(sizeof(ReflectEvent));
 
@@ -1137,7 +1137,7 @@ ReflectClose(
 	 * if lost?
 	 */
 
-#ifdef TCL_THREADS
+#if TCL_THREADS
 	if (rcPtr->thread != Tcl_GetCurrentThread()) {
 	    ForwardParam p;
 
@@ -1169,7 +1169,7 @@ ReflectClose(
      * Are we in the correct thread?
      */
 
-#ifdef TCL_THREADS
+#if TCL_THREADS
     if (rcPtr->thread != Tcl_GetCurrentThread()) {
 	ForwardParam p;
 
@@ -1216,7 +1216,7 @@ ReflectClose(
 		Tcl_DeleteHashEntry(hPtr);
 	    }
 	}
-#ifdef TCL_THREADS
+#if TCL_THREADS
 	rcmPtr = GetThreadReflectedChannelMap();
 	hPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&rcmPtr->map,
 		Tcl_GetChannelName(rcPtr->chan));
@@ -1267,7 +1267,7 @@ ReflectInput(
      * Are we in the correct thread?
      */
 
-#ifdef TCL_THREADS
+#if TCL_THREADS
     if (rcPtr->thread != Tcl_GetCurrentThread()) {
 	ForwardParam p;
 
@@ -1373,7 +1373,7 @@ ReflectOutput(
      * Are we in the correct thread?
      */
 
-#ifdef TCL_THREADS
+#if TCL_THREADS
     if (rcPtr->thread != Tcl_GetCurrentThread()) {
 	ForwardParam p;
 
@@ -1502,7 +1502,7 @@ ReflectSeekWide(
      * Are we in the correct thread?
      */
 
-#ifdef TCL_THREADS
+#if TCL_THREADS
     if (rcPtr->thread != Tcl_GetCurrentThread()) {
 	ForwardParam p;
 
@@ -1544,7 +1544,7 @@ ReflectSeekWide(
         goto invalid;
     }
 
-    if (newLoc < Tcl_LongAsWide(0)) {
+    if (newLoc < 0) {
 	SetChannelErrorStr(rcPtr->chan, msg_seek_beforestart);
         goto invalid;
     }
@@ -1576,7 +1576,7 @@ ReflectSeek(
      * routine.
      */
 
-    return (int) ReflectSeekWide(clientData, Tcl_LongAsWide(offset), seekMode,
+    return ReflectSeekWide(clientData, offset, seekMode,
 	    errorCodePtr);
 }
 
@@ -1625,7 +1625,7 @@ ReflectWatch(
      * Are we in the correct thread?
      */
 
-#ifdef TCL_THREADS
+#if TCL_THREADS
     if (rcPtr->thread != Tcl_GetCurrentThread()) {
 	ForwardParam p;
 
@@ -1683,7 +1683,7 @@ ReflectBlock(
      * Are we in the correct thread?
      */
 
-#ifdef TCL_THREADS
+#if TCL_THREADS
     if (rcPtr->thread != Tcl_GetCurrentThread()) {
 	ForwardParam p;
 
@@ -1719,7 +1719,7 @@ ReflectBlock(
     return errorNum;
 }
 
-#ifdef TCL_THREADS
+#if TCL_THREADS
 /*
  *----------------------------------------------------------------------
  *
@@ -1789,7 +1789,7 @@ ReflectSetOption(
      * Are we in the correct thread?
      */
 
-#ifdef TCL_THREADS
+#if TCL_THREADS
     if (rcPtr->thread != Tcl_GetCurrentThread()) {
 	ForwardParam p;
 
@@ -1868,7 +1868,7 @@ ReflectGetOption(
      * Are we in the correct thread?
      */
 
-#ifdef TCL_THREADS
+#if TCL_THREADS
     if (rcPtr->thread != Tcl_GetCurrentThread()) {
 	int opcode;
 	ForwardParam p;
@@ -2131,7 +2131,7 @@ NewReflectedChannel(
     rcPtr->chan = NULL;
     rcPtr->interp = interp;
     rcPtr->dead = 0;
-#ifdef TCL_THREADS
+#if TCL_THREADS
     rcPtr->thread = Tcl_GetCurrentThread();
 #endif
     rcPtr->mode = mode;
@@ -2506,7 +2506,7 @@ DeleteReflectedChannelMap(
     Tcl_HashEntry *hPtr;	 /* Search variable. */
     ReflectedChannel *rcPtr;
     Tcl_Channel chan;
-#ifdef TCL_THREADS
+#if TCL_THREADS
     ForwardingResult *resultPtr;
     ForwardingEvent *evPtr;
     ForwardParam *paramPtr;
@@ -2536,7 +2536,7 @@ DeleteReflectedChannelMap(
     Tcl_DeleteHashTable(&rcmPtr->map);
     ckfree(&rcmPtr->map);
 
-#ifdef TCL_THREADS
+#if TCL_THREADS
     /*
      * The origin interpreter for one or more reflected channels is gone.
      */
@@ -2622,7 +2622,7 @@ DeleteReflectedChannelMap(
 #endif
 }
 
-#ifdef TCL_THREADS
+#if TCL_THREADS
 /*
  *----------------------------------------------------------------------
  *
@@ -3079,7 +3079,7 @@ ForwardProc(
 	    Tcl_WideInt newLoc;
 
 	    if (Tcl_GetWideIntFromObj(interp, resObj, &newLoc) == TCL_OK) {
-		if (newLoc < Tcl_LongAsWide(0)) {
+		if (newLoc < 0) {
 		    ForwardSetStaticError(paramPtr, msg_seek_beforestart);
 		    paramPtr->seek.offset = -1;
 		} else {

generic/tclIORTrans.c

@@ -127,7 +127,7 @@ typedef struct {
 				 * in the argv, see below. The separate field
 				 * gives us direct access, needed when working
 				 * with the reflection maps. */
-#ifdef TCL_THREADS
+#if TCL_THREADS
     Tcl_ThreadId thread;	/* Thread the 'interp' belongs to. */
 #endif
 
@@ -220,7 +220,7 @@ typedef enum {
 #define NEGIMPL(a,b)
 #define HAS(x,f)	(x & FLAG(f))
 
-#ifdef TCL_THREADS
+#if TCL_THREADS
 /*
  * Thread specific types and structures.
  *
@@ -438,7 +438,7 @@ static void		DeleteReflectedTransformMap(ClientData clientData,
 
 static const char *msg_read_unsup = "{read not supported by Tcl driver}";
 static const char *msg_write_unsup = "{write not supported by Tcl driver}";
-#ifdef TCL_THREADS
+#if TCL_THREADS
 static const char *msg_send_originlost = "{Channel thread lost}";
 static const char *msg_send_dstlost = "{Owner lost}";
 #endif /* TCL_THREADS */
@@ -699,7 +699,7 @@ TclChanPushObjCmd(
 	Tcl_Panic("TclChanPushObjCmd: duplicate transformation handle");
     }
     Tcl_SetHashValue(hPtr, rtPtr);
-#ifdef TCL_THREADS
+#if TCL_THREADS
     rtmPtr = GetThreadReflectedTransformMap();
     hPtr = Tcl_CreateHashEntry(&rtmPtr->map, TclGetString(rtId), &isNew);
     Tcl_SetHashValue(hPtr, rtPtr);
@@ -911,7 +911,7 @@ ReflectClose(
 	 * if lost?
 	 */
 
-#ifdef TCL_THREADS
+#if TCL_THREADS
 	if (rtPtr->thread != Tcl_GetCurrentThread()) {
 	    ForwardParam p;
 
@@ -938,7 +938,7 @@ ReflectClose(
 
     if (HAS(rtPtr->methods, METH_DRAIN) && !rtPtr->readIsDrained) {
 	if (!TransformDrain(rtPtr, &errorCode)) {
-#ifdef TCL_THREADS
+#if TCL_THREADS
 	    if (rtPtr->thread != Tcl_GetCurrentThread()) {
 		Tcl_EventuallyFree(rtPtr,
 			(Tcl_FreeProc *) FreeReflectedTransform);
@@ -952,7 +952,7 @@ ReflectClose(
 
     if (HAS(rtPtr->methods, METH_FLUSH)) {
 	if (!TransformFlush(rtPtr, &errorCode, FLUSH_WRITE)) {
-#ifdef TCL_THREADS
+#if TCL_THREADS
 	    if (rtPtr->thread != Tcl_GetCurrentThread()) {
 		Tcl_EventuallyFree(rtPtr,
 			(Tcl_FreeProc *) FreeReflectedTransform);
@@ -968,7 +968,7 @@ ReflectClose(
      * Are we in the correct thread?
      */
 
-#ifdef TCL_THREADS
+#if TCL_THREADS
     if (rtPtr->thread != Tcl_GetCurrentThread()) {
 	ForwardParam p;
 
@@ -1025,7 +1025,7 @@ ReflectClose(
 	 * under a channel by deleting the owning thread.
 	 */
 
-#ifdef TCL_THREADS
+#if TCL_THREADS
 	rtmPtr = GetThreadReflectedTransformMap();
 	hPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&rtmPtr->map, TclGetString(rtPtr->handle));
 	if (hPtr) {
@@ -1340,7 +1340,7 @@ ReflectSeekWide(
 
     if (seekProc == NULL) {
 	Tcl_SetErrno(EINVAL);
-	return Tcl_LongAsWide(-1);
+	return -1;
     }
 
     /*
@@ -1390,16 +1390,15 @@ ReflectSeekWide(
 	parent->typePtr->wideSeekProc != NULL) {
 	curPos = parent->typePtr->wideSeekProc(parent->instanceData, offset,
 		seekMode, errorCodePtr);
-    } else if (offset < Tcl_LongAsWide(LONG_MIN) ||
-	    offset > Tcl_LongAsWide(LONG_MAX)) {
+    } else if (offset < LONG_MIN || offset > LONG_MAX) {
 	*errorCodePtr = EOVERFLOW;
-	curPos = Tcl_LongAsWide(-1);
+	curPos = -1;
     } else {
-	curPos = Tcl_LongAsWide(parent->typePtr->seekProc(
-		parent->instanceData, Tcl_WideAsLong(offset), seekMode,
-		errorCodePtr));
+	curPos = parent->typePtr->seekProc(
+		parent->instanceData, offset, seekMode,
+		errorCodePtr);
     }
-    if (curPos == Tcl_LongAsWide(-1)) {
+    if (curPos == -1) {
 	Tcl_SetErrno(*errorCodePtr);
     }
 
@@ -1422,7 +1421,7 @@ ReflectSeek(
      * routine.
      */
 
-    return (int) ReflectSeekWide(clientData, Tcl_LongAsWide(offset), seekMode,
+    return ReflectSeekWide(clientData, offset, seekMode,
 	    errorCodePtr);
 }
 
@@ -1767,7 +1766,7 @@ NewReflectedTransform(
 
     rtPtr->chan = NULL;
     rtPtr->methods = 0;
-#ifdef TCL_THREADS
+#if TCL_THREADS
     rtPtr->thread = Tcl_GetCurrentThread();
 #endif
     rtPtr->parent = parentChan;
@@ -2152,7 +2151,7 @@ DeleteReflectedTransformMap(
     Tcl_HashSearch hSearch;	 /* Search variable. */
     Tcl_HashEntry *hPtr;	 /* Search variable. */
     ReflectedTransform *rtPtr;
-#ifdef TCL_THREADS
+#if TCL_THREADS
     ForwardingResult *resultPtr;
     ForwardingEvent *evPtr;
     ForwardParam *paramPtr;
@@ -2182,7 +2181,7 @@ DeleteReflectedTransformMap(
     Tcl_DeleteHashTable(&rtmPtr->map);
     ckfree(&rtmPtr->map);
 
-#ifdef TCL_THREADS
+#if TCL_THREADS
     /*
      * The origin interpreter for one or more reflected channels is gone.
      */
@@ -2254,7 +2253,7 @@ DeleteReflectedTransformMap(
 #endif /* TCL_THREADS */
 }
 
-#ifdef TCL_THREADS
+#if TCL_THREADS
 /*
  *----------------------------------------------------------------------
  *
@@ -3088,7 +3087,7 @@ TransformRead(
      * Are we in the correct thread?
      */
 
-#ifdef TCL_THREADS
+#if TCL_THREADS
     if (rtPtr->thread != Tcl_GetCurrentThread()) {
 	ForwardParam p;
 
@@ -3144,7 +3143,7 @@ TransformWrite(
      * Are we in the correct thread?
      */
 
-#ifdef TCL_THREADS
+#if TCL_THREADS
     if (rtPtr->thread != Tcl_GetCurrentThread()) {
 	ForwardParam p;
 
@@ -3210,7 +3209,7 @@ TransformDrain(
      * Are we in the correct thread?
      */
 
-#ifdef TCL_THREADS
+#if TCL_THREADS
     if (rtPtr->thread != Tcl_GetCurrentThread()) {
 	ForwardParam p;
 
@@ -3260,7 +3259,7 @@ TransformFlush(
      * Are we in the correct thread?
      */
 
-#ifdef TCL_THREADS
+#if TCL_THREADS
     if (rtPtr->thread != Tcl_GetCurrentThread()) {
 	ForwardParam p;
 
@@ -3315,7 +3314,7 @@ TransformClear(
      * Are we in the correct thread?
      */
 
-#ifdef TCL_THREADS
+#if TCL_THREADS
     if (rtPtr->thread != Tcl_GetCurrentThread()) {
 	ForwardParam p;
 
@@ -3347,7 +3346,7 @@ TransformLimit(
      * Are we in the correct thread?
      */
 
-#ifdef TCL_THREADS
+#if TCL_THREADS
     if (rtPtr->thread != Tcl_GetCurrentThread()) {
 	ForwardParam p;
 

generic/tclIOSock.c

@@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
 
 #include "tclInt.h"
 
-#if defined(_WIN32) && defined(UNICODE)
+#if defined(_WIN32)
 /*
  * On Windows, we need to do proper Unicode->UTF-8 conversion.
  */

generic/tclIOUtil.c

@@ -139,7 +139,6 @@ Tcl_FSRenameFileProc		TclpObjRenameFile;
 Tcl_FSCreateDirectoryProc	TclpObjCreateDirectory;
 Tcl_FSCopyDirectoryProc		TclpObjCopyDirectory;
 Tcl_FSRemoveDirectoryProc	TclpObjRemoveDirectory;
-Tcl_FSUnloadFileProc		TclpUnloadFile;
 Tcl_FSLinkProc			TclpObjLink;
 Tcl_FSListVolumesProc		TclpObjListVolumes;
 
@@ -276,8 +275,8 @@ Tcl_Stat(
 	Tcl_WideInt tmp1, tmp2, tmp3 = 0;
 
 # define OUT_OF_RANGE(x) \
-	(((Tcl_WideInt)(x)) < Tcl_LongAsWide(LONG_MIN) || \
-	 ((Tcl_WideInt)(x)) > Tcl_LongAsWide(LONG_MAX))
+	(((Tcl_WideInt)(x)) < LONG_MIN || \
+	 ((Tcl_WideInt)(x)) > LONG_MAX)
 # define OUT_OF_URANGE(x) \
 	(((Tcl_WideUInt)(x)) > ((Tcl_WideUInt)ULONG_MAX))
 
@@ -1391,31 +1390,62 @@ TclFSNormalizeToUniquePath(
 {
     FilesystemRecord *fsRecPtr, *firstFsRecPtr;
 
-    /*
-     * Call each of the "normalise path" functions in succession. This is a
-     * special case, in which if we have a native filesystem handler, we call
-     * it first. This is because the root of Tcl's filesystem is always a
-     * native filesystem (i.e., '/' on unix is native).
-     */
+    int i;
+    int isVfsPath = 0;
+    char *path;
 
+    /*
+     * Paths starting with a UNC prefix whose final character is a colon
+     * are reserved for VFS use.  These names can not conflict with real
+     * UNC paths per https://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/gg465305.aspx
+     * and rfc3986's definition of reg-name.
+     *
+     * We check these first to avoid useless calls to the native filesystem's
+     * normalizePathProc.
+     */
+    path = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(pathPtr, &i);
+
+    if ( (i >= 3) && ( (path[0] == '/' && path[1] == '/')
+		    || (path[0] == '\\' && path[1] == '\\') ) ) {
+	for ( i = 2; ; i++) {
+	    if (path[i] == '\0') break;
+	    if (path[i] == path[0]) break;
+	}
+	--i;
+	if (path[i] == ':') isVfsPath = 1;
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * Call each of the "normalise path" functions in succession.
+     */
     firstFsRecPtr = FsGetFirstFilesystem();
 
     Claim();
-    for (fsRecPtr=firstFsRecPtr; fsRecPtr!=NULL; fsRecPtr=fsRecPtr->nextPtr) {
-	if (fsRecPtr->fsPtr != &tclNativeFilesystem) {
-	    continue;
-	}
+
+    if (!isVfsPath) {
 
 	/*
-	 * TODO: Assume that we always find the native file system; it should
-	 * always be there...
+	 * If we have a native filesystem handler, we call it first.  This is
+	 * because the root of Tcl's filesystem is always a native filesystem
+	 * (i.e., '/' on unix is native).
 	 */
 
-	if (fsRecPtr->fsPtr->normalizePathProc != NULL) {
-	    startAt = fsRecPtr->fsPtr->normalizePathProc(interp, pathPtr,
-		    startAt);
+	for (fsRecPtr=firstFsRecPtr; fsRecPtr!=NULL; fsRecPtr=fsRecPtr->nextPtr) {
+	    if (fsRecPtr->fsPtr != &tclNativeFilesystem) {
+		continue;
+	    }
+
+	    /*
+	     * TODO: Assume that we always find the native file system; it should
+	     * always be there...
+	     */
+
+	    if (fsRecPtr->fsPtr->normalizePathProc != NULL) {
+		startAt = fsRecPtr->fsPtr->normalizePathProc(interp, pathPtr,
+			startAt);
+	    }
+	    break;
 	}
-	break;
     }
 
     for (fsRecPtr=firstFsRecPtr; fsRecPtr!=NULL; fsRecPtr=fsRecPtr->nextPtr) {
@@ -3154,8 +3184,8 @@ Tcl_FSLoadFile(
  * present and set to true (any integer > 0) then the unlink is skipped.
  */
 
-int
-TclSkipUnlink(
+static int
+skipUnlink(
     Tcl_Obj *shlibFile)
 {
     /*
@@ -3197,8 +3227,8 @@ TclSkipUnlink(
 #ifndef AUFS_SUPER_MAGIC
 #define AUFS_SUPER_MAGIC ('a' << 24 | 'u' << 16 | 'f' << 8 | 's')
 #endif /* AUFS_SUPER_MAGIC */
-	if ((statfs(Tcl_GetString (shlibFile), &fs) == 0) &&
-	    (fs.f_type == AUFS_SUPER_MAGIC)) {
+	if ((statfs(Tcl_GetString(shlibFile), &fs) == 0)
+		&& (fs.f_type == AUFS_SUPER_MAGIC)) {
 	    return 1;
 	}
     }
@@ -3413,7 +3443,7 @@ Tcl_LoadFile(
      * avoids any worries about leaving the copy laying around on exit.
      */
 
-    if (!TclSkipUnlink(copyToPtr) &&
+    if (!skipUnlink(copyToPtr) &&
 	    (Tcl_FSDeleteFile(copyToPtr) == TCL_OK)) {
 	Tcl_DecrRefCount(copyToPtr);
 
@@ -3682,30 +3712,10 @@ Tcl_FSUnloadFile(
 	}
 	return TCL_ERROR;
     }
-    TclpUnloadFile(handle);
-    return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-/*
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * TclpUnloadFile --
- *
- *	Unloads a library given its handle
- *
- * This function was once filesystem-specific, but has been made portable by
- * having TclpDlopen return a structure that includes procedure pointers.
- *
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-void
-TclpUnloadFile(
-    Tcl_LoadHandle handle)
-{
     if (handle->unloadFileProcPtr != NULL) {
 	handle->unloadFileProcPtr(handle);
     }
+    return TCL_OK;
 }
 
 /*

generic/tclInt.decls

@@ -1075,7 +1075,7 @@ declare 9 win {
 }
 # new for 8.4.20+/8.5.12+ Cygwin only
 declare 10 win {
-    Tcl_DirEntry *TclpReaddir(DIR *dir)
+    Tcl_DirEntry *TclpReaddir(TclDIR *dir)
 }
 # Removed in 8.3.1 (for Win32s only):
 #declare 10 win {
@@ -1212,7 +1212,7 @@ declare 9 unix {
 # Added in 8.4:
 
 declare 10 unix {
-    Tcl_DirEntry *TclpReaddir(DIR *dir)
+    Tcl_DirEntry *TclpReaddir(TclDIR *dir)
 }
 # Slots 11 and 12 are forwarders for functions that were promoted to
 # generic Stubs

generic/tclInt.h

@@ -38,6 +38,23 @@
 
 #define AVOID_HACKS_FOR_ITCL 1
 
+
+/*
+ * Used to tag functions that are only to be visible within the module being
+ * built and not outside it (where this is supported by the linker).
+ * Also used in the platform-specific *Port.h files.
+ */
+
+#ifndef MODULE_SCOPE
+#   ifdef __cplusplus
+#	define MODULE_SCOPE extern "C"
+#   else
+#	define MODULE_SCOPE extern
+#   endif
+#endif
+
+
+
 /*
  * Common include files needed by most of the Tcl source files are included
  * here, so that system-dependent personalizations for the include files only
@@ -94,19 +111,6 @@ typedef int ptrdiff_t;
 #    endif
 #endif
 
-/*
- * Used to tag functions that are only to be visible within the module being
- * built and not outside it (where this is supported by the linker).
- */
-
-#ifndef MODULE_SCOPE
-#   ifdef __cplusplus
-#	define MODULE_SCOPE extern "C"
-#   else
-#	define MODULE_SCOPE extern
-#   endif
-#endif
-
 /*
  * Macros used to cast between pointers and integers (e.g. when storing an int
  * in ClientData), on 64-bit architectures they avoid gcc warning about "cast
@@ -136,6 +140,26 @@ typedef int ptrdiff_t;
 #   define vsnprintf _vsnprintf
 #endif
 
+#if !defined(TCL_THREADS)
+#   define TCL_THREADS 1
+#endif
+#if !TCL_THREADS
+#   undef TCL_DECLARE_MUTEX
+#   define TCL_DECLARE_MUTEX(name)
+#   undef  Tcl_MutexLock
+#   define Tcl_MutexLock(mutexPtr)
+#   undef  Tcl_MutexUnlock
+#   define Tcl_MutexUnlock(mutexPtr)
+#   undef  Tcl_MutexFinalize
+#   define Tcl_MutexFinalize(mutexPtr)
+#   undef  Tcl_ConditionNotify
+#   define Tcl_ConditionNotify(condPtr)
+#   undef  Tcl_ConditionWait
+#   define Tcl_ConditionWait(condPtr, mutexPtr, timePtr)
+#   undef  Tcl_ConditionFinalize
+#   define Tcl_ConditionFinalize(condPtr)
+#endif
+
 /*
  * The following procedures allow namespaces to be customized to support
  * special name resolution rules for commands/variables.
@@ -1146,6 +1170,10 @@ typedef struct CallFrame {
 				 * field contains an Object reference that has
 				 * been confirmed to refer to a class. Part of
 				 * TIP#257. */
+#define FRAME_IS_PRIVATE_DEFINE 0x10
+				/* Marks this frame as being used for private
+				 * declarations with [oo::define]. Usually
+				 * OR'd with FRAME_IS_OO_DEFINE. TIP#500. */
 
 /*
  * TIP #280
@@ -2760,6 +2788,10 @@ MODULE_SCOPE long	tclObjsShared[TCL_MAX_SHARED_OBJ_STATS];
 
 MODULE_SCOPE char	tclEmptyString;
 
+enum CheckEmptyStringResult {
+	TCL_EMPTYSTRING_UNKNOWN = -1, TCL_EMPTYSTRING_NO, TCL_EMPTYSTRING_YES
+};
+
 /*
  *----------------------------------------------------------------
  * Procedures shared among Tcl modules but not used by the outside world,
@@ -2900,6 +2932,7 @@ MODULE_SCOPE int	TclCheckArrayTraces(Tcl_Interp *interp, Var *varPtr,
 			    Var *arrayPtr, Tcl_Obj *name, int index);
 MODULE_SCOPE int	TclCheckBadOctal(Tcl_Interp *interp,
 			    const char *value);
+MODULE_SCOPE int	TclCheckEmptyString(Tcl_Obj *objPtr);
 MODULE_SCOPE int	TclChanCaughtErrorBypass(Tcl_Interp *interp,
 			    Tcl_Channel chan);
 MODULE_SCOPE Tcl_ObjCmdProc TclChannelNamesCmd;
@@ -2915,19 +2948,13 @@ MODULE_SCOPE void	TclContinuationsCopy(Tcl_Obj *objPtr,
 			    Tcl_Obj *originObjPtr);
 MODULE_SCOPE int	TclConvertElement(const char *src, int length,
 			    char *dst, int flags);
-MODULE_SCOPE Tcl_Command TclCreateObjCommandInNs (
-			    Tcl_Interp *interp,
-			    const char *cmdName,
-			    Tcl_Namespace *nsPtr,
-			    Tcl_ObjCmdProc *proc,
-			    ClientData clientData,
+MODULE_SCOPE Tcl_Command TclCreateObjCommandInNs(Tcl_Interp *interp,
+			    const char *cmdName, Tcl_Namespace *nsPtr,
+			    Tcl_ObjCmdProc *proc, ClientData clientData,
 			    Tcl_CmdDeleteProc *deleteProc);
-MODULE_SCOPE Tcl_Command TclCreateEnsembleInNs(
-			    Tcl_Interp *interp,
-			    const char *name,
-			    Tcl_Namespace *nameNamespacePtr,
-			    Tcl_Namespace *ensembleNamespacePtr,
-			    int flags);
+MODULE_SCOPE Tcl_Command TclCreateEnsembleInNs(Tcl_Interp *interp,
+			    const char *name, Tcl_Namespace *nameNamespacePtr,
+			    Tcl_Namespace *ensembleNamespacePtr, int flags);
 MODULE_SCOPE void	TclDeleteNamespaceVars(Namespace *nsPtr);
 MODULE_SCOPE int	TclFindDictElement(Tcl_Interp *interp,
 			    const char *dict, int dictLength,
@@ -2954,9 +2981,9 @@ MODULE_SCOPE char *	TclDStringAppendObj(Tcl_DString *dsPtr,
 MODULE_SCOPE char *	TclDStringAppendDString(Tcl_DString *dsPtr,
 			    Tcl_DString *toAppendPtr);
 MODULE_SCOPE Tcl_Obj *	TclDStringToObj(Tcl_DString *dsPtr);
-MODULE_SCOPE Tcl_Obj *const *	TclFetchEnsembleRoot(Tcl_Interp *interp,
+MODULE_SCOPE Tcl_Obj *const *TclFetchEnsembleRoot(Tcl_Interp *interp,
 			    Tcl_Obj *const *objv, int objc, int *objcPtr);
-MODULE_SCOPE Tcl_Namespace * 	TclEnsureNamespace(Tcl_Interp *interp,
+MODULE_SCOPE Tcl_Namespace *TclEnsureNamespace(Tcl_Interp *interp,
 			    Tcl_Namespace *namespacePtr);
 MODULE_SCOPE void	TclFinalizeAllocSubsystem(void);
 MODULE_SCOPE void	TclFinalizeAsync(void);
@@ -2984,15 +3011,11 @@ MODULE_SCOPE double	TclFloor(const mp_int *a);
 MODULE_SCOPE void	TclFormatNaN(double value, char *buffer);
 MODULE_SCOPE int	TclFSFileAttrIndex(Tcl_Obj *pathPtr,
 			    const char *attributeName, int *indexPtr);
-MODULE_SCOPE Tcl_Command TclNRCreateCommandInNs (
-			    Tcl_Interp *interp,
-			    const char *cmdName,
-			    Tcl_Namespace *nsPtr,
-			    Tcl_ObjCmdProc *proc,
-			    Tcl_ObjCmdProc *nreProc,
+MODULE_SCOPE Tcl_Command TclNRCreateCommandInNs(Tcl_Interp *interp,
+			    const char *cmdName, Tcl_Namespace *nsPtr,
+			    Tcl_ObjCmdProc *proc, Tcl_ObjCmdProc *nreProc,
 			    ClientData clientData,
 			    Tcl_CmdDeleteProc *deleteProc);
-
 MODULE_SCOPE int	TclNREvalFile(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *pathPtr,
 			    const char *encodingName);
 MODULE_SCOPE void	TclFSUnloadTempFile(Tcl_LoadHandle loadHandle);
@@ -3018,6 +3041,8 @@ MODULE_SCOPE char *	TclGetStringStorage(Tcl_Obj *objPtr,
 MODULE_SCOPE int	TclGetLoadedPackagesEx(Tcl_Interp *interp,
 				const char *targetName,
 				const char *packageName);
+MODULE_SCOPE int	TclGetWideBitsFromObj(Tcl_Interp *, Tcl_Obj *,
+				Tcl_WideInt *);
 MODULE_SCOPE int	TclGlob(Tcl_Interp *interp, char *pattern,
 			    Tcl_Obj *unquotedPrefix, int globFlags,
 			    Tcl_GlobTypeData *types);
@@ -3173,7 +3198,8 @@ MODULE_SCOPE void	TclSetBgErrorHandler(Tcl_Interp *interp,
 			    Tcl_Obj *cmdPrefix);
 MODULE_SCOPE void	TclSetBignumIntRep(Tcl_Obj *objPtr,
 			    mp_int *bignumValue);
-MODULE_SCOPE int	TclSetBooleanFromAny(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *objPtr);
+MODULE_SCOPE int	TclSetBooleanFromAny(Tcl_Interp *interp,
+			    Tcl_Obj *objPtr);
 MODULE_SCOPE void	TclSetCmdNameObj(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *objPtr,
 			    Command *cmdPtr);
 MODULE_SCOPE void	TclSetDuplicateObj(Tcl_Obj *dupPtr, Tcl_Obj *objPtr);
@@ -3185,6 +3211,12 @@ MODULE_SCOPE void	TclSpellFix(Tcl_Interp *interp,
 			    Tcl_Obj *bad, Tcl_Obj *fix);
 MODULE_SCOPE void *	TclStackRealloc(Tcl_Interp *interp, void *ptr,
 			    int numBytes);
+typedef int (*memCmpFn_t)(const void*, const void*, size_t);
+MODULE_SCOPE int	TclStringCmp(Tcl_Obj *value1Ptr, Tcl_Obj *value2Ptr,
+			    int checkEq, int nocase, int reqlength);
+MODULE_SCOPE int	TclStringCmpOpts(Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
+			    Tcl_Obj *const objv[], int *nocase,
+			    int *reqlength);
 MODULE_SCOPE int	TclStringMatch(const char *str, int strLen,
 			    const char *pattern, int ptnLen, int flags);
 MODULE_SCOPE int	TclStringMatchObj(Tcl_Obj *stringObj,
@@ -3206,6 +3238,10 @@ MODULE_SCOPE int	TclTrimLeft(const char *bytes, int numBytes,
 			    const char *trim, int numTrim);
 MODULE_SCOPE int	TclTrimRight(const char *bytes, int numBytes,
 			    const char *trim, int numTrim);
+MODULE_SCOPE const char*TclGetCommandTypeName(Tcl_Command command);
+MODULE_SCOPE void	TclRegisterCommandTypeName(
+			    Tcl_ObjCmdProc *implementationProc,
+			    const char *nameStr);
 MODULE_SCOPE int	TclUtfCmp(const char *cs, const char *ct);
 MODULE_SCOPE int	TclUtfCasecmp(const char *cs, const char *ct);
 MODULE_SCOPE int	TclUtfCount(int ch);
@@ -3229,12 +3265,20 @@ MODULE_SCOPE Tcl_WideInt TclpGetWideClicks(void);
 MODULE_SCOPE double	TclpWideClicksToNanoseconds(Tcl_WideInt clicks);
 #endif
 MODULE_SCOPE int	TclZlibInit(Tcl_Interp *interp);
+MODULE_SCOPE int	TclZipfsInit(Tcl_Interp *interp);
+MODULE_SCOPE int        TclZipfsMount(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *zipname,
+			 const char *mntpt, const char *passwd);
+MODULE_SCOPE int 	TclZipfsUnmount(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *zipname);
 MODULE_SCOPE void *	TclpThreadCreateKey(void);
 MODULE_SCOPE void	TclpThreadDeleteKey(void *keyPtr);
 MODULE_SCOPE void	TclpThreadSetMasterTSD(void *tsdKeyPtr, void *ptr);
 MODULE_SCOPE void *	TclpThreadGetMasterTSD(void *tsdKeyPtr);
+MODULE_SCOPE void	TclErrorStackResetIf(Tcl_Interp *interp,
+			    const char *msg, int length);
+/* Tip 430 */
+MODULE_SCOPE int    TclZipfs_Init(Tcl_Interp *interp);
+MODULE_SCOPE int    TclZipfs_SafeInit(Tcl_Interp *interp);
 
-MODULE_SCOPE void	TclErrorStackResetIf(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *msg, int length);
 
 /*
  *----------------------------------------------------------------
@@ -4073,6 +4117,19 @@ MODULE_SCOPE TCL_HASH_TYPE TclHashObjKey(Tcl_HashTable *tablePtr, void *keyPtr);
 
 MODULE_SCOPE int	TclFullFinalizationRequested(void);
 
+/*
+ * Just for the purposes of command-type registration.
+ */
+
+MODULE_SCOPE Tcl_ObjCmdProc TclEnsembleImplementationCmd;
+MODULE_SCOPE Tcl_ObjCmdProc TclAliasObjCmd;
+MODULE_SCOPE Tcl_ObjCmdProc TclLocalAliasObjCmd;
+MODULE_SCOPE Tcl_ObjCmdProc TclSlaveObjCmd;
+MODULE_SCOPE Tcl_ObjCmdProc TclInvokeImportedCmd;
+MODULE_SCOPE Tcl_ObjCmdProc TclOOPublicObjectCmd;
+MODULE_SCOPE Tcl_ObjCmdProc TclOOPrivateObjectCmd;
+MODULE_SCOPE Tcl_ObjCmdProc TclOOMyClassObjCmd;
+
 /*
  * TIP #462.
  */
@@ -4087,7 +4144,7 @@ typedef enum TclProcessWaitStatus {
     TCL_PROCESS_EXITED = 1,	/* Process has exited. */
     TCL_PROCESS_SIGNALED = 2,	/* Child killed because of a signal. */
     TCL_PROCESS_STOPPED = 3,	/* Child suspended because of a signal. */
-    TCL_PROCESS_UNKNOWN_STATUS = 4 
+    TCL_PROCESS_UNKNOWN_STATUS = 4
 				/* Child wait status didn't make sense. */
 } TclProcessWaitStatus;
 
@@ -4097,6 +4154,13 @@ MODULE_SCOPE TclProcessWaitStatus TclProcessWait(Tcl_Pid pid, int options,
 			    int *codePtr, Tcl_Obj **msgObjPtr,
 			    Tcl_Obj **errorObjPtr);
 
+/*
+ * TIP #508: [array default]
+ */
+
+MODULE_SCOPE void	TclInitArrayVar(Var *arrayPtr);
+MODULE_SCOPE Tcl_Obj *	TclGetArrayDefault(Var *arrayPtr);
+
 /*
  * Utility routines for encoding index values as integers. Used by both
  * some of the command compilers and by [lsort] and [lsearch].
@@ -4198,6 +4262,10 @@ typedef const char *TclDTraceStr;
 	} \
     }
 
+#if TCL_THREADS && !defined(USE_THREAD_ALLOC)
+#   define USE_THREAD_ALLOC 1
+#endif
+
 #if defined(PURIFY)
 
 /*
@@ -4215,7 +4283,7 @@ typedef const char *TclDTraceStr;
 
 #undef USE_THREAD_ALLOC
 #undef USE_TCLALLOC
-#elif defined(TCL_THREADS) && defined(USE_THREAD_ALLOC)
+#elif TCL_THREADS && defined(USE_THREAD_ALLOC)
 
 /*
  * The TCL_THREADS mode is like the regular mode but allocates Tcl_Obj's from
@@ -4280,7 +4348,7 @@ MODULE_SCOPE void	TclpFreeAllocCache(void *);
 #   define USE_TCLALLOC 0
 #endif
 
-#ifdef TCL_THREADS
+#if TCL_THREADS
 /* declared in tclObj.c */
 MODULE_SCOPE Tcl_Mutex	tclObjMutex;
 #endif
@@ -4540,6 +4608,9 @@ MODULE_SCOPE void	TclDbInitNewObj(Tcl_Obj *objPtr, const char *file,
  */
 
 MODULE_SCOPE int	TclIsPureByteArray(Tcl_Obj *objPtr);
+#define TclIsPureDict(objPtr) \
+	(((objPtr)->bytes==NULL) && ((objPtr)->typePtr==&tclDictType))
+
 
 /*
  *----------------------------------------------------------------

generic/tclIntPlatDecls.h

@@ -13,11 +13,6 @@
 #ifndef _TCLINTPLATDECLS
 #define _TCLINTPLATDECLS
 
-#ifdef _WIN32
-#   define Tcl_DirEntry void
-#   define DIR void
-#endif
-
 #undef TCL_STORAGE_CLASS
 #ifdef BUILD_tcl
 #   define TCL_STORAGE_CLASS DLLEXPORT
@@ -72,7 +67,7 @@ EXTERN int		TclUnixWaitForFile(int fd, int mask, int timeout);
 /* 9 */
 EXTERN TclFile		TclpCreateTempFile(const char *contents);
 /* 10 */
-EXTERN Tcl_DirEntry *	TclpReaddir(DIR *dir);
+EXTERN Tcl_DirEntry *	TclpReaddir(TclDIR *dir);
 /* 11 */
 EXTERN struct tm *	TclpLocaltime_unix(const time_t *clock);
 /* 12 */
@@ -129,7 +124,7 @@ EXTERN int		TclpGetPid(Tcl_Pid pid);
 /* 9 */
 EXTERN int		TclWinGetPlatformId(void);
 /* 10 */
-EXTERN Tcl_DirEntry *	TclpReaddir(DIR *dir);
+EXTERN Tcl_DirEntry *	TclpReaddir(TclDIR *dir);
 /* 11 */
 EXTERN void		TclGetAndDetachPids(Tcl_Interp *interp,
 				Tcl_Channel chan);
@@ -206,7 +201,7 @@ EXTERN int		TclUnixWaitForFile(int fd, int mask, int timeout);
 /* 9 */
 EXTERN TclFile		TclpCreateTempFile(const char *contents);
 /* 10 */
-EXTERN Tcl_DirEntry *	TclpReaddir(DIR *dir);
+EXTERN Tcl_DirEntry *	TclpReaddir(TclDIR *dir);
 /* 11 */
 EXTERN struct tm *	TclpLocaltime_unix(const time_t *clock);
 /* 12 */
@@ -269,7 +264,7 @@ typedef struct TclIntPlatStubs {
     TclFile (*tclpOpenFile) (const char *fname, int mode); /* 7 */
     int (*tclUnixWaitForFile) (int fd, int mask, int timeout); /* 8 */
     TclFile (*tclpCreateTempFile) (const char *contents); /* 9 */
-    Tcl_DirEntry * (*tclpReaddir) (DIR *dir); /* 10 */
+    Tcl_DirEntry * (*tclpReaddir) (TclDIR *dir); /* 10 */
     struct tm * (*tclpLocaltime_unix) (const time_t *clock); /* 11 */
     struct tm * (*tclpGmtime_unix) (const time_t *clock); /* 12 */
     char * (*tclpInetNtoa) (struct in_addr addr); /* 13 */
@@ -302,7 +297,7 @@ typedef struct TclIntPlatStubs {
     int (*tclWinSetSockOpt) (SOCKET s, int level, int optname, const char *optval, int optlen); /* 7 */
     int (*tclpGetPid) (Tcl_Pid pid); /* 8 */
     int (*tclWinGetPlatformId) (void); /* 9 */
-    Tcl_DirEntry * (*tclpReaddir) (DIR *dir); /* 10 */
+    Tcl_DirEntry * (*tclpReaddir) (TclDIR *dir); /* 10 */
     void (*tclGetAndDetachPids) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Channel chan); /* 11 */
     int (*tclpCloseFile) (TclFile file); /* 12 */
     Tcl_Channel (*tclpCreateCommandChannel) (TclFile readFile, TclFile writeFile, TclFile errorFile, int numPids, Tcl_Pid *pidPtr); /* 13 */
@@ -335,7 +330,7 @@ typedef struct TclIntPlatStubs {
     TclFile (*tclpOpenFile) (const char *fname, int mode); /* 7 */
     int (*tclUnixWaitForFile) (int fd, int mask, int timeout); /* 8 */
     TclFile (*tclpCreateTempFile) (const char *contents); /* 9 */
-    Tcl_DirEntry * (*tclpReaddir) (DIR *dir); /* 10 */
+    Tcl_DirEntry * (*tclpReaddir) (TclDIR *dir); /* 10 */
     struct tm * (*tclpLocaltime_unix) (const time_t *clock); /* 11 */
     struct tm * (*tclpGmtime_unix) (const time_t *clock); /* 12 */
     char * (*tclpInetNtoa) (struct in_addr addr); /* 13 */

generic/tclInterp.c

@@ -222,9 +222,6 @@ static int		AliasDelete(Tcl_Interp *interp,
 static int		AliasDescribe(Tcl_Interp *interp,
 			    Tcl_Interp *slaveInterp, Tcl_Obj *objPtr);
 static int		AliasList(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Interp *slaveInterp);
-static int		AliasObjCmd(ClientData dummy,
-			    Tcl_Interp *currentInterp, int objc,
-			    Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
 static int		AliasNRCmd(ClientData dummy,
 			    Tcl_Interp *currentInterp, int objc,
 			    Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
@@ -257,8 +254,6 @@ static int		SlaveInvokeHidden(Tcl_Interp *interp,
 			    int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
 static int		SlaveMarkTrusted(Tcl_Interp *interp,
 			    Tcl_Interp *slaveInterp);
-static int		SlaveObjCmd(ClientData dummy, Tcl_Interp *interp,
-			    int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
 static void		SlaveObjCmdDeleteProc(ClientData clientData);
 static int		SlaveRecursionLimit(Tcl_Interp *interp,
 			    Tcl_Interp *slaveInterp, int objc,
@@ -402,6 +397,7 @@ Tcl_Init(
 "	set scripts {{set tcl_library}}\n"
 "    } else {\n"
 "	set scripts {}\n"
+"   lappend scripts {zipfs tcl_library}\n"
 "	if {[info exists env(TCL_LIBRARY)] && ($env(TCL_LIBRARY) ne {})} {\n"
 "	    lappend scripts {set env(TCL_LIBRARY)}\n"
 "	    lappend scripts {\n"
@@ -1418,7 +1414,8 @@ TclPreventAliasLoop(
      * create or rename the command.
      */
 
-    if (cmdPtr->objProc != AliasObjCmd) {
+    if (cmdPtr->objProc != TclAliasObjCmd
+	    && cmdPtr->objProc != TclLocalAliasObjCmd) {
 	return TCL_OK;
     }
 
@@ -1473,7 +1470,8 @@ TclPreventAliasLoop(
 	 * Otherwise we do not have a loop.
 	 */
 
-	if (aliasCmdPtr->objProc != AliasObjCmd) {
+	if (aliasCmdPtr->objProc != TclAliasObjCmd
+		&& aliasCmdPtr->objProc != TclLocalAliasObjCmd) {
 	    return TCL_OK;
 	}
 	nextAliasPtr = aliasCmdPtr->objClientData;
@@ -1539,12 +1537,12 @@ AliasCreate(
 
     if (slaveInterp == masterInterp) {
 	aliasPtr->slaveCmd = Tcl_NRCreateCommand(slaveInterp,
-		TclGetString(namePtr), AliasObjCmd, AliasNRCmd, aliasPtr,
-		AliasObjCmdDeleteProc);
+		TclGetString(namePtr), TclLocalAliasObjCmd, AliasNRCmd,
+		aliasPtr, AliasObjCmdDeleteProc);
     } else {
-    aliasPtr->slaveCmd = Tcl_CreateObjCommand(slaveInterp,
-	    TclGetString(namePtr), AliasObjCmd, aliasPtr,
-	    AliasObjCmdDeleteProc);
+	aliasPtr->slaveCmd = Tcl_CreateObjCommand(slaveInterp,
+		TclGetString(namePtr), TclAliasObjCmd, aliasPtr,
+		AliasObjCmdDeleteProc);
     }
 
     if (TclPreventAliasLoop(interp, slaveInterp,
@@ -1780,7 +1778,7 @@ AliasList(
 /*
  *----------------------------------------------------------------------
  *
- * AliasObjCmd --
+ * TclAliasObjCmd, TclLocalAliasObjCmd --
  *
  *	This is the function that services invocations of aliases in a slave
  *	interpreter. One such command exists for each alias. When invoked,
@@ -1788,6 +1786,11 @@ AliasList(
  *	master interpreter as designated by the Alias record associated with
  *	this command.
  *
+ *	TclLocalAliasObjCmd is a stripped down version used when the source
+ *	and target interpreters of the alias are the same. That lets a number
+ *	of safety precautions be avoided: the state is much more precisely
+ *	known.
+ *
  * Results:
  *	A standard Tcl result.
  *
@@ -1847,8 +1850,8 @@ AliasNRCmd(
     return Tcl_NREvalObj(interp, listPtr, flags);
 }
 
-static int
-AliasObjCmd(
+int
+TclAliasObjCmd(
     ClientData clientData,	/* Alias record. */
     Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
     int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
@@ -1937,6 +1940,73 @@ AliasObjCmd(
     return result;
 #undef ALIAS_CMDV_PREALLOC
 }
+
+int
+TclLocalAliasObjCmd(
+    ClientData clientData,	/* Alias record. */
+    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
+    int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
+    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument vector. */
+{
+#define ALIAS_CMDV_PREALLOC 10
+    Alias *aliasPtr = clientData;
+    int result, prefc, cmdc, i;
+    Tcl_Obj **prefv, **cmdv;
+    Tcl_Obj *cmdArr[ALIAS_CMDV_PREALLOC];
+    Interp *iPtr = (Interp *) interp;
+    int isRootEnsemble;
+
+    /*
+     * Append the arguments to the command prefix and invoke the command in
+     * the global namespace.
+     */
+
+    prefc = aliasPtr->objc;
+    prefv = &aliasPtr->objPtr;
+    cmdc = prefc + objc - 1;
+    if (cmdc <= ALIAS_CMDV_PREALLOC) {
+	cmdv = cmdArr;
+    } else {
+	cmdv = TclStackAlloc(interp, cmdc * sizeof(Tcl_Obj *));
+    }
+
+    memcpy(cmdv, prefv, (size_t) (prefc * sizeof(Tcl_Obj *)));
+    memcpy(cmdv+prefc, objv+1, (size_t) ((objc-1) * sizeof(Tcl_Obj *)));
+
+    for (i=0; i<cmdc; i++) {
+	Tcl_IncrRefCount(cmdv[i]);
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * Use the ensemble rewriting machinery to ensure correct error messages:
+     * only the source command should show, not the full target prefix.
+     */
+
+    isRootEnsemble = TclInitRewriteEnsemble((Tcl_Interp *)iPtr, 1, prefc, objv);
+
+    /*
+     * Execute the target command in the target interpreter.
+     */
+
+    result = Tcl_EvalObjv(interp, cmdc, cmdv, TCL_EVAL_INVOKE);
+
+    /*
+     * Clean up the ensemble rewrite info if we set it in the first place.
+     */
+
+    if (isRootEnsemble) {
+	TclResetRewriteEnsemble((Tcl_Interp *)iPtr, 1);
+    }
+
+    for (i=0; i<cmdc; i++) {
+	Tcl_DecrRefCount(cmdv[i]);
+    }
+    if (cmdv != cmdArr) {
+	TclStackFree(interp, cmdv);
+    }
+    return result;
+#undef ALIAS_CMDV_PREALLOC
+}
 
 /*
  *----------------------------------------------------------------------
@@ -2376,7 +2446,7 @@ SlaveCreate(
     slavePtr->slaveEntryPtr = hPtr;
     slavePtr->slaveInterp = slaveInterp;
     slavePtr->interpCmd = Tcl_NRCreateCommand(masterInterp, path,
-	    SlaveObjCmd, NRSlaveCmd, slaveInterp, SlaveObjCmdDeleteProc);
+	    TclSlaveObjCmd, NRSlaveCmd, slaveInterp, SlaveObjCmdDeleteProc);
     Tcl_InitHashTable(&slavePtr->aliasTable, TCL_STRING_KEYS);
     Tcl_SetHashValue(hPtr, slavePtr);
     Tcl_SetVar2(slaveInterp, "tcl_interactive", NULL, "0", TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
@@ -2444,7 +2514,7 @@ SlaveCreate(
 /*
  *----------------------------------------------------------------------
  *
- * SlaveObjCmd --
+ * TclSlaveObjCmd --
  *
  *	Command to manipulate an interpreter, e.g. to send commands to it to
  *	be evaluated. One such command exists for each slave interpreter.
@@ -2458,8 +2528,8 @@ SlaveCreate(
  *----------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
 
-static int
-SlaveObjCmd(
+int
+TclSlaveObjCmd(
     ClientData clientData,	/* Slave interpreter. */
     Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
     int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
@@ -2491,7 +2561,7 @@ NRSlaveCmd(
     };
 
     if (slaveInterp == NULL) {
-	Tcl_Panic("SlaveObjCmd: interpreter has been deleted");
+	Tcl_Panic("TclSlaveObjCmd: interpreter has been deleted");
     }
 
     if (objc < 2) {

generic/tclNamesp.c

@@ -89,8 +89,6 @@ static char *		EstablishErrorInfoTraces(ClientData clientData,
 static void		FreeNsNameInternalRep(Tcl_Obj *objPtr);
 static int		GetNamespaceFromObj(Tcl_Interp *interp,
 			    Tcl_Obj *objPtr, Tcl_Namespace **nsPtrPtr);
-static int		InvokeImportedCmd(ClientData clientData,
-			    Tcl_Interp *interp,int objc,Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
 static int		InvokeImportedNRCmd(ClientData clientData,
 			    Tcl_Interp *interp,int objc,Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
 static int		NamespaceChildrenCmd(ClientData dummy,
@@ -1766,7 +1764,7 @@ DoImport(
 
 	dataPtr = ckalloc(sizeof(ImportedCmdData));
 	importedCmd = Tcl_NRCreateCommand(interp, Tcl_DStringValue(&ds),
-		InvokeImportedCmd, InvokeImportedNRCmd, dataPtr,
+		TclInvokeImportedCmd, InvokeImportedNRCmd, dataPtr,
 		DeleteImportedCmd);
 	dataPtr->realCmdPtr = cmdPtr;
 	dataPtr->selfPtr = (Command *) importedCmd;
@@ -1987,7 +1985,7 @@ TclGetOriginalCommand(
 /*
  *----------------------------------------------------------------------
  *
- * InvokeImportedCmd --
+ * TclInvokeImportedCmd --
  *
  *	Invoked by Tcl whenever the user calls an imported command that was
  *	created by Tcl_Import. Finds the "real" command (in another
@@ -2018,8 +2016,8 @@ InvokeImportedNRCmd(
     return TclNREvalObjv(interp, objc, objv, TCL_EVAL_NOERR, realCmdPtr);
 }
 
-static int
-InvokeImportedCmd(
+int
+TclInvokeImportedCmd(
     ClientData clientData,	/* Points to the imported command's
 				 * ImportedCmdData structure. */
     Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */

generic/tclOO.c

@@ -31,6 +31,7 @@ static const struct {
     {"export", TclOODefineExportObjCmd, 0},
     {"forward", TclOODefineForwardObjCmd, 0},
     {"method", TclOODefineMethodObjCmd, 0},
+    {"private", TclOODefinePrivateObjCmd, 0},
     {"renamemethod", TclOODefineRenameMethodObjCmd, 0},
     {"self", TclOODefineSelfObjCmd, 0},
     {"unexport", TclOODefineUnexportObjCmd, 0},
@@ -41,6 +42,7 @@ static const struct {
     {"export", TclOODefineExportObjCmd, 1},
     {"forward", TclOODefineForwardObjCmd, 1},
     {"method", TclOODefineMethodObjCmd, 1},
+    {"private", TclOODefinePrivateObjCmd, 1},
     {"renamemethod", TclOODefineRenameMethodObjCmd, 1},
     {"self", TclOODefineObjSelfObjCmd, 0},
     {"unexport", TclOODefineUnexportObjCmd, 1},
@@ -88,18 +90,16 @@ static inline void	RemoveClass(Class **list, int num, int idx);
 static inline void	RemoveObject(Object **list, int num, int idx);
 static inline void	SquelchCachedName(Object *oPtr);
 
-static int		PublicObjectCmd(ClientData clientData,
-			    Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
-			    Tcl_Obj *const *objv);
 static int		PublicNRObjectCmd(ClientData clientData,
 			    Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
 			    Tcl_Obj *const *objv);
-static int		PrivateObjectCmd(ClientData clientData,
-			    Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
-			    Tcl_Obj *const *objv);
 static int		PrivateNRObjectCmd(ClientData clientData,
 			    Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
 			    Tcl_Obj *const *objv);
+static int		MyClassNRObjCmd(ClientData clientData,
+			    Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
+			    Tcl_Obj *const *objv);
+static void		MyClassDeleted(ClientData clientData);
 
 /*
  * Methods in the oo::object and oo::class classes. First, we define a helper
@@ -150,65 +150,10 @@ static const char *initScript =
 /* " tcloo.tcl OO_LIBRARY oo::library;"; */
 
 /*
- * The scripted part of the definitions of slots.
+ * The scripted part of the definitions of TclOO.
  */
 
-static const char *slotScript =
-"::oo::define ::oo::Slot {\n"
-"    method Get {} {error unimplemented}\n"
-"    method Set list {error unimplemented}\n"
-"    method -set args {\n"
-"        uplevel 1 [list [namespace which my] Set $args]\n"
-"    }\n"
-"    method -append args {\n"
-"        uplevel 1 [list [namespace which my] Set [list"
-"                {*}[uplevel 1 [list [namespace which my] Get]] {*}$args]]\n"
-"    }\n"
-"    method -clear {} {uplevel 1 [list [namespace which my] Set {}]}\n"
-"    forward --default-operation my -append\n"
-"    method unknown {args} {\n"
-"        set def --default-operation\n"
-"        if {[llength $args] == 0} {\n"
-"            return [uplevel 1 [list [namespace which my] $def]]\n"
-"        } elseif {![string match -* [lindex $args 0]]} {\n"
-"            return [uplevel 1 [list [namespace which my] $def {*}$args]]\n"
-"        }\n"
-"        next {*}$args\n"
-"    }\n"
-"    export -set -append -clear\n"
-"    unexport unknown destroy\n"
-"}\n"
-"::oo::objdefine ::oo::define::superclass forward --default-operation my -set\n"
-"::oo::objdefine ::oo::define::mixin forward --default-operation my -set\n"
-"::oo::objdefine ::oo::objdefine::mixin forward --default-operation my -set\n";
-
-/*
- * The body of the <cloned> method of oo::object.
- */
-
-static const char *clonedBody =
-"foreach p [info procs [info object namespace $originObject]::*] {"
-"    set args [info args $p];"
-"    set idx -1;"
-"    foreach a $args {"
-"        lset args [incr idx] "
-"            [if {[info default $p $a d]} {list $a $d} {list $a}]"
-"    };"
-"    set b [info body $p];"
-"    set p [namespace tail $p];"
-"    proc $p $args $b;"
-"};"
-"foreach v [info vars [info object namespace $originObject]::*] {"
-"    upvar 0 $v vOrigin;"
-"    namespace upvar [namespace current] [namespace tail $v] vNew;"
-"    if {[info exists vOrigin]} {"
-"        if {[array exists vOrigin]} {"
-"            array set vNew [array get vOrigin];"
-"        } else {"
-"            set vNew $vOrigin;"
-"        }"
-"    }"
-"}";
+#include "tclOOScript.h"
 
 /*
  * The actual definition of the variable holding the TclOO stub table.
@@ -358,7 +303,7 @@ InitFoundation(
     ThreadLocalData *tsdPtr =
 	    Tcl_GetThreadData(&tsdKey, sizeof(ThreadLocalData));
     Foundation *fPtr = ckalloc(sizeof(Foundation));
-    Tcl_Obj *namePtr, *argsPtr, *bodyPtr;
+    Tcl_Obj *namePtr;
     Tcl_DString buffer;
     Command *cmdPtr;
     int i;
@@ -437,18 +382,6 @@ InitFoundation(
 	TclOONewBasicMethod(interp, fPtr->classCls, &clsMethods[i]);
     }
 
-    /*
-     * Create the default <cloned> method implementation, used when 'oo::copy'
-     * is called to finish the copying of one object to another.
-     */
-
-    TclNewLiteralStringObj(argsPtr, "originObject");
-    Tcl_IncrRefCount(argsPtr);
-    bodyPtr = Tcl_NewStringObj(clonedBody, -1);
-    TclOONewProcMethod(interp, fPtr->objectCls, 0, fPtr->clonedName, argsPtr,
-	    bodyPtr, NULL);
-    TclDecrRefCount(argsPtr);
-
     /*
      * Finish setting up the class of classes by marking the 'new' method as
      * private; classes, unlike general objects, must have explicit names. We
@@ -489,7 +422,12 @@ InitFoundation(
     if (TclOODefineSlots(fPtr) != TCL_OK) {
 	return TCL_ERROR;
     }
-    return Tcl_EvalEx(interp, slotScript, -1, 0);
+
+    /*
+     * Evaluate the remaining definitions, which are a compiled-in Tcl script.
+     */
+
+    return Tcl_EvalEx(interp, tclOOSetupScript, -1, 0);
 }
 
 /*
@@ -774,10 +712,9 @@ AllocObject(
 	if (nsPtr->parentPtr != NULL) {
 	    nsPtr = nsPtr->parentPtr;
 	}
-
     }
     oPtr->command = TclCreateObjCommandInNs(interp, nameStr,
-	(Tcl_Namespace *)nsPtr, PublicObjectCmd, oPtr, NULL);
+	(Tcl_Namespace *)nsPtr, TclOOPublicObjectCmd, oPtr, NULL);
 
     /*
      * Add the NRE command and trace directly. While this breaks a number of
@@ -794,7 +731,10 @@ AllocObject(
     tracePtr->refCount = 1;
 
     oPtr->myCommand = TclNRCreateCommandInNs(interp, "my", oPtr->namespacePtr,
-	    PrivateObjectCmd, PrivateNRObjectCmd, oPtr, MyDeleted);
+	    TclOOPrivateObjectCmd, PrivateNRObjectCmd, oPtr, MyDeleted);
+    oPtr->myclassCommand = TclNRCreateCommandInNs(interp, "myclass",
+	    oPtr->namespacePtr, TclOOMyClassObjCmd, MyClassNRObjCmd, oPtr,
+            MyClassDeleted);
     return oPtr;
 }
 
@@ -822,12 +762,12 @@ SquelchCachedName(
 /*
  * ----------------------------------------------------------------------
  *
- * MyDeleted --
+ * MyDeleted, MyClassDeleted --
  *
- *	This callback is triggered when the object's [my] command is deleted
- *	by any mechanism. It just marks the object as not having a [my]
- *	command, and so prevents cleanup of that when the object itself is
- *	deleted.
+ *	These callbacks are triggered when the object's [my] or [myclass]
+ *	commands are deleted by any mechanism. They just mark the object as
+ *	not having a [my] command or [myclass] command, and so prevent cleanup
+ *	of those commands when the object itself is deleted.
  *
  * ----------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -841,6 +781,14 @@ MyDeleted(
 
     oPtr->myCommand = NULL;
 }
+
+static void
+MyClassDeleted(
+    ClientData clientData)
+{
+    Object *oPtr = clientData;
+    oPtr->myclassCommand = NULL;
+}
 
 /*
  * ----------------------------------------------------------------------
@@ -993,6 +941,7 @@ ReleaseClassContents(
     Method *mPtr;
     Foundation *fPtr = oPtr->fPtr;
     Tcl_Obj *variableObj;
+    PrivateVariableMapping *privateVariable;
 
     /*
      * Sanity check!
@@ -1099,6 +1048,14 @@ ReleaseClassContents(
 	ckfree(clsPtr->variables.list);
     }
 
+    FOREACH_STRUCT(privateVariable, clsPtr->privateVariables) {
+	TclDecrRefCount(privateVariable->variableObj);
+	TclDecrRefCount(privateVariable->fullNameObj);
+    }
+    if (i) {
+	ckfree(clsPtr->privateVariables.list);
+    }
+
     if (IsRootClass(oPtr) && !Deleted(fPtr->objectCls->thisPtr)) {
 	Tcl_DeleteCommandFromToken(interp, fPtr->objectCls->thisPtr->command);
     }
@@ -1128,6 +1085,7 @@ ObjectNamespaceDeleted(
     Class *mixinPtr;
     Method *mPtr;
     Tcl_Obj *filterObj, *variableObj;
+    PrivateVariableMapping *privateVariable;
     Tcl_Interp *interp = oPtr->fPtr->interp;
     int i;
 
@@ -1162,7 +1120,7 @@ ObjectNamespaceDeleted(
 
     if (!Tcl_InterpDeleted(interp) && !(oPtr->flags & DESTRUCTOR_CALLED)) {
 	CallContext *contextPtr =
-		TclOOGetCallContext(oPtr, NULL, DESTRUCTOR, NULL);
+		TclOOGetCallContext(oPtr, NULL, DESTRUCTOR, NULL, NULL, NULL);
 	int result;
 
 	Tcl_InterpState state;
@@ -1203,6 +1161,9 @@ ObjectNamespaceDeleted(
 	Tcl_DeleteCommandFromToken(oPtr->fPtr->interp, oPtr->command);
     }
 
+    if (oPtr->myclassCommand) {
+	Tcl_DeleteCommandFromToken(oPtr->fPtr->interp, oPtr->myclassCommand);
+    }
     if (oPtr->myCommand) {
 	Tcl_DeleteCommandFromToken(oPtr->fPtr->interp, oPtr->myCommand);
     }
@@ -1248,6 +1209,14 @@ ObjectNamespaceDeleted(
 	ckfree(oPtr->variables.list);
     }
 
+    FOREACH_STRUCT(privateVariable, oPtr->privateVariables) {
+	TclDecrRefCount(privateVariable->variableObj);
+	TclDecrRefCount(privateVariable->fullNameObj);
+    }
+    if (i) {
+	ckfree(oPtr->privateVariables.list);
+    }
+
     if (oPtr->chainCache) {
 	TclOODeleteChainCache(oPtr->chainCache);
     }
@@ -1631,7 +1600,7 @@ Tcl_NewObjectInstance(
 
     if (objc >= 0) {
 	CallContext *contextPtr =
-		TclOOGetCallContext(oPtr, NULL, CONSTRUCTOR, NULL);
+		TclOOGetCallContext(oPtr, NULL, CONSTRUCTOR, NULL, NULL, NULL);
 
 	if (contextPtr != NULL) {
 	    int isRoot, result;
@@ -1704,7 +1673,7 @@ TclNRNewObjectInstance(
 	*objectPtr = (Tcl_Object) oPtr;
 	return TCL_OK;
     }
-    contextPtr = TclOOGetCallContext(oPtr, NULL, CONSTRUCTOR, NULL);
+    contextPtr = TclOOGetCallContext(oPtr, NULL, CONSTRUCTOR, NULL, NULL, NULL);
     if (contextPtr == NULL) {
 	*objectPtr = (Tcl_Object) oPtr;
 	return TCL_OK;
@@ -1884,6 +1853,7 @@ Tcl_CopyObjectInstance(
     Class *mixinPtr;
     CallContext *contextPtr;
     Tcl_Obj *keyPtr, *filterObj, *variableObj, *args[3];
+    PrivateVariableMapping *privateVariable;
     int i, result;
 
     /*
@@ -1953,7 +1923,7 @@ Tcl_CopyObjectInstance(
     }
 
     /*
-     * Copy the object's variable resolution list to the new object.
+     * Copy the object's variable resolution lists to the new object.
      */
 
     DUPLICATE(o2Ptr->variables, oPtr->variables, Tcl_Obj *);
@@ -1961,6 +1931,13 @@ Tcl_CopyObjectInstance(
 	Tcl_IncrRefCount(variableObj);
     }
 
+    DUPLICATE(o2Ptr->privateVariables, oPtr->privateVariables,
+	    PrivateVariableMapping);
+    FOREACH_STRUCT(privateVariable, o2Ptr->privateVariables) {
+	Tcl_IncrRefCount(privateVariable->variableObj);
+	Tcl_IncrRefCount(privateVariable->fullNameObj);
+    }
+
     /*
      * Copy the object's flags to the new object, clearing those that must be
      * kept object-local. The duplicate is never deleted at this point, nor is
@@ -2049,7 +2026,7 @@ Tcl_CopyObjectInstance(
 	}
 
 	/*
-	 * Copy the source class's variable resolution list.
+	 * Copy the source class's variable resolution lists.
 	 */
 
 	DUPLICATE(cls2Ptr->variables, clsPtr->variables, Tcl_Obj *);
@@ -2057,6 +2034,13 @@ Tcl_CopyObjectInstance(
 	    Tcl_IncrRefCount(variableObj);
 	}
 
+	DUPLICATE(cls2Ptr->privateVariables, clsPtr->privateVariables,
+		PrivateVariableMapping);
+	FOREACH_STRUCT(privateVariable, cls2Ptr->privateVariables) {
+	    Tcl_IncrRefCount(privateVariable->variableObj);
+	    Tcl_IncrRefCount(privateVariable->fullNameObj);
+	}
+
 	/*
 	 * Duplicate the source class's mixins (which cannot be circular
 	 * references to the duplicate).
@@ -2129,7 +2113,8 @@ Tcl_CopyObjectInstance(
     }
 
     TclResetRewriteEnsemble(interp, 1);
-    contextPtr = TclOOGetCallContext(o2Ptr, oPtr->fPtr->clonedName, 0, NULL);
+    contextPtr = TclOOGetCallContext(o2Ptr, oPtr->fPtr->clonedName, 0, NULL,
+	    NULL, NULL);
     if (contextPtr) {
 	args[0] = TclOOObjectName(interp, o2Ptr);
 	args[1] = oPtr->fPtr->clonedName;
@@ -2417,7 +2402,7 @@ Tcl_ObjectSetMetadata(
 /*
  * ----------------------------------------------------------------------
  *
- * PublicObjectCmd, PrivateObjectCmd, TclOOInvokeObject --
+ * TclOOPublicObjectCmd, TclOOPrivateObjectCmd, TclOOInvokeObject --
  *
  *	Main entry point for object invocations. The Public* and Private*
  *	wrapper functions (implementations of both object instance commands
@@ -2427,8 +2412,8 @@ Tcl_ObjectSetMetadata(
  * ----------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
 
-static int
-PublicObjectCmd(
+int
+TclOOPublicObjectCmd(
     ClientData clientData,
     Tcl_Interp *interp,
     int objc,
@@ -2448,8 +2433,8 @@ PublicNRObjectCmd(
 	    NULL);
 }
 
-static int
-PrivateObjectCmd(
+int
+TclOOPrivateObjectCmd(
     ClientData clientData,
     Tcl_Interp *interp,
     int objc,
@@ -2499,6 +2484,43 @@ TclOOInvokeObject(
     }
 }
 
+/*
+ * ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * TclOOMyClassObjCmd, MyClassNRObjCmd --
+ *
+ *	Special trap door to allow an object to delegate simply to its class.
+ *
+ * ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+int
+TclOOMyClassObjCmd(
+    ClientData clientData,
+    Tcl_Interp *interp,
+    int objc,
+    Tcl_Obj *const *objv)
+{
+    return Tcl_NRCallObjProc(interp, MyClassNRObjCmd, clientData, objc, objv);
+}
+
+static int
+MyClassNRObjCmd(
+    ClientData clientData,
+    Tcl_Interp *interp,
+    int objc,
+    Tcl_Obj *const *objv)
+{
+    Object *oPtr = clientData;
+
+    if (objc < 2) {
+	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "methodName ?arg ...?");
+	return TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+    return TclOOObjectCmdCore(oPtr->selfCls->thisPtr, interp, objc, objv, 0,
+	    NULL);
+}
+
 /*
  * ----------------------------------------------------------------------
  *
@@ -2526,6 +2548,9 @@ TclOOObjectCmdCore(
 {
     CallContext *contextPtr;
     Tcl_Obj *methodNamePtr;
+    CallFrame *framePtr = ((Interp *) interp)->varFramePtr;
+    Object *callerObjPtr = NULL;
+    Class *callerClsPtr = NULL;
     int result;
 
     /*
@@ -2539,6 +2564,24 @@ TclOOObjectCmdCore(
 	goto noMapping;
     }
 
+    /*
+     * Determine if we're in a context that can see the extra, private methods
+     * in this class.
+     */
+
+    if (framePtr->isProcCallFrame & FRAME_IS_METHOD) {
+	CallContext *callerContextPtr = framePtr->clientData;
+	Method *callerMethodPtr =
+		callerContextPtr->callPtr->chain[callerContextPtr->index].mPtr;
+
+	if (callerMethodPtr->declaringObjectPtr) {
+	    callerObjPtr = callerMethodPtr->declaringObjectPtr;
+	}
+	if (callerMethodPtr->declaringClassPtr) {
+	    callerClsPtr = callerMethodPtr->declaringClassPtr;
+	}
+    }
+
     /*
      * Give plugged in code a chance to remap the method name.
      */
@@ -2566,7 +2609,8 @@ TclOOObjectCmdCore(
 
 	Tcl_IncrRefCount(mappedMethodName);
 	contextPtr = TclOOGetCallContext(oPtr, mappedMethodName,
-		flags | (oPtr->flags & FILTER_HANDLING), methodNamePtr);
+		flags | (oPtr->flags & FILTER_HANDLING), callerObjPtr,
+		callerClsPtr, methodNamePtr);
 	TclDecrRefCount(mappedMethodName);
 	if (contextPtr == NULL) {
 	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
@@ -2583,7 +2627,8 @@ TclOOObjectCmdCore(
 
     noMapping:
 	contextPtr = TclOOGetCallContext(oPtr, methodNamePtr,
-		flags | (oPtr->flags & FILTER_HANDLING), NULL);
+		flags | (oPtr->flags & FILTER_HANDLING), callerObjPtr,
+		callerClsPtr, NULL);
 	if (contextPtr == NULL) {
 	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
 		    "impossible to invoke method \"%s\": no defined method or"
@@ -2833,9 +2878,9 @@ Tcl_GetObjectFromObj(
     if (cmdPtr == NULL) {
 	goto notAnObject;
     }
-    if (cmdPtr->objProc != PublicObjectCmd) {
+    if (cmdPtr->objProc != TclOOPublicObjectCmd) {
 	cmdPtr = (Command *) TclGetOriginalCommand((Tcl_Command) cmdPtr);
-	if (cmdPtr == NULL || cmdPtr->objProc != PublicObjectCmd) {
+	if (cmdPtr == NULL || cmdPtr->objProc != TclOOPublicObjectCmd) {
 	    goto notAnObject;
 	}
     }

generic/tclOO.decls

@@ -58,12 +58,12 @@ declare 10 {
 }
 declare 11 {
     Tcl_Method Tcl_NewInstanceMethod(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Object object,
-	    Tcl_Obj *nameObj, int isPublic, const Tcl_MethodType *typePtr,
+	    Tcl_Obj *nameObj, int flags, const Tcl_MethodType *typePtr,
 	    ClientData clientData)
 }
 declare 12 {
     Tcl_Method Tcl_NewMethod(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Class cls,
-	    Tcl_Obj *nameObj, int isPublic, const Tcl_MethodType *typePtr,
+	    Tcl_Obj *nameObj, int flags, const Tcl_MethodType *typePtr,
 	    ClientData clientData)
 }
 declare 13 {
@@ -126,6 +126,9 @@ declare 27 {
 declare 28 {
     Tcl_Obj *Tcl_GetObjectName(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Object object)
 }
+declare 29 {
+    int Tcl_MethodIsPrivate(Tcl_Method method)
+}
 
 ######################################################################
 # Private API, exposed to support advanced OO systems that plug in on top of

generic/tclOO.h

@@ -99,6 +99,15 @@ typedef struct {
  */
 
 #define TCL_OO_METHOD_VERSION_CURRENT 1
+
+/*
+ * Visibility constants for the flags parameter to Tcl_NewMethod and
+ * Tcl_NewInstanceMethod.
+ */
+
+#define TCL_OO_METHOD_PUBLIC		1
+#define TCL_OO_METHOD_UNEXPORTED	0
+#define TCL_OO_METHOD_PRIVATE		0x20
 
 /*
  * The type of some object (or class) metadata. This describes how to delete

generic/tclOOBasic.c

@@ -83,7 +83,7 @@ TclOO_Class_Constructor(
     Tcl_Obj *const *objv)
 {
     Object *oPtr = (Object *) Tcl_ObjectContextObject(context);
-    Tcl_Obj **invoke;
+    Tcl_Obj **invoke, *nameObj;
 
     if (objc-1 > Tcl_ObjectContextSkippedArgs(context)) {
 	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, Tcl_ObjectContextSkippedArgs(context), objv,
@@ -93,6 +93,17 @@ TclOO_Class_Constructor(
 	return TCL_OK;
     }
 
+    /*
+     * Make the class definition delegate. This is special; it doesn't reenter
+     * here (and the class definition delegate doesn't run any constructors).
+     */
+
+    nameObj = Tcl_NewStringObj(oPtr->namespacePtr->fullName, -1);
+    Tcl_AppendToObj(nameObj, ":: oo ::delegate", -1);
+    Tcl_NewObjectInstance(interp, (Tcl_Class) oPtr->fPtr->classCls,
+	    TclGetString(nameObj), NULL, -1, NULL, -1);
+    Tcl_DecrRefCount(nameObj);
+
     /*
      * Delegate to [oo::define] to do the work.
      */
@@ -111,7 +122,7 @@ TclOO_Class_Constructor(
     Tcl_IncrRefCount(invoke[1]);
     Tcl_IncrRefCount(invoke[2]);
     TclNRAddCallback(interp, DecrRefsPostClassConstructor,
-	    invoke, NULL, NULL, NULL);
+	    invoke, oPtr, NULL, NULL);
 
     /*
      * Tricky point: do not want the extra reported level in the Tcl stack
@@ -128,12 +139,27 @@ DecrRefsPostClassConstructor(
     int result)
 {
     Tcl_Obj **invoke = data[0];
+    Object *oPtr = data[1];
+    Tcl_InterpState saved;
+    int code;
 
     TclDecrRefCount(invoke[0]);
     TclDecrRefCount(invoke[1]);
     TclDecrRefCount(invoke[2]);
+    invoke[0] = Tcl_NewStringObj("::oo::MixinClassDelegates", -1);
+    invoke[1] = TclOOObjectName(interp, oPtr);
+    Tcl_IncrRefCount(invoke[0]);
+    Tcl_IncrRefCount(invoke[1]);
+    saved = Tcl_SaveInterpState(interp, result);
+    code = Tcl_EvalObjv(interp, 2, invoke, 0);
+    TclDecrRefCount(invoke[0]);
+    TclDecrRefCount(invoke[1]);
     ckfree(invoke);
-    return result;
+    if (code != TCL_OK) {
+	Tcl_DiscardInterpState(saved);
+	return code;
+    }
+    return Tcl_RestoreInterpState(interp, saved);
 }
 
 /*
@@ -347,7 +373,8 @@ TclOO_Object_Destroy(
     }
     if (!(oPtr->flags & DESTRUCTOR_CALLED)) {
 	oPtr->flags |= DESTRUCTOR_CALLED;
-	contextPtr = TclOOGetCallContext(oPtr, NULL, DESTRUCTOR, NULL);
+	contextPtr = TclOOGetCallContext(oPtr, NULL, DESTRUCTOR, NULL, NULL,
+		NULL);
 	if (contextPtr != NULL) {
 	    contextPtr->callPtr->flags |= DESTRUCTOR;
 	    contextPtr->skip = 0;
@@ -499,9 +526,12 @@ TclOO_Object_Unknown(
     Tcl_Obj *const *objv)	/* The actual arguments. */
 {
     CallContext *contextPtr = (CallContext *) context;
+    Object *callerObj = NULL;
+    Class *callerCls = NULL;
     Object *oPtr = contextPtr->oPtr;
     const char **methodNames;
     int numMethodNames, i, skip = Tcl_ObjectContextSkippedArgs(context);
+    CallFrame *framePtr = ((Interp *) interp)->varFramePtr;
     Tcl_Obj *errorMsg;
 
     /*
@@ -515,11 +545,32 @@ TclOO_Object_Unknown(
 	return TCL_ERROR;
     }
 
+    /*
+     * Determine if the calling context should know about extra private
+     * methods, and if so, which.
+     */
+
+    if (framePtr->isProcCallFrame & FRAME_IS_METHOD) {
+	CallContext *callerContext = framePtr->clientData;
+	Method *mPtr = callerContext->callPtr->chain[
+		    callerContext->index].mPtr;
+
+	if (mPtr->declaringObjectPtr) {
+	    if (oPtr == mPtr->declaringObjectPtr) {
+		callerObj = mPtr->declaringObjectPtr;
+	    }
+	} else {
+	    if (TclOOIsReachable(mPtr->declaringClassPtr, oPtr->selfCls)) {
+		callerCls = mPtr->declaringClassPtr;
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+
     /*
      * Get the list of methods that we want to know about.
      */
 
-    numMethodNames = TclOOGetSortedMethodList(oPtr,
+    numMethodNames = TclOOGetSortedMethodList(oPtr, callerObj, callerCls,
 	    contextPtr->callPtr->flags & PUBLIC_METHOD, &methodNames);
 
     /*
@@ -684,6 +735,7 @@ TclOO_Object_VarName(
 {
     Var *varPtr, *aryVar;
     Tcl_Obj *varNamePtr, *argPtr;
+    CallFrame *framePtr = ((Interp *) interp)->varFramePtr;
     const char *arg;
 
     if (Tcl_ObjectContextSkippedArgs(context)+1 != objc) {
@@ -709,6 +761,58 @@ TclOO_Object_VarName(
 	Tcl_Namespace *namespacePtr =
 		Tcl_GetObjectNamespace(Tcl_ObjectContextObject(context));
 
+	/*
+	 * Private method handling. [TIP 500]
+	 *
+	 * If we're in a context that can see some private methods of an
+	 * object, we may need to precede a variable name with its prefix.
+	 * This is a little tricky as we need to check through the inheritance
+	 * hierarchy when the method was declared by a class to see if the
+	 * current object is an instance of that class.
+	 */
+
+	if (framePtr->isProcCallFrame & FRAME_IS_METHOD) {
+	    Object *oPtr = (Object *) Tcl_ObjectContextObject(context);
+	    CallContext *callerContext = framePtr->clientData;
+	    Method *mPtr = callerContext->callPtr->chain[
+		    callerContext->index].mPtr;
+	    PrivateVariableMapping *pvPtr;
+	    int i;
+
+	    if (mPtr->declaringObjectPtr == oPtr) {
+		FOREACH_STRUCT(pvPtr, oPtr->privateVariables) {
+		    if (!strcmp(Tcl_GetString(pvPtr->variableObj),
+			    Tcl_GetString(argPtr))) {
+			argPtr = pvPtr->fullNameObj;
+			break;
+		    }
+		}
+	    } else if (mPtr->declaringClassPtr &&
+		    mPtr->declaringClassPtr->privateVariables.num) {
+		Class *clsPtr = mPtr->declaringClassPtr;
+		int isInstance = TclOOIsReachable(clsPtr, oPtr->selfCls);
+		Class *mixinCls;
+
+		if (!isInstance) {
+		    FOREACH(mixinCls, oPtr->mixins) {
+			if (TclOOIsReachable(clsPtr, mixinCls)) {
+			    isInstance = 1;
+			    break;
+			}
+		    }
+		}
+		if (isInstance) {
+		    FOREACH_STRUCT(pvPtr, clsPtr->privateVariables) {
+			if (!strcmp(Tcl_GetString(pvPtr->variableObj),
+				Tcl_GetString(argPtr))) {
+			    argPtr = pvPtr->fullNameObj;
+			    break;
+			}
+		    }
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+
 	varNamePtr = Tcl_NewStringObj(namespacePtr->fullName, -1);
 	Tcl_AppendToObj(varNamePtr, "::", 2);
 	Tcl_AppendObjToObj(varNamePtr, argPtr);
@@ -729,26 +833,16 @@ TclOO_Object_VarName(
 
     varNamePtr = Tcl_NewObj();
     if (aryVar != NULL) {
-	Tcl_HashEntry *hPtr;
-	Tcl_HashSearch search;
-
 	Tcl_GetVariableFullName(interp, (Tcl_Var) aryVar, varNamePtr);
 
 	/*
 	 * WARNING! This code pokes inside the implementation of hash tables!
 	 */
 
-	hPtr = Tcl_FirstHashEntry((Tcl_HashTable *) aryVar->value.tablePtr,
-		&search);
-	while (hPtr != NULL) {
-	    if (varPtr == Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr)) {
-		Tcl_AppendToObj(varNamePtr, "(", -1);
-		Tcl_AppendObjToObj(varNamePtr, hPtr->key.objPtr);
-		Tcl_AppendToObj(varNamePtr, ")", -1);
-		break;
-	    }
-	    hPtr = Tcl_NextHashEntry(&search);
-	}
+	Tcl_AppendToObj(varNamePtr, "(", -1);
+	Tcl_AppendObjToObj(varNamePtr, ((VarInHash *)
+		varPtr)->entry.key.objPtr);
+	Tcl_AppendToObj(varNamePtr, ")", -1);
     } else {
 	Tcl_GetVariableFullName(interp, (Tcl_Var) varPtr, varNamePtr);
     }

generic/tclOODecls.h

@@ -59,11 +59,11 @@ TCLAPI Tcl_Obj *	Tcl_MethodName(Tcl_Method method);
 /* 11 */
 TCLAPI Tcl_Method	Tcl_NewInstanceMethod(Tcl_Interp *interp,
 				Tcl_Object object, Tcl_Obj *nameObj,
-				int isPublic, const Tcl_MethodType *typePtr,
+				int flags, const Tcl_MethodType *typePtr,
 				ClientData clientData);
 /* 12 */
 TCLAPI Tcl_Method	Tcl_NewMethod(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Class cls,
-				Tcl_Obj *nameObj, int isPublic,
+				Tcl_Obj *nameObj, int flags,
 				const Tcl_MethodType *typePtr,
 				ClientData clientData);
 /* 13 */
@@ -116,6 +116,8 @@ TCLAPI void		Tcl_ClassSetDestructor(Tcl_Interp *interp,
 /* 28 */
 TCLAPI Tcl_Obj *	Tcl_GetObjectName(Tcl_Interp *interp,
 				Tcl_Object object);
+/* 29 */
+TCLAPI int		Tcl_MethodIsPrivate(Tcl_Method method);
 
 typedef struct {
     const struct TclOOIntStubs *tclOOIntStubs;
@@ -136,8 +138,8 @@ typedef struct TclOOStubs {
     int (*tcl_MethodIsPublic) (Tcl_Method method); /* 8 */
     int (*tcl_MethodIsType) (Tcl_Method method, const Tcl_MethodType *typePtr, ClientData *clientDataPtr); /* 9 */
     Tcl_Obj * (*tcl_MethodName) (Tcl_Method method); /* 10 */
-    Tcl_Method (*tcl_NewInstanceMethod) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Object object, Tcl_Obj *nameObj, int isPublic, const Tcl_MethodType *typePtr, ClientData clientData); /* 11 */
-    Tcl_Method (*tcl_NewMethod) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Class cls, Tcl_Obj *nameObj, int isPublic, const Tcl_MethodType *typePtr, ClientData clientData); /* 12 */
+    Tcl_Method (*tcl_NewInstanceMethod) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Object object, Tcl_Obj *nameObj, int flags, const Tcl_MethodType *typePtr, ClientData clientData); /* 11 */
+    Tcl_Method (*tcl_NewMethod) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Class cls, Tcl_Obj *nameObj, int flags, const Tcl_MethodType *typePtr, ClientData clientData); /* 12 */
     Tcl_Object (*tcl_NewObjectInstance) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Class cls, const char *nameStr, const char *nsNameStr, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const *objv, int skip); /* 13 */
     int (*tcl_ObjectDeleted) (Tcl_Object object); /* 14 */
     int (*tcl_ObjectContextIsFiltering) (Tcl_ObjectContext context); /* 15 */
@@ -154,6 +156,7 @@ typedef struct TclOOStubs {
     void (*tcl_ClassSetConstructor) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Class clazz, Tcl_Method method); /* 26 */
     void (*tcl_ClassSetDestructor) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Class clazz, Tcl_Method method); /* 27 */
     Tcl_Obj * (*tcl_GetObjectName) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Object object); /* 28 */
+    int (*tcl_MethodIsPrivate) (Tcl_Method method); /* 29 */
 } TclOOStubs;
 
 extern const TclOOStubs *tclOOStubsPtr;
@@ -226,6 +229,8 @@ extern const TclOOStubs *tclOOStubsPtr;
 	(tclOOStubsPtr->tcl_ClassSetDestructor) /* 27 */
 #define Tcl_GetObjectName \
 	(tclOOStubsPtr->tcl_GetObjectName) /* 28 */
+#define Tcl_MethodIsPrivate \
+	(tclOOStubsPtr->tcl_MethodIsPrivate) /* 29 */
 
 #endif /* defined(USE_TCLOO_STUBS) */
 

generic/tclOODefineCmds.c

@@ -16,6 +16,12 @@
 #include "tclInt.h"
 #include "tclOOInt.h"
 
+/*
+ * The actual value used to mark private declaration frames.
+ */
+
+#define PRIVATE_FRAME (FRAME_IS_OO_DEFINE | FRAME_IS_PRIVATE_DEFINE)
+
 /*
  * The maximum length of fully-qualified object name to use in an errorinfo
  * message. Longer than this will be curtailed.
@@ -31,14 +37,17 @@ struct DeclaredSlot {
     const char *name;
     const Tcl_MethodType getterType;
     const Tcl_MethodType setterType;
+    const Tcl_MethodType resolverType;
 };
 
-#define SLOT(name,getter,setter)					\
+#define SLOT(name,getter,setter,resolver)				\
     {"::oo::" name,							\
 	    {TCL_OO_METHOD_VERSION_CURRENT, "core method: " name " Getter", \
 		    getter, NULL, NULL},				\
 	    {TCL_OO_METHOD_VERSION_CURRENT, "core method: " name " Setter", \
-		    setter, NULL, NULL}}
+		    setter, NULL, NULL},				\
+	    {TCL_OO_METHOD_VERSION_CURRENT, "core method: " name " Resolver", \
+		    resolver, NULL, NULL}}
 
 /*
  * Forward declarations.
@@ -103,21 +112,53 @@ static int		ObjVarsGet(ClientData clientData,
 static int		ObjVarsSet(ClientData clientData,
 			    Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_ObjectContext context,
 			    int objc, Tcl_Obj *const *objv);
+static int		ResolveClass(ClientData clientData,
+			    Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_ObjectContext context,
+			    int objc, Tcl_Obj *const *objv);
 
 /*
  * Now define the slots used in declarations.
  */
 
 static const struct DeclaredSlot slots[] = {
-    SLOT("define::filter",      ClassFilterGet, ClassFilterSet),
-    SLOT("define::mixin",       ClassMixinGet,  ClassMixinSet),
-    SLOT("define::superclass",  ClassSuperGet,  ClassSuperSet),
-    SLOT("define::variable",    ClassVarsGet,   ClassVarsSet),
-    SLOT("objdefine::filter",   ObjFilterGet,   ObjFilterSet),
-    SLOT("objdefine::mixin",    ObjMixinGet,    ObjMixinSet),
-    SLOT("objdefine::variable", ObjVarsGet,     ObjVarsSet),
-    {NULL, {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}}
+    SLOT("define::filter",      ClassFilterGet, ClassFilterSet, NULL),
+    SLOT("define::mixin",       ClassMixinGet,  ClassMixinSet, ResolveClass),
+    SLOT("define::superclass",  ClassSuperGet,  ClassSuperSet, ResolveClass),
+    SLOT("define::variable",    ClassVarsGet,   ClassVarsSet, NULL),
+    SLOT("objdefine::filter",   ObjFilterGet,   ObjFilterSet, NULL),
+    SLOT("objdefine::mixin",    ObjMixinGet,    ObjMixinSet, ResolveClass),
+    SLOT("objdefine::variable", ObjVarsGet,     ObjVarsSet, NULL),
+    {NULL, {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}}
 };
+
+/*
+ * How to build the in-namespace name of a private variable. This is a pattern
+ * used with Tcl_ObjPrintf().
+ */
+
+#define PRIVATE_VARIABLE_PATTERN "%d : %s"
+
+/*
+ * ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * IsPrivateDefine --
+ *
+ *	Extracts whether the current context is handling private definitions.
+ *
+ * ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+static inline int
+IsPrivateDefine(
+    Tcl_Interp *interp)
+{
+    Interp *iPtr = (Interp *) interp;
+
+    if (!iPtr->varFramePtr) {
+	return 0;
+    }
+    return iPtr->varFramePtr->isProcCallFrame == PRIVATE_FRAME;
+}
 
 /*
  * ----------------------------------------------------------------------
@@ -416,6 +457,123 @@ TclOOClassSetMixins(
     BumpGlobalEpoch(interp, classPtr);
 }
 
+/*
+ * ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * InstallStandardVariableMapping, InstallPrivateVariableMapping --
+ *
+ *	Helpers for installing standard and private variable maps.
+ *
+ * ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static inline void
+InstallStandardVariableMapping(
+    VariableNameList *vnlPtr,
+    int varc,
+    Tcl_Obj *const *varv)
+{
+    Tcl_Obj *variableObj;
+    int i, n, created;
+    Tcl_HashTable uniqueTable;
+
+    for (i=0 ; i<varc ; i++) {
+	Tcl_IncrRefCount(varv[i]);
+    }
+    FOREACH(variableObj, *vnlPtr) {
+	Tcl_DecrRefCount(variableObj);
+    }
+    if (i != varc) {
+	if (varc == 0) {
+	    ckfree(vnlPtr->list);
+	} else if (i) {
+	    vnlPtr->list = ckrealloc(vnlPtr->list, sizeof(Tcl_Obj *) * varc);
+	} else {
+	    vnlPtr->list = ckalloc(sizeof(Tcl_Obj *) * varc);
+	}
+    }
+    vnlPtr->num = 0;
+    if (varc > 0) {
+	Tcl_InitObjHashTable(&uniqueTable);
+	for (i=n=0 ; i<varc ; i++) {
+	    Tcl_CreateHashEntry(&uniqueTable, varv[i], &created);
+	    if (created) {
+		vnlPtr->list[n++] = varv[i];
+	    } else {
+		Tcl_DecrRefCount(varv[i]);
+	    }
+	}
+	vnlPtr->num = n;
+
+	/*
+	 * Shouldn't be necessary, but maintain num/list invariant.
+	 */
+
+	if (n != varc) {
+	    vnlPtr->list = ckrealloc(vnlPtr->list, sizeof(Tcl_Obj *) * n);
+	}
+	Tcl_DeleteHashTable(&uniqueTable);
+    }
+}
+
+static inline void
+InstallPrivateVariableMapping(
+    PrivateVariableList *pvlPtr,
+    int varc,
+    Tcl_Obj *const *varv,
+    int creationEpoch)
+{
+    PrivateVariableMapping *privatePtr;
+    int i, n, created;
+    Tcl_HashTable uniqueTable;
+
+    for (i=0 ; i<varc ; i++) {
+	Tcl_IncrRefCount(varv[i]);
+    }
+    FOREACH_STRUCT(privatePtr, *pvlPtr) {
+	Tcl_DecrRefCount(privatePtr->variableObj);
+	Tcl_DecrRefCount(privatePtr->fullNameObj);
+    }
+    if (i != varc) {
+	if (varc == 0) {
+	    ckfree(pvlPtr->list);
+	} else if (i) {
+	    pvlPtr->list = ckrealloc(pvlPtr->list,
+		    sizeof(PrivateVariableMapping) * varc);
+	} else {
+	    pvlPtr->list = ckalloc(sizeof(PrivateVariableMapping) * varc);
+	}
+    }
+
+    pvlPtr->num = 0;
+    if (varc > 0) {
+	Tcl_InitObjHashTable(&uniqueTable);
+	for (i=n=0 ; i<varc ; i++) {
+	    Tcl_CreateHashEntry(&uniqueTable, varv[i], &created);
+	    if (created) {
+		privatePtr = &(pvlPtr->list[n++]);
+		privatePtr->variableObj = varv[i];
+		privatePtr->fullNameObj = Tcl_ObjPrintf(
+			PRIVATE_VARIABLE_PATTERN,
+			creationEpoch, Tcl_GetString(varv[i]));
+		Tcl_IncrRefCount(privatePtr->fullNameObj);
+	    } else {
+		Tcl_DecrRefCount(varv[i]);
+	    }
+	}
+	pvlPtr->num = n;
+
+	/*
+	 * Shouldn't be necessary, but maintain num/list invariant.
+	 */
+
+	if (n != varc) {
+	    pvlPtr->list = ckrealloc(pvlPtr->list,
+		    sizeof(PrivateVariableMapping) * n);
+	}
+	Tcl_DeleteHashTable(&uniqueTable);
+    }
+}
+
 /*
  * ----------------------------------------------------------------------
  *
@@ -708,7 +866,8 @@ TclOOGetDefineCmdContext(
     Tcl_Object object;
 
     if ((iPtr->varFramePtr == NULL)
-	    || (iPtr->varFramePtr->isProcCallFrame != FRAME_IS_OO_DEFINE)) {
+	    || (iPtr->varFramePtr->isProcCallFrame != FRAME_IS_OO_DEFINE
+	    && iPtr->varFramePtr->isProcCallFrame != PRIVATE_FRAME)) {
 	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
 		"this command may only be called from within the context of"
 		" an ::oo::define or ::oo::objdefine command", -1));
@@ -749,7 +908,8 @@ GetClassInOuterContext(
     Object *oPtr;
     CallFrame *savedFramePtr = iPtr->varFramePtr;
 
-    while (iPtr->varFramePtr->isProcCallFrame == FRAME_IS_OO_DEFINE) {
+    while (iPtr->varFramePtr->isProcCallFrame == FRAME_IS_OO_DEFINE
+	    || iPtr->varFramePtr->isProcCallFrame == PRIVATE_FRAME) {
 	if (iPtr->varFramePtr->callerVarPtr == NULL) {
 	    Tcl_Panic("getting outer context when already in global context");
 	}
@@ -1038,7 +1198,7 @@ TclOODefineSelfObjCmd(
 {
     Foundation *fPtr = TclOOGetFoundation(interp);
     Object *oPtr;
-    int result;
+    int result, private;
 
     oPtr = (Object *) TclOOGetDefineCmdContext(interp);
     if (oPtr == NULL) {
@@ -1050,6 +1210,8 @@ TclOODefineSelfObjCmd(
 	return TCL_OK;
     }
 
+    private = IsPrivateDefine(interp);
+
     /*
      * Make the oo::objdefine namespace the current namespace and evaluate the
      * command(s).
@@ -1058,6 +1220,9 @@ TclOODefineSelfObjCmd(
     if (InitDefineContext(interp, fPtr->objdefNs, oPtr, objc,objv) != TCL_OK){
 	return TCL_ERROR;
     }
+    if (private) {
+	((Interp *) interp)->varFramePtr->isProcCallFrame = PRIVATE_FRAME;
+    }
 
     AddRef(oPtr);
     if (objc == 2) {
@@ -1065,7 +1230,7 @@ TclOODefineSelfObjCmd(
 
 	Tcl_IncrRefCount(objNameObj);
 	result = TclEvalObjEx(interp, objv[1], 0,
-		((Interp *)interp)->cmdFramePtr, 2);
+		((Interp *)interp)->cmdFramePtr, 1);
 	if (result == TCL_ERROR) {
 	    GenerateErrorInfo(interp, oPtr, objNameObj, "class object");
 	}
@@ -1117,6 +1282,79 @@ TclOODefineObjSelfObjCmd(
     return TCL_OK;
 }
 
+/*
+ * ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * TclOODefinePrivateObjCmd --
+ *
+ *	Implementation of the "private" subcommand of the "oo::define"
+ *	and "oo::objdefine" commands.
+ *
+ * ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+int
+TclOODefinePrivateObjCmd(
+    ClientData clientData,
+    Tcl_Interp *interp,
+    int objc,
+    Tcl_Obj *const *objv)
+{
+    int isInstancePrivate = (clientData != NULL);
+				/* Just so that we can generate the correct
+				 * error message depending on the context of
+				 * usage of this function. */
+    Interp *iPtr = (Interp *) interp;
+    Object *oPtr = (Object *) TclOOGetDefineCmdContext(interp);
+    int saved;			/* The saved flag. We restore it on exit so
+				 * that [private private ...] doesn't make
+				 * things go weird. */
+    int result;
+
+    if (oPtr == NULL) {
+	return TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+    if (objc == 1) {
+	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewBooleanObj(IsPrivateDefine(interp)));
+	return TCL_OK;
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * Change the frame type flag while evaluating the body.
+     */
+
+    saved = iPtr->varFramePtr->isProcCallFrame;
+    iPtr->varFramePtr->isProcCallFrame = PRIVATE_FRAME;
+
+    /*
+     * Evaluate the body; standard pattern.
+     */
+
+    AddRef(oPtr);
+    if (objc == 2) {
+	Tcl_Obj *objNameObj = TclOOObjectName(interp, oPtr);
+
+	Tcl_IncrRefCount(objNameObj);
+	result = TclEvalObjEx(interp, objv[1], 0, iPtr->cmdFramePtr, 1);
+	if (result == TCL_ERROR) {
+	    GenerateErrorInfo(interp, oPtr, objNameObj,
+		    isInstancePrivate ? "object" : "class");
+	}
+	TclDecrRefCount(objNameObj);
+    } else {
+	result = MagicDefinitionInvoke(interp, TclGetCurrentNamespace(interp),
+		1, objc, objv);
+    }
+    TclOODecrRefCount(oPtr);
+
+    /*
+     * Restore the frame type flag to what it was previously.
+     */
+
+    iPtr->varFramePtr->isProcCallFrame = saved;
+    return result;
+}
+
 /*
  * ----------------------------------------------------------------------
  *
@@ -1460,8 +1698,9 @@ TclOODefineExportObjCmd(
 	} else {
 	    mPtr = Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr);
 	}
-	if (isNew || !(mPtr->flags & PUBLIC_METHOD)) {
+	if (isNew || !(mPtr->flags & (PUBLIC_METHOD | PRIVATE_METHOD))) {
 	    mPtr->flags |= PUBLIC_METHOD;
+	    mPtr->flags &= ~TRUE_PRIVATE_METHOD;
 	    changed = 1;
 	}
     }
@@ -1521,6 +1760,9 @@ TclOODefineForwardObjCmd(
     }
     isPublic = Tcl_StringMatch(TclGetString(objv[1]), "[a-z]*")
 	    ? PUBLIC_METHOD : 0;
+    if (IsPrivateDefine(interp)) {
+	isPublic = TRUE_PRIVATE_METHOD;
+    }
 
     /*
      * Create the method structure.
@@ -1580,6 +1822,9 @@ TclOODefineMethodObjCmd(
     }
     isPublic = Tcl_StringMatch(TclGetString(objv[1]), "[a-z]*")
 	    ? PUBLIC_METHOD : 0;
+    if (IsPrivateDefine(interp)) {
+	isPublic = TRUE_PRIVATE_METHOD;
+    }
 
     /*
      * Create the method by using the right back-end API.
@@ -1599,70 +1844,6 @@ TclOODefineMethodObjCmd(
     return TCL_OK;
 }
 
-/*
- * ----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * TclOODefineMixinObjCmd --
- *
- *	Implementation of the "mixin" subcommand of the "oo::define" and
- *	"oo::objdefine" commands.
- *
- * ----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-int
-TclOODefineMixinObjCmd(
-    ClientData clientData,
-    Tcl_Interp *interp,
-    const int objc,
-    Tcl_Obj *const *objv)
-{
-    int isInstanceMixin = (clientData != NULL);
-    Object *oPtr = (Object *) TclOOGetDefineCmdContext(interp);
-    Class **mixins;
-    int i;
-
-    if (oPtr == NULL) {
-	return TCL_ERROR;
-    }
-    if (!isInstanceMixin && !oPtr->classPtr) {
-	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
-		"attempt to misuse API", -1));
-	Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TCL", "OO", "MONKEY_BUSINESS", NULL);
-	return TCL_ERROR;
-    }
-    mixins = TclStackAlloc(interp, sizeof(Class *) * (objc-1));
-
-    for (i=1 ; i<objc ; i++) {
-	Class *clsPtr = GetClassInOuterContext(interp, objv[i],
-		"may only mix in classes");
-
-	if (clsPtr == NULL) {
-	    goto freeAndError;
-	}
-	if (!isInstanceMixin && TclOOIsReachable(oPtr->classPtr, clsPtr)) {
-	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
-		    "may not mix a class into itself", -1));
-	    Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TCL", "OO", "SELF_MIXIN", NULL);
-	    goto freeAndError;
-	}
-	mixins[i-1] = clsPtr;
-    }
-
-    if (isInstanceMixin) {
-	TclOOObjectSetMixins(oPtr, objc-1, mixins);
-    } else {
-	TclOOClassSetMixins(interp, oPtr->classPtr, objc-1, mixins);
-    }
-
-    TclStackFree(interp, mixins);
-    return TCL_OK;
-
-  freeAndError:
-    TclStackFree(interp, mixins);
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-}
-
 /*
  * ----------------------------------------------------------------------
  *
@@ -1795,8 +1976,8 @@ TclOODefineUnexportObjCmd(
 	} else {
 	    mPtr = Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr);
 	}
-	if (isNew || mPtr->flags & PUBLIC_METHOD) {
-	    mPtr->flags &= ~PUBLIC_METHOD;
+	if (isNew || mPtr->flags & (PUBLIC_METHOD | TRUE_PRIVATE_METHOD)) {
+	    mPtr->flags &= ~(PUBLIC_METHOD | TRUE_PRIVATE_METHOD);
 	    changed = 1;
 	}
     }
@@ -1888,6 +2069,7 @@ TclOODefineSlots(
     const struct DeclaredSlot *slotInfoPtr;
     Tcl_Obj *getName = Tcl_NewStringObj("Get", -1);
     Tcl_Obj *setName = Tcl_NewStringObj("Set", -1);
+    Tcl_Obj *resolveName = Tcl_NewStringObj("Resolve", -1);
     Class *slotCls;
 
     slotCls = ((Object *) Tcl_NewObjectInstance(fPtr->interp, (Tcl_Class)
@@ -1897,9 +2079,10 @@ TclOODefineSlots(
     }
     Tcl_IncrRefCount(getName);
     Tcl_IncrRefCount(setName);
+    Tcl_IncrRefCount(resolveName);
     for (slotInfoPtr = slots ; slotInfoPtr->name ; slotInfoPtr++) {
 	Tcl_Object slotObject = Tcl_NewObjectInstance(fPtr->interp,
-		(Tcl_Class) slotCls, slotInfoPtr->name, NULL,-1,NULL,0);
+		(Tcl_Class) slotCls, slotInfoPtr->name, NULL, -1, NULL, 0);
 
 	if (slotObject == NULL) {
 	    continue;
@@ -1908,9 +2091,14 @@ TclOODefineSlots(
 		&slotInfoPtr->getterType, NULL);
 	Tcl_NewInstanceMethod(fPtr->interp, slotObject, setName, 0,
 		&slotInfoPtr->setterType, NULL);
+	if (slotInfoPtr->resolverType.callProc) {
+	    Tcl_NewInstanceMethod(fPtr->interp, slotObject, resolveName, 0,
+		    &slotInfoPtr->resolverType, NULL);
+	}
     }
     Tcl_DecrRefCount(getName);
     Tcl_DecrRefCount(setName);
+    Tcl_DecrRefCount(resolveName);
     return TCL_OK;
 }
 
@@ -2288,7 +2476,7 @@ ClassVarsGet(
     Tcl_Obj *const *objv)
 {
     Object *oPtr = (Object *) TclOOGetDefineCmdContext(interp);
-    Tcl_Obj *resultObj, *variableObj;
+    Tcl_Obj *resultObj;
     int i;
 
     if (Tcl_ObjectContextSkippedArgs(context) != objc) {
@@ -2306,8 +2494,18 @@ ClassVarsGet(
     }
 
     resultObj = Tcl_NewObj();
-    FOREACH(variableObj, oPtr->classPtr->variables) {
-	Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, resultObj, variableObj);
+    if (IsPrivateDefine(interp)) {
+	PrivateVariableMapping *privatePtr;
+
+	FOREACH_STRUCT(privatePtr, oPtr->classPtr->privateVariables) {
+	    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, resultObj, privatePtr->variableObj);
+	}
+    } else {
+	Tcl_Obj *variableObj;
+
+	FOREACH(variableObj, oPtr->classPtr->variables) {
+	    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, resultObj, variableObj);
+	}
     }
     Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, resultObj);
     return TCL_OK;
@@ -2323,7 +2521,7 @@ ClassVarsSet(
 {
     Object *oPtr = (Object *) TclOOGetDefineCmdContext(interp);
     int varc;
-    Tcl_Obj **varv, *variableObj;
+    Tcl_Obj **varv;
     int i;
 
     if (Tcl_ObjectContextSkippedArgs(context)+1 != objc) {
@@ -2364,49 +2562,11 @@ ClassVarsSet(
 	}
     }
 
-    for (i=0 ; i<varc ; i++) {
-	Tcl_IncrRefCount(varv[i]);
-    }
-    FOREACH(variableObj, oPtr->classPtr->variables) {
-	Tcl_DecrRefCount(variableObj);
-    }
-    if (i != varc) {
-	if (varc == 0) {
-	    ckfree(oPtr->classPtr->variables.list);
-	} else if (i) {
-	    oPtr->classPtr->variables.list = (Tcl_Obj **)
-		    ckrealloc((char *) oPtr->classPtr->variables.list,
-		    sizeof(Tcl_Obj *) * varc);
-	} else {
-	    oPtr->classPtr->variables.list = (Tcl_Obj **)
-		    ckalloc(sizeof(Tcl_Obj *) * varc);
-	}
-    }
-
-    oPtr->classPtr->variables.num = 0;
-    if (varc > 0) {
-	int created, n;
-	Tcl_HashTable uniqueTable;
-
-	Tcl_InitObjHashTable(&uniqueTable);
-	for (i=n=0 ; i<varc ; i++) {
-	    Tcl_CreateHashEntry(&uniqueTable, varv[i], &created);
-	    if (created) {
-		oPtr->classPtr->variables.list[n++] = varv[i];
-	    } else {
-		Tcl_DecrRefCount(varv[i]);
-	    }
-	}
-	oPtr->classPtr->variables.num = n;
-
-	/*
-	 * Shouldn't be necessary, but maintain num/list invariant.
-	 */
-
-	oPtr->classPtr->variables.list = (Tcl_Obj **)
-		ckrealloc((char *) oPtr->classPtr->variables.list,
-		sizeof(Tcl_Obj *) * n);
-	Tcl_DeleteHashTable(&uniqueTable);
+    if (IsPrivateDefine(interp)) {
+	InstallPrivateVariableMapping(&oPtr->classPtr->privateVariables,
+		varc, varv, oPtr->classPtr->thisPtr->creationEpoch);
+    } else {
+	InstallStandardVariableMapping(&oPtr->classPtr->variables, varc, varv);
     }
     return TCL_OK;
 }
@@ -2585,7 +2745,7 @@ ObjVarsGet(
     Tcl_Obj *const *objv)
 {
     Object *oPtr = (Object *) TclOOGetDefineCmdContext(interp);
-    Tcl_Obj *resultObj, *variableObj;
+    Tcl_Obj *resultObj;
     int i;
 
     if (Tcl_ObjectContextSkippedArgs(context) != objc) {
@@ -2597,8 +2757,18 @@ ObjVarsGet(
     }
 
     resultObj = Tcl_NewObj();
-    FOREACH(variableObj, oPtr->variables) {
-	Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, resultObj, variableObj);
+    if (IsPrivateDefine(interp)) {
+	PrivateVariableMapping *privatePtr;
+
+	FOREACH_STRUCT(privatePtr, oPtr->privateVariables) {
+	    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, resultObj, privatePtr->variableObj);
+	}
+    } else {
+	Tcl_Obj *variableObj;
+
+	FOREACH(variableObj, oPtr->variables) {
+	    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, resultObj, variableObj);
+	}
     }
     Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, resultObj);
     return TCL_OK;
@@ -2614,7 +2784,7 @@ ObjVarsSet(
 {
     Object *oPtr = (Object *) TclOOGetDefineCmdContext(interp);
     int varc, i;
-    Tcl_Obj **varv, *variableObj;
+    Tcl_Obj **varv;
 
     if (Tcl_ObjectContextSkippedArgs(context)+1 != objc) {
 	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, Tcl_ObjectContextSkippedArgs(context), objv,
@@ -2647,50 +2817,66 @@ ObjVarsSet(
 	    return TCL_ERROR;
 	}
     }
-    for (i=0 ; i<varc ; i++) {
-	Tcl_IncrRefCount(varv[i]);
+
+    if (IsPrivateDefine(interp)) {
+	InstallPrivateVariableMapping(&oPtr->privateVariables, varc, varv,
+		oPtr->creationEpoch);
+    } else {
+	InstallStandardVariableMapping(&oPtr->variables, varc, varv);
+    }
+    return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+ * ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * ResolveClass --
+ *
+ *	Implementation of the "Resolve" support method for some slots (those
+ *	that are slots around a list of classes). This resolves possible class
+ *	names to their fully-qualified names if possible.
+ *
+ * ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+static int
+ResolveClass(
+    ClientData clientData,
+    Tcl_Interp *interp,
+    Tcl_ObjectContext context,
+    int objc,
+    Tcl_Obj *const *objv)
+{
+    int idx = Tcl_ObjectContextSkippedArgs(context);
+    Object *oPtr = (Object *) TclOOGetDefineCmdContext(interp);
+    Class *clsPtr;
+
+    /*
+     * Check if were called wrongly. The definition context isn't used...
+     * except that GetClassInOuterContext() assumes that it is there.
+     */
+
+    if (oPtr == NULL) {
+	return TCL_ERROR;
+    } else if (objc != idx + 1) {
+	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, idx, objv, "slotElement");
+	return TCL_ERROR;
     }
 
-    FOREACH(variableObj, oPtr->variables) {
-	Tcl_DecrRefCount(variableObj);
-    }
-    if (i != varc) {
-	if (varc == 0) {
-	    ckfree(oPtr->variables.list);
-	} else if (i) {
-	    oPtr->variables.list = (Tcl_Obj **)
-		    ckrealloc((char *) oPtr->variables.list,
-		    sizeof(Tcl_Obj *) * varc);
-	} else {
-	    oPtr->variables.list = (Tcl_Obj **)
-		    ckalloc(sizeof(Tcl_Obj *) * varc);
-	}
-    }
-    oPtr->variables.num = 0;
-    if (varc > 0) {
-	int created, n;
-	Tcl_HashTable uniqueTable;
+    /*
+     * Resolve the class if possible. If not, remove any resolution error and
+     * return what we've got anyway as the failure might not be fatal overall.
+     */
 
-	Tcl_InitObjHashTable(&uniqueTable);
-	for (i=n=0 ; i<varc ; i++) {
-	    Tcl_CreateHashEntry(&uniqueTable, varv[i], &created);
-	    if (created) {
-		oPtr->variables.list[n++] = varv[i];
-	    } else {
-		Tcl_DecrRefCount(varv[i]);
-	    }
-	}
-	oPtr->variables.num = n;
-
-	/*
-	 * Shouldn't be necessary, but maintain num/list invariant.
-	 */
-
-	oPtr->variables.list = (Tcl_Obj **)
-		ckrealloc((char *) oPtr->variables.list,
-		sizeof(Tcl_Obj *) * n);
-	Tcl_DeleteHashTable(&uniqueTable);
+    clsPtr = GetClassInOuterContext(interp, objv[idx],
+	    "USER SHOULD NOT SEE THIS MESSAGE");
+    if (clsPtr == NULL) {
+	Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
+	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, objv[idx]);
+    } else {
+	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, TclOOObjectName(interp, clsPtr->thisPtr));
     }
+
     return TCL_OK;
 }
 

generic/tclOOInfo.c

@@ -22,6 +22,7 @@ static Tcl_ObjCmdProc InfoObjectClassCmd;
 static Tcl_ObjCmdProc InfoObjectDefnCmd;
 static Tcl_ObjCmdProc InfoObjectFiltersCmd;
 static Tcl_ObjCmdProc InfoObjectForwardCmd;
+static Tcl_ObjCmdProc InfoObjectIdCmd;
 static Tcl_ObjCmdProc InfoObjectIsACmd;
 static Tcl_ObjCmdProc InfoObjectMethodsCmd;
 static Tcl_ObjCmdProc InfoObjectMethodTypeCmd;
@@ -50,6 +51,7 @@ static Tcl_ObjCmdProc InfoClassVariablesCmd;
 static const EnsembleImplMap infoObjectCmds[] = {
     {"call",	   InfoObjectCallCmd,	    TclCompileBasic2ArgCmd, NULL, NULL, 0},
     {"class",	   InfoObjectClassCmd,	    TclCompileInfoObjectClassCmd, NULL, NULL, 0},
+    {"creationid", InfoObjectIdCmd,	    TclCompileBasic1ArgCmd, NULL, NULL, 0},
     {"definition", InfoObjectDefnCmd,	    TclCompileBasic2ArgCmd, NULL, NULL, 0},
     {"filters",	   InfoObjectFiltersCmd,    TclCompileBasic1ArgCmd, NULL, NULL, 0},
     {"forward",	   InfoObjectForwardCmd,    TclCompileBasic2ArgCmd, NULL, NULL, 0},
@@ -58,7 +60,7 @@ static const EnsembleImplMap infoObjectCmds[] = {
     {"methodtype", InfoObjectMethodTypeCmd, TclCompileBasic2ArgCmd, NULL, NULL, 0},
     {"mixins",	   InfoObjectMixinsCmd,	    TclCompileBasic1ArgCmd, NULL, NULL, 0},
     {"namespace",  InfoObjectNsCmd,	    TclCompileInfoObjectNamespaceCmd, NULL, NULL, 0},
-    {"variables",  InfoObjectVariablesCmd,  TclCompileBasic1ArgCmd, NULL, NULL, 0},
+    {"variables",  InfoObjectVariablesCmd,  TclCompileBasic1Or2ArgCmd, NULL, NULL, 0},
     {"vars",	   InfoObjectVarsCmd,	    TclCompileBasic1Or2ArgCmd, NULL, NULL, 0},
     {NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, 0}
 };
@@ -80,7 +82,7 @@ static const EnsembleImplMap infoClassCmds[] = {
     {"mixins",	     InfoClassMixinsCmd,	TclCompileBasic1ArgCmd, NULL, NULL, 0},
     {"subclasses",   InfoClassSubsCmd,		TclCompileBasic1Or2ArgCmd, NULL, NULL, 0},
     {"superclasses", InfoClassSupersCmd,	TclCompileBasic1ArgCmd, NULL, NULL, 0},
-    {"variables",    InfoClassVariablesCmd,	TclCompileBasic1ArgCmd, NULL, NULL, 0},
+    {"variables",    InfoClassVariablesCmd,	TclCompileBasic1Or2ArgCmd, NULL, NULL, 0},
     {NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, 0}
 };
 
@@ -517,15 +519,22 @@ InfoObjectMethodsCmd(
     Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
 {
     Object *oPtr;
-    int flag = PUBLIC_METHOD, recurse = 0;
+    int flag = PUBLIC_METHOD, recurse = 0, scope = -1;
     FOREACH_HASH_DECLS;
     Tcl_Obj *namePtr, *resultObj;
     Method *mPtr;
     static const char *const options[] = {
-	"-all", "-localprivate", "-private", NULL
+	"-all", "-localprivate", "-private", "-scope", NULL
     };
     enum Options {
-	OPT_ALL, OPT_LOCALPRIVATE, OPT_PRIVATE
+	OPT_ALL, OPT_LOCALPRIVATE, OPT_PRIVATE, OPT_SCOPE
+    };
+    static const char *const scopes[] = {
+	"private", "public", "unexported"
+    };
+    enum Scopes {
+	SCOPE_PRIVATE, SCOPE_PUBLIC, SCOPE_UNEXPORTED,
+	SCOPE_LOCALPRIVATE
     };
 
     if (objc < 2) {
@@ -554,14 +563,45 @@ InfoObjectMethodsCmd(
 	    case OPT_PRIVATE:
 		flag = 0;
 		break;
+	    case OPT_SCOPE:
+		if (++i >= objc) {
+		    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
+			    "missing option for -scope"));
+		    Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TCL", "ARGUMENT", "MISSING",
+			    NULL);
+		    return TCL_ERROR;
+		}
+		if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(interp, objv[i], scopes, "scope", 0,
+			&scope) != TCL_OK) {
+		    return TCL_ERROR;
+		}
+		break;
 	    }
 	}
     }
+    if (scope != -1) {
+	recurse = 0;
+	switch (scope) {
+	case SCOPE_PRIVATE:
+	    flag = TRUE_PRIVATE_METHOD;
+	    break;
+	case SCOPE_PUBLIC:
+	    flag = PUBLIC_METHOD;
+	    break;
+	case SCOPE_LOCALPRIVATE:
+	    flag = PRIVATE_METHOD;
+	    break;
+	case SCOPE_UNEXPORTED:
+	    flag = 0;
+	    break;
+	}
+    }
 
     resultObj = Tcl_NewObj();
     if (recurse) {
 	const char **names;
-	int i, numNames = TclOOGetSortedMethodList(oPtr, flag, &names);
+	int i, numNames = TclOOGetSortedMethodList(oPtr, NULL, NULL, flag,
+		&names);
 
 	for (i=0 ; i<numNames ; i++) {
 	    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, resultObj,
@@ -572,7 +612,7 @@ InfoObjectMethodsCmd(
 	}
     } else if (oPtr->methodsPtr) {
 	FOREACH_HASH(namePtr, mPtr, oPtr->methodsPtr) {
-	    if (mPtr->typePtr != NULL && (mPtr->flags & flag) == flag) {
+	    if (mPtr->typePtr && (mPtr->flags & SCOPE_FLAGS) == flag) {
 		Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, resultObj, namePtr);
 	    }
 	}
@@ -681,6 +721,38 @@ InfoObjectMixinsCmd(
     return TCL_OK;
 }
 
+/*
+ * ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * InfoObjectIdCmd --
+ *
+ *	Implements [info object creationid $objName]
+ *
+ * ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+static int
+InfoObjectIdCmd(
+    ClientData clientData,
+    Tcl_Interp *interp,
+    int objc,
+    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
+{
+    Object *oPtr;
+
+    if (objc != 2) {
+	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "objName");
+	return TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+    oPtr = (Object *) Tcl_GetObjectFromObj(interp, objv[1]);
+    if (oPtr == NULL) {
+	return TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+
+    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewIntObj(oPtr->creationEpoch));
+    return TCL_OK;
+}
+
 /*
  * ----------------------------------------------------------------------
  *
@@ -719,7 +791,7 @@ InfoObjectNsCmd(
  *
  * InfoObjectVariablesCmd --
  *
- *	Implements [info object variables $objName]
+ *	Implements [info object variables $objName ?-private?]
  *
  * ----------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -732,21 +804,37 @@ InfoObjectVariablesCmd(
     Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
 {
     Object *oPtr;
-    Tcl_Obj *variableObj, *resultObj;
-    int i;
+    Tcl_Obj *resultObj;
+    int i, private = 0;
 
-    if (objc != 2) {
-	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "objName");
+    if (objc != 2 && objc != 3) {
+	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "objName ?-private?");
 	return TCL_ERROR;
     }
+    if (objc == 3) {
+	if (strcmp("-private", Tcl_GetString(objv[2])) != 0) {
+	    return TCL_ERROR;
+	}
+	private = 1;
+    }
     oPtr = (Object *) Tcl_GetObjectFromObj(interp, objv[1]);
     if (oPtr == NULL) {
 	return TCL_ERROR;
     }
 
     resultObj = Tcl_NewObj();
-    FOREACH(variableObj, oPtr->variables) {
-	Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, resultObj, variableObj);
+    if (private) {
+	PrivateVariableMapping *privatePtr;
+
+	FOREACH_STRUCT(privatePtr, oPtr->privateVariables) {
+	    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, resultObj, privatePtr->variableObj);
+	}
+    } else {
+	Tcl_Obj *variableObj;
+
+	FOREACH(variableObj, oPtr->variables) {
+	    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, resultObj, variableObj);
+	}
     }
     Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, resultObj);
     return TCL_OK;
@@ -1128,7 +1216,7 @@ InfoClassInstancesCmd(
  *
  * InfoClassMethodsCmd --
  *
- *	Implements [info class methods $clsName ?-private?]
+ *	Implements [info class methods $clsName ?options...?]
  *
  * ----------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -1140,15 +1228,21 @@ InfoClassMethodsCmd(
     int objc,
     Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
 {
-    int flag = PUBLIC_METHOD, recurse = 0;
+    int flag = PUBLIC_METHOD, recurse = 0, scope = -1;
     Tcl_Obj *namePtr, *resultObj;
     Method *mPtr;
     Class *clsPtr;
     static const char *const options[] = {
-	"-all", "-localprivate", "-private", NULL
+	"-all", "-localprivate", "-private", "-scope", NULL
     };
     enum Options {
-	OPT_ALL, OPT_LOCALPRIVATE, OPT_PRIVATE
+	OPT_ALL, OPT_LOCALPRIVATE, OPT_PRIVATE, OPT_SCOPE
+    };
+    static const char *const scopes[] = {
+	"private", "public", "unexported"
+    };
+    enum Scopes {
+	SCOPE_PRIVATE, SCOPE_PUBLIC, SCOPE_UNEXPORTED
     };
 
     if (objc < 2) {
@@ -1177,9 +1271,36 @@ InfoClassMethodsCmd(
 	    case OPT_PRIVATE:
 		flag = 0;
 		break;
+	    case OPT_SCOPE:
+		if (++i >= objc) {
+		    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
+			    "missing option for -scope"));
+		    Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TCL", "ARGUMENT", "MISSING",
+			    NULL);
+		    return TCL_ERROR;
+		}
+		if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(interp, objv[i], scopes, "scope", 0,
+			&scope) != TCL_OK) {
+		    return TCL_ERROR;
+		}
+		break;
 	    }
 	}
     }
+    if (scope != -1) {
+	recurse = 0;
+	switch (scope) {
+	case SCOPE_PRIVATE:
+	    flag = TRUE_PRIVATE_METHOD;
+	    break;
+	case SCOPE_PUBLIC:
+	    flag = PUBLIC_METHOD;
+	    break;
+	case SCOPE_UNEXPORTED:
+	    flag = 0;
+	    break;
+	}
+    }
 
     resultObj = Tcl_NewObj();
     if (recurse) {
@@ -1197,7 +1318,7 @@ InfoClassMethodsCmd(
 	FOREACH_HASH_DECLS;
 
 	FOREACH_HASH(namePtr, mPtr, &clsPtr->classMethods) {
-	    if (mPtr->typePtr != NULL && (mPtr->flags & flag) == flag) {
+	    if (mPtr->typePtr && (mPtr->flags & SCOPE_FLAGS) == flag) {
 		Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, resultObj, namePtr);
 	    }
 	}
@@ -1399,7 +1520,7 @@ InfoClassSupersCmd(
  *
  * InfoClassVariablesCmd --
  *
- *	Implements [info class variables $clsName]
+ *	Implements [info class variables $clsName ?-private?]
  *
  * ----------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -1412,21 +1533,37 @@ InfoClassVariablesCmd(
     Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
 {
     Class *clsPtr;
-    Tcl_Obj *variableObj, *resultObj;
-    int i;
+    Tcl_Obj *resultObj;
+    int i, private = 0;
 
-    if (objc != 2) {
-	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "className");
+    if (objc != 2 && objc != 3) {
+	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "className ?-private?");
 	return TCL_ERROR;
     }
+    if (objc == 3) {
+	if (strcmp("-private", Tcl_GetString(objv[2])) != 0) {
+	    return TCL_ERROR;
+	}
+	private = 1;
+    }
     clsPtr = GetClassFromObj(interp, objv[1]);
     if (clsPtr == NULL) {
 	return TCL_ERROR;
     }
 
     resultObj = Tcl_NewObj();
-    FOREACH(variableObj, clsPtr->variables) {
-	Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, resultObj, variableObj);
+    if (private) {
+	PrivateVariableMapping *privatePtr;
+
+	FOREACH_STRUCT(privatePtr, clsPtr->privateVariables) {
+	    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, resultObj, privatePtr->variableObj);
+	}
+    } else {
+	Tcl_Obj *variableObj;
+
+	FOREACH(variableObj, clsPtr->variables) {
+	    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, resultObj, variableObj);
+	}
     }
     Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, resultObj);
     return TCL_OK;
@@ -1465,7 +1602,8 @@ InfoObjectCallCmd(
      * Get the call context and render its call chain.
      */
 
-    contextPtr = TclOOGetCallContext(oPtr, objv[2], PUBLIC_METHOD, NULL);
+    contextPtr = TclOOGetCallContext(oPtr, objv[2], PUBLIC_METHOD, NULL, NULL,
+	    NULL);
     if (contextPtr == NULL) {
 	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
 		"cannot construct any call chain", -1));

generic/tclOOInt.h

@@ -124,6 +124,18 @@ typedef struct ForwardMethod {
 				 * non-empty list. */
 } ForwardMethod;
 
+/*
+ * Structure used in private variable mappings. Describes the mapping of a
+ * single variable from the user's local name to the system's storage name.
+ * [TIP #500]
+ */
+
+typedef struct {
+    Tcl_Obj *variableObj;	/* Name used within methods. This is the part
+				 * that is properly under user control. */
+    Tcl_Obj *fullNameObj;	/* Name used at the instance namespace level. */
+} PrivateVariableMapping;
+
 /*
  * Helper definitions that declare a "list" array. The two varieties are
  * either optimized for simplicity (in the case that the whole array is
@@ -141,6 +153,13 @@ typedef struct ForwardMethod {
 #define LIST_DYNAMIC(listType_t) \
     struct { int num, size; listType_t *list; }
 
+/*
+ * These types are needed in function arguments.
+ */
+
+typedef LIST_STATIC(Tcl_Obj *) VariableNameList;
+typedef LIST_STATIC(PrivateVariableMapping) PrivateVariableList;
+
 /*
  * Now, the definition of what an object actually is.
  */
@@ -186,7 +205,12 @@ typedef struct Object {
     Tcl_ObjectMapMethodNameProc *mapMethodNameProc;
 				/* Function to allow remapping of method
 				 * names. For itcl-ng. */
-    LIST_STATIC(Tcl_Obj *) variables;
+    VariableNameList variables;
+    PrivateVariableList privateVariables;
+				/* Configurations for the variable resolver
+				 * used inside methods. */
+    Tcl_Command myclassCommand;	/* Reference to this object's class dispatcher
+				 * command. */
 } Object;
 
 #define OBJECT_DELETED	1	/* Flag to say that an object has been
@@ -214,6 +238,10 @@ typedef struct Object {
 				 * other spots). */
 #define FORCE_UNKNOWN 0x10000	/* States that we are *really* looking up the
 				 * unknown method handler at that point. */
+#define HAS_PRIVATE_METHODS 0x20000
+				/* Object/class has (or had) private methods,
+				 * and so shouldn't be cached so
+				 * aggressively. */
 
 /*
  * And the definition of a class. Note that every class also has an associated
@@ -268,7 +296,10 @@ typedef struct Class {
 				 * object doesn't override with its own mixins
 				 * (and filters and method implementations for
 				 * when getting method chains). */
-    LIST_STATIC(Tcl_Obj *) variables;
+    VariableNameList variables;
+    PrivateVariableList privateVariables;
+				/* Configurations for the variable resolver
+				 * used inside methods. */
 } Class;
 
 /*
@@ -370,10 +401,15 @@ typedef struct CallContext {
 
 #define PUBLIC_METHOD     0x01	/* This is a public (exported) method. */
 #define PRIVATE_METHOD    0x02	/* This is a private (class's direct instances
-				 * only) method. */
+				 * only) method. Supports itcl. */
 #define OO_UNKNOWN_METHOD 0x04	/* This is an unknown method. */
 #define CONSTRUCTOR	  0x08	/* This is a constructor. */
 #define DESTRUCTOR	  0x10	/* This is a destructor. */
+#define TRUE_PRIVATE_METHOD 0x20
+				/* This is a private method only accessible
+				 * from other methods defined on this class
+				 * or instance. [TIP #500] */
+#define SCOPE_FLAGS (PUBLIC_METHOD | PRIVATE_METHOD | TRUE_PRIVATE_METHOD)
 
 /*
  * Structure containing definition information about basic class methods.
@@ -431,6 +467,9 @@ MODULE_SCOPE int	TclOODefineSelfObjCmd(ClientData clientData,
 MODULE_SCOPE int	TclOODefineObjSelfObjCmd(ClientData clientData,
 			    Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
 			    Tcl_Obj *const *objv);
+MODULE_SCOPE int	TclOODefinePrivateObjCmd(ClientData clientData,
+			    Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
+			    Tcl_Obj *const *objv);
 MODULE_SCOPE int	TclOOUnknownDefinition(ClientData clientData,
 			    Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
 			    Tcl_Obj *const *objv);
@@ -504,6 +543,7 @@ MODULE_SCOPE void	TclOODeleteContext(CallContext *contextPtr);
 MODULE_SCOPE void	TclOODelMethodRef(Method *method);
 MODULE_SCOPE CallContext *TclOOGetCallContext(Object *oPtr,
 			    Tcl_Obj *methodNameObj, int flags,
+			    Object *contextObjPtr, Class *contextClsPtr,
 			    Tcl_Obj *cacheInThisObj);
 MODULE_SCOPE CallChain *TclOOGetStereotypeCallChain(Class *clsPtr,
 			    Tcl_Obj *methodNameObj, int flags);
@@ -513,7 +553,8 @@ MODULE_SCOPE Proc *	TclOOGetProcFromMethod(Method *mPtr);
 MODULE_SCOPE Tcl_Obj *	TclOOGetMethodBody(Method *mPtr);
 MODULE_SCOPE int	TclOOGetSortedClassMethodList(Class *clsPtr,
 			    int flags, const char ***stringsPtr);
-MODULE_SCOPE int	TclOOGetSortedMethodList(Object *oPtr, int flags,
+MODULE_SCOPE int	TclOOGetSortedMethodList(Object *oPtr,
+			    Object *contextObj, Class *contextCls, int flags,
 			    const char ***stringsPtr);
 MODULE_SCOPE int	TclOOInit(Tcl_Interp *interp);
 MODULE_SCOPE void	TclOOInitInfo(Tcl_Interp *interp);
@@ -558,13 +599,24 @@ MODULE_SCOPE void	TclOOSetupVariableResolver(Tcl_Namespace *nsPtr);
 #define FOREACH(var,ary) \
     for(i=0 ; i<(ary).num; i++) if ((ary).list[i] == NULL) { \
 	continue; \
-    } else if (var = (ary).list[i], 1) 
+    } else if (var = (ary).list[i], 1)
+
+/*
+ * A variation where the array is an array of structs. There's no issue with
+ * possible NULLs; every element of the array will be iterated over and the
+ * varable set to a pointer to each of those elements in turn.
+ * REQUIRES DECLARATION: int i;
+ */
+
+#define FOREACH_STRUCT(var,ary) \
+    for(i=0 ; var=&((ary).list[i]), i<(ary).num; i++)
 
 /*
  * Convenience macros for iterating through hash tables. FOREACH_HASH_DECLS
  * sets up the declarations needed for the main macro, FOREACH_HASH, which
  * does the actual iteration. FOREACH_HASH_VALUE is a restricted version that
  * only iterates over values.
+ * REQUIRES DECLARATION: FOREACH_HASH_DECLS;
  */
 
 #define FOREACH_HASH_DECLS \

generic/tclOOMethod.c

@@ -186,7 +186,11 @@ Tcl_NewInstanceMethod(
     mPtr->declaringObjectPtr = oPtr;
     mPtr->declaringClassPtr = NULL;
     if (flags) {
-	mPtr->flags |= flags & (PUBLIC_METHOD | PRIVATE_METHOD);
+	mPtr->flags |= flags &
+		(PUBLIC_METHOD | PRIVATE_METHOD | TRUE_PRIVATE_METHOD);
+	if (flags & TRUE_PRIVATE_METHOD) {
+	    oPtr->flags |= HAS_PRIVATE_METHODS;
+	}
     }
     oPtr->epoch++;
     return (Tcl_Method) mPtr;
@@ -250,7 +254,11 @@ Tcl_NewMethod(
     mPtr->declaringObjectPtr = NULL;
     mPtr->declaringClassPtr = clsPtr;
     if (flags) {
-	mPtr->flags |= flags & (PUBLIC_METHOD | PRIVATE_METHOD);
+	mPtr->flags |= flags &
+		(PUBLIC_METHOD | PRIVATE_METHOD | TRUE_PRIVATE_METHOD);
+	if (flags & TRUE_PRIVATE_METHOD) {
+	    clsPtr->flags |= HAS_PRIVATE_METHODS;
+	}
     }
 
     return (Tcl_Method) mPtr;
@@ -928,7 +936,7 @@ PushMethodCallFrame(
  *	variables used in methods. The compiled variable resolver is more
  *	important, but both are needed as it is possible to have a variable
  *	that is only referred to in ways that aren't compilable and we can't
- *	force LVT presence. [TIP #320]
+ *	force LVT presence. [TIP #320, #500]
  *
  * ----------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -986,6 +994,7 @@ ProcedureMethodCompiledVarConnect(
     CallFrame *framePtr = iPtr->varFramePtr;
     CallContext *contextPtr;
     Tcl_Obj *variableObj;
+    PrivateVariableMapping *privateVar;
     Tcl_HashEntry *hPtr;
     int i, isNew, cacheIt, varLen, len;
     const char *match, *varName;
@@ -1019,6 +1028,15 @@ ProcedureMethodCompiledVarConnect(
     varName = TclGetStringFromObj(infoPtr->variableObj, &varLen);
     if (contextPtr->callPtr->chain[contextPtr->index]
 	    .mPtr->declaringClassPtr != NULL) {
+	FOREACH_STRUCT(privateVar, contextPtr->callPtr->chain[contextPtr->index]
+		.mPtr->declaringClassPtr->privateVariables) {
+	    match = TclGetStringFromObj(privateVar->variableObj, &len);
+	    if ((len == varLen) && !memcmp(match, varName, len)) {
+		variableObj = privateVar->fullNameObj;
+		cacheIt = 0;
+		goto gotMatch;
+	    }
+	}
 	FOREACH(variableObj, contextPtr->callPtr->chain[contextPtr->index]
 		.mPtr->declaringClassPtr->variables) {
 	    match = TclGetStringFromObj(variableObj, &len);
@@ -1028,6 +1046,14 @@ ProcedureMethodCompiledVarConnect(
 	    }
 	}
     } else {
+	FOREACH_STRUCT(privateVar, contextPtr->oPtr->privateVariables) {
+	    match = TclGetStringFromObj(privateVar->variableObj, &len);
+	    if ((len == varLen) && !memcmp(match, varName, len)) {
+		variableObj = privateVar->fullNameObj;
+		cacheIt = 1;
+		goto gotMatch;
+	    }
+	}
 	FOREACH(variableObj, contextPtr->oPtr->variables) {
 	    match = TclGetStringFromObj(variableObj, &len);
 	    if ((len == varLen) && !memcmp(match, varName, len)) {
@@ -1673,6 +1699,13 @@ Tcl_MethodIsPublic(
 {
     return (((Method *)method)->flags & PUBLIC_METHOD) ? 1 : 0;
 }
+
+int
+Tcl_MethodIsPrivate(
+    Tcl_Method method)
+{
+    return (((Method *)method)->flags & TRUE_PRIVATE_METHOD) ? 1 : 0;
+}
 
 /*
  * Extended method construction for itcl-ng.

generic/tclOOScript.h

@@ -0,0 +1,263 @@
+/*
+ * tclOOScript.h --
+ *
+ *	This file contains support scripts for TclOO. They are defined here so
+ *	that the code can be definitely run even in safe interpreters; TclOO's
+ *	core setup is safe.
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 2012-2018 Donal K. Fellows
+ * Copyright (c) 2013 Andreas Kupries
+ * Copyright (c) 2017 Gerald Lester
+ *
+ * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
+ * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
+ */
+
+#ifndef TCL_OO_SCRIPT_H
+#define TCL_OO_SCRIPT_H
+
+/*
+ * The scripted part of the definitions of TclOO.
+ *
+ * Compiled from generic/tclOOScript.tcl by tools/makeHeader.tcl, which
+ * contains the commented version of everything; *this* file is automatically
+ * generated.
+ */
+
+static const char *tclOOSetupScript =
+/* !BEGIN!: Do not edit below this line. */
+"::namespace eval ::oo {\n"
+"\t::namespace path {}\n"
+"\tnamespace eval Helpers {\n"
+"\t\t::namespace path {}\n"
+"\t\tproc callback {method args} {\n"
+"\t\t\tlist [uplevel 1 {::namespace which my}] $method {*}$args\n"
+"\t\t}\n"
+"\t\tnamespace export callback\n"
+"\t\tnamespace eval tmp {namespace import ::oo::Helpers::callback}\n"
+"\t\tnamespace export -clear\n"
+"\t\trename tmp::callback mymethod\n"
+"\t\tnamespace delete tmp\n"
+"\t\tproc classvariable {name args} {\n"
+"\t\t\tset ns [info object namespace [uplevel 1 {self class}]]\n"
+"\t\t\tforeach v [list $name {*}$args] {\n"
+"\t\t\t\tif {[string match *(*) $v]} {\n"
+"\t\t\t\t\tset reason \"can\'t create a scalar variable that looks like an array element\"\n"
+"\t\t\t\t\treturn -code error -errorcode {TCL UPVAR LOCAL_ELEMENT} \\\n"
+"\t\t\t\t\t\t[format {bad variable name \"%s\": %s} $v $reason]\n"
+"\t\t\t\t}\n"
+"\t\t\t\tif {[string match *::* $v]} {\n"
+"\t\t\t\t\tset reason \"can\'t create a local variable with a namespace separator in it\"\n"
+"\t\t\t\t\treturn -code error -errorcode {TCL UPVAR INVERTED} \\\n"
+"\t\t\t\t\t\t[format {bad variable name \"%s\": %s} $v $reason]\n"
+"\t\t\t\t}\n"
+"\t\t\t\tlappend vs $v $v\n"
+"\t\t\t}\n"
+"\t\t\ttailcall namespace upvar $ns {*}$vs\n"
+"\t\t}\n"
+"\t\tproc link {args} {\n"
+"\t\t\tset ns [uplevel 1 {::namespace current}]\n"
+"\t\t\tforeach link $args {\n"
+"\t\t\t\tif {[llength $link] == 2} {\n"
+"\t\t\t\t\tlassign $link src dst\n"
+"\t\t\t\t} elseif {[llength $link] == 1} {\n"
+"\t\t\t\t\tlassign $link src\n"
+"\t\t\t\t\tset dst $src\n"
+"\t\t\t\t} else {\n"
+"\t\t\t\t\treturn -code error -errorcode {TCLOO CMDLINK FORMAT} \\\n"
+"\t\t\t\t\t\t\"bad link description; must only have one or two elements\"\n"
+"\t\t\t\t}\n"
+"\t\t\t\tif {![string match ::* $src]} {\n"
+"\t\t\t\t\tset src [string cat $ns :: $src]\n"
+"\t\t\t\t}\n"
+"\t\t\t\tinterp alias {} $src {} ${ns}::my $dst\n"
+"\t\t\t\ttrace add command ${ns}::my delete [list \\\n"
+"\t\t\t\t\t::oo::UnlinkLinkedCommand $src]\n"
+"\t\t\t}\n"
+"\t\t\treturn\n"
+"\t\t}\n"
+"\t}\n"
+"\tproc UnlinkLinkedCommand {cmd args} {\n"
+"\t\tif {[namespace which $cmd] ne {}} {\n"
+"\t\t\trename $cmd {}\n"
+"\t\t}\n"
+"\t}\n"
+"\tproc DelegateName {class} {\n"
+"\t\tstring cat [info object namespace $class] {:: oo ::delegate}\n"
+"\t}\n"
+"\tproc MixinClassDelegates {class} {\n"
+"\t\tif {![info object isa class $class]} {\n"
+"\t\t\treturn\n"
+"\t\t}\n"
+"\t\tset delegate [DelegateName $class]\n"
+"\t\tif {![info object isa class $delegate]} {\n"
+"\t\t\treturn\n"
+"\t\t}\n"
+"\t\tforeach c [info class superclass $class] {\n"
+"\t\t\tset d [DelegateName $c]\n"
+"\t\t\tif {![info object isa class $d]} {\n"
+"\t\t\t\tcontinue\n"
+"\t\t\t}\n"
+"\t\t\tdefine $delegate superclass -append $d\n"
+"\t\t}\n"
+"\t\tobjdefine $class mixin -append $delegate\n"
+"\t}\n"
+"\tproc UpdateClassDelegatesAfterClone {originObject targetObject} {\n"
+"\t\tset originDelegate [DelegateName $originObject]\n"
+"\t\tset targetDelegate [DelegateName $targetObject]\n"
+"\t\tif {\n"
+"\t\t\t[info object isa class $originDelegate]\n"
+"\t\t\t&& ![info object isa class $targetDelegate]\n"
+"\t\t} then {\n"
+"\t\t\tcopy $originDelegate $targetDelegate\n"
+"\t\t\tobjdefine $targetObject mixin -set \\\n"
+"\t\t\t\t{*}[lmap c [info object mixin $targetObject] {\n"
+"\t\t\t\t\tif {$c eq $originDelegate} {set targetDelegate} {set c}\n"
+"\t\t\t\t}]\n"
+"\t\t}\n"
+"\t}\n"
+"\tproc define::classmethod {name {args {}} {body {}}} {\n"
+"\t\t::set argc [::llength [::info level 0]]\n"
+"\t\t::if {$argc == 3} {\n"
+"\t\t\t::return -code error -errorcode {TCL WRONGARGS} [::format \\\n"
+"\t\t\t\t{wrong # args: should be \"%s name \?args body\?\"} \\\n"
+"\t\t\t\t[::lindex [::info level 0] 0]]\n"
+"\t\t}\n"
+"\t\t::set cls [::uplevel 1 self]\n"
+"\t\t::if {$argc == 4} {\n"
+"\t\t\t::oo::define [::oo::DelegateName $cls] method $name $args $body\n"
+"\t\t}\n"
+"\t\t::tailcall forward $name myclass $name\n"
+"\t}\n"
+"\tproc define::initialise {body} {\n"
+"\t\t::set clsns [::info object namespace [::uplevel 1 self]]\n"
+"\t\t::tailcall apply [::list {} $body $clsns]\n"
+"\t}\n"
+"\tnamespace eval define {\n"
+"\t\t::namespace export initialise\n"
+"\t\t::namespace eval tmp {::namespace import ::oo::define::initialise}\n"
+"\t\t::namespace export -clear\n"
+"\t\t::rename tmp::initialise initialize\n"
+"\t\t::namespace delete tmp\n"
+"\t}\n"
+"\tdefine Slot {\n"
+"\t\tmethod Get {} {\n"
+"\t\t\treturn -code error -errorcode {TCLOO ABSTRACT_SLOT} \"unimplemented\"\n"
+"\t\t}\n"
+"\t\tmethod Set list {\n"
+"\t\t\treturn -code error -errorcode {TCLOO ABSTRACT_SLOT} \"unimplemented\"\n"
+"\t\t}\n"
+"\t\tmethod Resolve list {\n"
+"\t\t\treturn $list\n"
+"\t\t}\n"
+"\t\tmethod -set args {\n"
+"\t\t\tset my [namespace which my]\n"
+"\t\t\tset args [lmap a $args {uplevel 1 [list $my Resolve $a]}]\n"
+"\t\t\ttailcall my Set $args\n"
+"\t\t}\n"
+"\t\tmethod -append args {\n"
+"\t\t\tset my [namespace which my]\n"
+"\t\t\tset args [lmap a $args {uplevel 1 [list $my Resolve $a]}]\n"
+"\t\t\tset current [uplevel 1 [list $my Get]]\n"
+"\t\t\ttailcall my Set [list {*}$current {*}$args]\n"
+"\t\t}\n"
+"\t\tmethod -clear {} {tailcall my Set {}}\n"
+"\t\tmethod -prepend args {\n"
+"\t\t\tset my [namespace which my]\n"
+"\t\t\tset args [lmap a $args {uplevel 1 [list $my Resolve $a]}]\n"
+"\t\t\tset current [uplevel 1 [list $my Get]]\n"
+"\t\t\ttailcall my Set [list {*}$args {*}$current]\n"
+"\t\t}\n"
+"\t\tmethod -remove args {\n"
+"\t\t\tset my [namespace which my]\n"
+"\t\t\tset args [lmap a $args {uplevel 1 [list $my Resolve $a]}]\n"
+"\t\t\tset current [uplevel 1 [list $my Get]]\n"
+"\t\t\ttailcall my Set [lmap val $current {\n"
+"\t\t\t\tif {$val in $args} continue else {set val}\n"
+"\t\t\t}]\n"
+"\t\t}\n"
+"\t\tforward --default-operation my -append\n"
+"\t\tmethod unknown {args} {\n"
+"\t\t\tset def --default-operation\n"
+"\t\t\tif {[llength $args] == 0} {\n"
+"\t\t\t\ttailcall my $def\n"
+"\t\t\t} elseif {![string match -* [lindex $args 0]]} {\n"
+"\t\t\t\ttailcall my $def {*}$args\n"
+"\t\t\t}\n"
+"\t\t\tnext {*}$args\n"
+"\t\t}\n"
+"\t\texport -set -append -clear -prepend -remove\n"
+"\t\tunexport unknown destroy\n"
+"\t}\n"
+"\tobjdefine define::superclass forward --default-operation my -set\n"
+"\tobjdefine define::mixin forward --default-operation my -set\n"
+"\tobjdefine objdefine::mixin forward --default-operation my -set\n"
+"\tdefine object method <cloned> {originObject} {\n"
+"\t\tforeach p [info procs [info object namespace $originObject]::*] {\n"
+"\t\t\tset args [info args $p]\n"
+"\t\t\tset idx -1\n"
+"\t\t\tforeach a $args {\n"
+"\t\t\t\tif {[info default $p $a d]} {\n"
+"\t\t\t\t\tlset args [incr idx] [list $a $d]\n"
+"\t\t\t\t} else {\n"
+"\t\t\t\t\tlset args [incr idx] [list $a]\n"
+"\t\t\t\t}\n"
+"\t\t\t}\n"
+"\t\t\tset b [info body $p]\n"
+"\t\t\tset p [namespace tail $p]\n"
+"\t\t\tproc $p $args $b\n"
+"\t\t}\n"
+"\t\tforeach v [info vars [info object namespace $originObject]::*] {\n"
+"\t\t\tupvar 0 $v vOrigin\n"
+"\t\t\tnamespace upvar [namespace current] [namespace tail $v] vNew\n"
+"\t\t\tif {[info exists vOrigin]} {\n"
+"\t\t\t\tif {[array exists vOrigin]} {\n"
+"\t\t\t\t\tarray set vNew [array get vOrigin]\n"
+"\t\t\t\t} else {\n"
+"\t\t\t\t\tset vNew $vOrigin\n"
+"\t\t\t\t}\n"
+"\t\t\t}\n"
+"\t\t}\n"
+"\t}\n"
+"\tdefine class method <cloned> {originObject} {\n"
+"\t\tnext $originObject\n"
+"\t\t::oo::UpdateClassDelegatesAfterClone $originObject [self]\n"
+"\t}\n"
+"\tclass create singleton {\n"
+"\t\tsuperclass class\n"
+"\t\tvariable object\n"
+"\t\tunexport create createWithNamespace\n"
+"\t\tmethod new args {\n"
+"\t\t\tif {![info exists object] || ![info object isa object $object]} {\n"
+"\t\t\t\tset object [next {*}$args]\n"
+"\t\t\t\t::oo::objdefine $object {\n"
+"\t\t\t\t\tmethod destroy {} {\n"
+"\t\t\t\t\t\t::return -code error -errorcode {TCLOO SINGLETON} \\\n"
+"\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\"may not destroy a singleton object\"\n"
+"\t\t\t\t\t}\n"
+"\t\t\t\t\tmethod <cloned> {originObject} {\n"
+"\t\t\t\t\t\t::return -code error -errorcode {TCLOO SINGLETON} \\\n"
+"\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\"may not clone a singleton object\"\n"
+"\t\t\t\t\t}\n"
+"\t\t\t\t}\n"
+"\t\t\t}\n"
+"\t\t\treturn $object\n"
+"\t\t}\n"
+"\t}\n"
+"\tclass create abstract {\n"
+"\t\tsuperclass class\n"
+"\t\tunexport create createWithNamespace new\n"
+"\t}\n"
+"}\n"
+/* !END!: Do not edit above this line. */
+;
+
+#endif /* TCL_OO_SCRIPT_H */
+
+/*
+ * Local Variables:
+ * mode: c
+ * c-basic-offset: 4
+ * fill-column: 78
+ * End:
+ */

generic/tclOOScript.tcl

@@ -0,0 +1,456 @@
+# tclOOScript.h --
+#
+# 	This file contains support scripts for TclOO. They are defined here so
+# 	that the code can be definitely run even in safe interpreters; TclOO's
+# 	core setup is safe.
+#
+# Copyright (c) 2012-2018 Donal K. Fellows
+# Copyright (c) 2013 Andreas Kupries
+# Copyright (c) 2017 Gerald Lester
+#
+# See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
+# this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
+
+::namespace eval ::oo {
+    ::namespace path {}
+
+    #
+    # Commands that are made available to objects by default.
+    #
+    namespace eval Helpers {
+	::namespace path {}
+
+	# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+	#
+	# callback, mymethod --
+	#
+	#	Create a script prefix that calls a method on the current
+	#	object. Same operation, two names.
+	#
+	# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+	proc callback {method args} {
+	    list [uplevel 1 {::namespace which my}] $method {*}$args
+	}
+
+	# Make the [callback] command appear as [mymethod] too.
+	namespace export callback
+	namespace eval tmp {namespace import ::oo::Helpers::callback}
+	namespace export -clear
+	rename tmp::callback mymethod
+	namespace delete tmp
+
+	# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+	#
+	# classvariable --
+	#
+	#	Link to a variable in the class of the current object.
+	#
+	# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+	proc classvariable {name args} {
+	    # Get a reference to the class's namespace
+	    set ns [info object namespace [uplevel 1 {self class}]]
+	    # Double up the list of variable names
+	    foreach v [list $name {*}$args] {
+		if {[string match *(*) $v]} {
+		    set reason "can't create a scalar variable that looks like an array element"
+		    return -code error -errorcode {TCL UPVAR LOCAL_ELEMENT} \
+			[format {bad variable name "%s": %s} $v $reason]
+		}
+		if {[string match *::* $v]} {
+		    set reason "can't create a local variable with a namespace separator in it"
+		    return -code error -errorcode {TCL UPVAR INVERTED} \
+			[format {bad variable name "%s": %s} $v $reason]
+		}
+		lappend vs $v $v
+	    }
+	    # Lastly, link the caller's local variables to the class's variables
+	    tailcall namespace upvar $ns {*}$vs
+	}
+
+	# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+	#
+	# link --
+	#
+	#	Make a command that invokes a method on the current object.
+	#	The name of the command and the name of the method match by
+	#	default.
+	#
+	# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+	proc link {args} {
+	    set ns [uplevel 1 {::namespace current}]
+	    foreach link $args {
+		if {[llength $link] == 2} {
+		    lassign $link src dst
+		} elseif {[llength $link] == 1} {
+		    lassign $link src
+		    set dst $src
+		} else {
+		    return -code error -errorcode {TCLOO CMDLINK FORMAT} \
+			"bad link description; must only have one or two elements"
+		}
+		if {![string match ::* $src]} {
+		    set src [string cat $ns :: $src]
+		}
+		interp alias {} $src {} ${ns}::my $dst
+		trace add command ${ns}::my delete [list \
+		    ::oo::UnlinkLinkedCommand $src]
+	    }
+	    return
+	}
+    }
+
+    # ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+    #
+    # UnlinkLinkedCommand --
+    #
+    #	Callback used to remove linked command when the underlying mechanism
+    #	that supports it is deleted.
+    #
+    # ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+    proc UnlinkLinkedCommand {cmd args} {
+	if {[namespace which $cmd] ne {}} {
+	    rename $cmd {}
+	}
+    }
+
+    # ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+    #
+    # DelegateName --
+    #
+    #	Utility that gets the name of the class delegate for a class. It's
+    #	trivial, but makes working with them much easier as delegate names are
+    #	intentionally hard to create by accident.
+    #
+    # ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+    proc DelegateName {class} {
+	string cat [info object namespace $class] {:: oo ::delegate}
+    }
+
+    # ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+    #
+    # MixinClassDelegates --
+    #
+    #	Support code called *after* [oo::define] inside the constructor of a
+    #	class that patches in the appropriate class delegates.
+    #
+    # ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+    proc MixinClassDelegates {class} {
+	if {![info object isa class $class]} {
+	    return
+	}
+	set delegate [DelegateName $class]
+	if {![info object isa class $delegate]} {
+	    return
+	}
+	foreach c [info class superclass $class] {
+	    set d [DelegateName $c]
+	    if {![info object isa class $d]} {
+		continue
+	    }
+	    define $delegate superclass -append $d
+	}
+	objdefine $class mixin -append $delegate
+    }
+
+    # ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+    #
+    # UpdateClassDelegatesAfterClone --
+    #
+    #	Support code that is like [MixinClassDelegates] except for when a
+    #	class is cloned.
+    #
+    # ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+    proc UpdateClassDelegatesAfterClone {originObject targetObject} {
+	# Rebuild the class inheritance delegation class
+	set originDelegate [DelegateName $originObject]
+	set targetDelegate [DelegateName $targetObject]
+	if {
+	    [info object isa class $originDelegate]
+	    && ![info object isa class $targetDelegate]
+	} then {
+	    copy $originDelegate $targetDelegate
+	    objdefine $targetObject mixin -set \
+		{*}[lmap c [info object mixin $targetObject] {
+		    if {$c eq $originDelegate} {set targetDelegate} {set c}
+		}]
+	}
+    }
+
+    # ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+    #
+    # oo::define::classmethod --
+    #
+    #	Defines a class method. See define(n) for details.
+    #
+    # Note that the ::oo::define namespace is semi-public and a bit weird
+    # anyway, so we don't regard the namespace path as being under control:
+    # fully qualified names are used for everything.
+    #
+    # ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+    proc define::classmethod {name {args {}} {body {}}} {
+        # Create the method on the class if the caller gave arguments and body
+        ::set argc [::llength [::info level 0]]
+        ::if {$argc == 3} {
+            ::return -code error -errorcode {TCL WRONGARGS} [::format \
+		{wrong # args: should be "%s name ?args body?"} \
+                [::lindex [::info level 0] 0]]
+        }
+        ::set cls [::uplevel 1 self]
+        ::if {$argc == 4} {
+            ::oo::define [::oo::DelegateName $cls] method $name $args $body
+        }
+        # Make the connection by forwarding
+        ::tailcall forward $name myclass $name
+    }
+
+    # ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+    #
+    # oo::define::initialise, oo::define::initialize --
+    #
+    #	Do specific initialisation for a class. See define(n) for details.
+    #
+    # Note that the ::oo::define namespace is semi-public and a bit weird
+    # anyway, so we don't regard the namespace path as being under control:
+    # fully qualified names are used for everything.
+    #
+    # ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+    proc define::initialise {body} {
+        ::set clsns [::info object namespace [::uplevel 1 self]]
+        ::tailcall apply [::list {} $body $clsns]
+    }
+
+    # Make the [initialise] definition appear as [initialize] too
+    namespace eval define {
+	::namespace export initialise
+	::namespace eval tmp {::namespace import ::oo::define::initialise}
+	::namespace export -clear
+	::rename tmp::initialise initialize
+	::namespace delete tmp
+    }
+
+    # ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+    #
+    # Slot --
+    #
+    #	The class of slot operations, which are basically lists at the low
+    #	level of TclOO; this provides a more consistent interface to them.
+    #
+    # ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+    define Slot {
+	# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+	#
+	# Slot Get --
+	#
+	#	Basic slot getter. Retrieves the contents of the slot.
+	#	Particular slots must provide concrete non-erroring
+	#	implementation.
+	#
+	# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+	method Get {} {
+	    return -code error -errorcode {TCLOO ABSTRACT_SLOT} "unimplemented"
+	}
+
+	# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+	#
+	# Slot Set --
+	#
+	#	Basic slot setter. Sets the contents of the slot.  Particular
+	#	slots must provide concrete non-erroring implementation.
+	#
+	# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+	method Set list {
+	    return -code error -errorcode {TCLOO ABSTRACT_SLOT} "unimplemented"
+	}
+
+	# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+	#
+	# Slot Resolve --
+	#
+	#	Helper that lets a slot convert a list of arguments of a
+	#	particular type to their canonical forms. Defaults to doing
+	#	nothing (suitable for simple strings).
+	#
+	# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+	method Resolve list {
+	    return $list
+	}
+
+	# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+	#
+	# Slot -set, -append, -clear, --default-operation --
+	#
+	#	Standard public slot operations. If a slot can't figure out
+	#	what method to call directly, it uses --default-operation.
+	#
+	# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+	method -set args {
+	    set my [namespace which my]
+	    set args [lmap a $args {uplevel 1 [list $my Resolve $a]}]
+	    tailcall my Set $args
+	}
+	method -append args {
+	    set my [namespace which my]
+	    set args [lmap a $args {uplevel 1 [list $my Resolve $a]}]
+	    set current [uplevel 1 [list $my Get]]
+	    tailcall my Set [list {*}$current {*}$args]
+	}
+	method -clear {} {tailcall my Set {}}
+	method -prepend args {
+	    set my [namespace which my]
+	    set args [lmap a $args {uplevel 1 [list $my Resolve $a]}]
+	    set current [uplevel 1 [list $my Get]]
+	    tailcall my Set [list {*}$args {*}$current]
+	}
+	method -remove args {
+	    set my [namespace which my]
+	    set args [lmap a $args {uplevel 1 [list $my Resolve $a]}]
+	    set current [uplevel 1 [list $my Get]]
+	    tailcall my Set [lmap val $current {
+		if {$val in $args} continue else {set val}
+	    }]
+	}
+
+	# Default handling
+	forward --default-operation my -append
+	method unknown {args} {
+	    set def --default-operation
+	    if {[llength $args] == 0} {
+		tailcall my $def
+	    } elseif {![string match -* [lindex $args 0]]} {
+		tailcall my $def {*}$args
+	    }
+	    next {*}$args
+	}
+
+	# Set up what is exported and what isn't
+	export -set -append -clear -prepend -remove
+	unexport unknown destroy
+    }
+
+    # Set the default operation differently for these slots
+    objdefine define::superclass forward --default-operation my -set
+    objdefine define::mixin forward --default-operation my -set
+    objdefine objdefine::mixin forward --default-operation my -set
+
+    # ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+    #
+    # oo::object <cloned> --
+    #
+    #	Handler for cloning objects that clones basic bits (only!) of the
+    #	object's namespace. Non-procedures, traces, sub-namespaces, etc. need
+    #	more complex (and class-specific) handling.
+    #
+    # ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+    define object method <cloned> {originObject} {
+	# Copy over the procedures from the original namespace
+	foreach p [info procs [info object namespace $originObject]::*] {
+	    set args [info args $p]
+	    set idx -1
+	    foreach a $args {
+		if {[info default $p $a d]} {
+		    lset args [incr idx] [list $a $d]
+		} else {
+		    lset args [incr idx] [list $a]
+		}
+	    }
+	    set b [info body $p]
+	    set p [namespace tail $p]
+	    proc $p $args $b
+	}
+	# Copy over the variables from the original namespace
+	foreach v [info vars [info object namespace $originObject]::*] {
+	    upvar 0 $v vOrigin
+	    namespace upvar [namespace current] [namespace tail $v] vNew
+	    if {[info exists vOrigin]} {
+		if {[array exists vOrigin]} {
+		    array set vNew [array get vOrigin]
+		} else {
+		    set vNew $vOrigin
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+	# General commands, sub-namespaces and advancd variable config (traces,
+	# etc) are *not* copied over. Classes that want that should do it
+	# themselves.
+    }
+
+    # ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+    #
+    # oo::class <cloned> --
+    #
+    #	Handler for cloning classes, which fixes up the delegates.
+    #
+    # ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+    define class method <cloned> {originObject} {
+	next $originObject
+	# Rebuild the class inheritance delegation class
+	::oo::UpdateClassDelegatesAfterClone $originObject [self]
+    }
+
+    # ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+    #
+    # oo::singleton --
+    #
+    #	A metaclass that is used to make classes that only permit one instance
+    #	of them to exist. See singleton(n).
+    #
+    # ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+    class create singleton {
+	superclass class
+	variable object
+	unexport create createWithNamespace
+	method new args {
+	    if {![info exists object] || ![info object isa object $object]} {
+		set object [next {*}$args]
+		::oo::objdefine $object {
+		    method destroy {} {
+			::return -code error -errorcode {TCLOO SINGLETON} \
+			    "may not destroy a singleton object"
+		    }
+		    method <cloned> {originObject} {
+			::return -code error -errorcode {TCLOO SINGLETON} \
+			    "may not clone a singleton object"
+		    }
+		}
+	    }
+	    return $object
+	}
+    }
+
+    # ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+    #
+    # oo::abstract --
+    #
+    #	A metaclass that is used to make classes that can't be directly
+    #	instantiated. See abstract(n).
+    #
+    # ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+    class create abstract {
+	superclass class
+	unexport create createWithNamespace new
+    }
+}
+
+# Local Variables:
+# mode: tcl
+# c-basic-offset: 4
+# fill-column: 78
+# End:

generic/tclOOStubInit.c

@@ -73,6 +73,7 @@ const TclOOStubs tclOOStubs = {
     Tcl_ClassSetConstructor, /* 26 */
     Tcl_ClassSetDestructor, /* 27 */
     Tcl_GetObjectName, /* 28 */
+    Tcl_MethodIsPrivate, /* 29 */
 };
 
 /* !END!: Do not edit above this line. */

generic/tclObj.c

@@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ Tcl_Obj *tclFreeObjList = NULL;
  * TclNewObj macro, however, so must be visible.
  */
 
-#ifdef TCL_THREADS
+#if TCL_THREADS
 MODULE_SCOPE Tcl_Mutex tclObjMutex;
 Tcl_Mutex tclObjMutex;
 #endif
@@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ Tcl_Mutex tclObjMutex;
 
 char tclEmptyString = '\0';
 
-#if defined(TCL_MEM_DEBUG) && defined(TCL_THREADS)
+#if TCL_THREADS && defined(TCL_MEM_DEBUG)
 /*
  * Structure for tracking the source file and line number where a given
  * Tcl_Obj was allocated.  We also track the pointer to the Tcl_Obj itself,
@@ -87,7 +87,7 @@ typedef struct {
                                  * tclCompile.h for the definition of this
                                  * structure, and for references to all
                                  * related places in the core. */
-#if defined(TCL_MEM_DEBUG) && defined(TCL_THREADS)
+#if TCL_THREADS && defined(TCL_MEM_DEBUG)
     Tcl_HashTable *objThreadMap;/* Thread local table that is used to check
                                  * that a Tcl_Obj was not allocated by some
                                  * other thread. */
@@ -156,7 +156,7 @@ typedef struct PendingObjData {
 /*
  * Macro to set up the local reference to the deletion context.
  */
-#ifndef TCL_THREADS
+#if !TCL_THREADS
 static PendingObjData pendingObjData;
 #define ObjInitDeletionContext(contextPtr) \
     PendingObjData *const contextPtr = &pendingObjData
@@ -452,7 +452,7 @@ TclInitObjSubsystem(void)
 void
 TclFinalizeThreadObjects(void)
 {
-#if defined(TCL_MEM_DEBUG) && defined(TCL_THREADS)
+#if TCL_THREADS && defined(TCL_MEM_DEBUG)
     Tcl_HashEntry *hPtr;
     Tcl_HashSearch hSearch;
     ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = TCL_TSD_INIT(&dataKey);
@@ -1009,7 +1009,7 @@ void
 TclDbDumpActiveObjects(
     FILE *outFile)
 {
-#if defined(TCL_MEM_DEBUG) && defined(TCL_THREADS)
+#if TCL_THREADS && defined(TCL_MEM_DEBUG)
     Tcl_HashSearch hSearch;
     Tcl_HashEntry *hPtr;
     Tcl_HashTable *tablePtr;
@@ -1069,7 +1069,7 @@ TclDbInitNewObj(
     objPtr->length = 0;
     objPtr->typePtr = NULL;
 
-#ifdef TCL_THREADS
+#if TCL_THREADS
     /*
      * Add entry to a thread local map used to check if a Tcl_Obj was
      * allocated by the currently executing thread.
@@ -1305,7 +1305,7 @@ TclFreeObj(
 
     ObjInitDeletionContext(context);
 
-# ifdef TCL_THREADS
+#if TCL_THREADS
     /*
      * Check to make sure that the Tcl_Obj was allocated by the current
      * thread. Don't do this check when shutting down since thread local
@@ -1632,32 +1632,30 @@ Tcl_GetString(
     register Tcl_Obj *objPtr)	/* Object whose string rep byte pointer should
 				 * be returned. */
 {
-    if (objPtr->bytes != NULL) {
-	return objPtr->bytes;
-    }
-
-    /*
-     * Note we do not check for objPtr->typePtr == NULL.  An invariant of
-     * a properly maintained Tcl_Obj is that at least  one of objPtr->bytes
-     * and objPtr->typePtr must not be NULL.  If broken extensions fail to
-     * maintain that invariant, we can crash here.
-     */
-
-    if (objPtr->typePtr->updateStringProc == NULL) {
+    if (objPtr->bytes == NULL) {
 	/*
-	 * Those Tcl_ObjTypes which choose not to define an updateStringProc
-	 * must be written in such a way that (objPtr->bytes) never becomes
-	 * NULL.  This panic was added in Tcl 8.1.
+	 * Note we do not check for objPtr->typePtr == NULL.  An invariant
+	 * of a properly maintained Tcl_Obj is that at least  one of
+	 * objPtr->bytes and objPtr->typePtr must not be NULL.  If broken
+	 * extensions fail to maintain that invariant, we can crash here.
 	 */
 
-	Tcl_Panic("UpdateStringProc should not be invoked for type %s",
-		objPtr->typePtr->name);
-    }
-    objPtr->typePtr->updateStringProc(objPtr);
-    if (objPtr->bytes == NULL || objPtr->length < 0
-	    || objPtr->bytes[objPtr->length] != '\0') {
-	Tcl_Panic("UpdateStringProc for type '%s' "
-		"failed to create a valid string rep", objPtr->typePtr->name);
+	if (objPtr->typePtr->updateStringProc == NULL) {
+	    /*
+	     * Those Tcl_ObjTypes which choose not to define an
+	     * updateStringProc must be written in such a way that
+	     * (objPtr->bytes) never becomes NULL.
+	     */
+	    Tcl_Panic("UpdateStringProc should not be invoked for type %s",
+		    objPtr->typePtr->name);
+	}
+	objPtr->typePtr->updateStringProc(objPtr);
+	if (objPtr->bytes == NULL || objPtr->length < 0
+		|| objPtr->bytes[objPtr->length] != '\0') {
+	    Tcl_Panic("UpdateStringProc for type '%s' "
+		    "failed to create a valid string rep",
+		    objPtr->typePtr->name);
+	}
     }
     return objPtr->bytes;
 }
@@ -1693,8 +1691,31 @@ Tcl_GetStringFromObj(
 				 * rep's byte array length should * be stored.
 				 * If NULL, no length is stored. */
 {
-    (void) TclGetString(objPtr);
+    if (objPtr->bytes == NULL) {
+	/*
+	 * Note we do not check for objPtr->typePtr == NULL.  An invariant
+	 * of a properly maintained Tcl_Obj is that at least  one of
+	 * objPtr->bytes and objPtr->typePtr must not be NULL.  If broken
+	 * extensions fail to maintain that invariant, we can crash here.
+	 */
 
+	if (objPtr->typePtr->updateStringProc == NULL) {
+	    /*
+	     * Those Tcl_ObjTypes which choose not to define an
+	     * updateStringProc must be written in such a way that
+	     * (objPtr->bytes) never becomes NULL.
+	     */
+	    Tcl_Panic("UpdateStringProc should not be invoked for type %s",
+		    objPtr->typePtr->name);
+	}
+	objPtr->typePtr->updateStringProc(objPtr);
+	if (objPtr->bytes == NULL || objPtr->length < 0
+		|| objPtr->bytes[objPtr->length] != '\0') {
+	    Tcl_Panic("UpdateStringProc for type '%s' "
+		    "failed to create a valid string rep",
+		    objPtr->typePtr->name);
+	}
+    }
     if (lengthPtr != NULL) {
 	*lengthPtr = objPtr->length;
     }
@@ -2786,7 +2807,7 @@ Tcl_GetLongFromObj(
 
 	    if (w >= -(Tcl_WideInt)(ULONG_MAX)
 		    && w <= (Tcl_WideInt)(ULONG_MAX)) {
-		*longPtr = Tcl_WideAsLong(w);
+		*longPtr = (long) w;
 		return TCL_OK;
 	    }
 	    goto tooLarge;
@@ -2812,10 +2833,9 @@ Tcl_GetLongFromObj(
 	    mp_int big;
 
 	    UNPACK_BIGNUM(objPtr, big);
-	    if ((size_t) big.used <= (CHAR_BIT * sizeof(long) + DIGIT_BIT - 1)
+	    if ((size_t) big.used <= (CHAR_BIT * sizeof(unsigned long) + DIGIT_BIT - 1)
 		    / DIGIT_BIT) {
-		unsigned long value = 0, numBytes = sizeof(long);
-		long scratch;
+		unsigned long scratch, value = 0, numBytes = sizeof(unsigned long);
 		unsigned char *bytes = (unsigned char *) &scratch;
 
 		if (mp_to_unsigned_bin_n(&big, bytes, &numBytes) == MP_OKAY) {
@@ -3083,6 +3103,73 @@ Tcl_GetWideIntFromObj(
     return TCL_ERROR;
 }
 
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * TclGetWideBitsFromObj --
+ *
+ *	Attempt to return a wide integer from the Tcl object "objPtr". If the
+ *	object is not already a int, double or bignum, an attempt will be made
+ *	to convert it to one of these. Out-of-range values don't result in an
+ *	error, but only the least significant 64 bits will be returned.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	The return value is a standard Tcl object result. If an error occurs
+ *	during conversion, an error message is left in the interpreter's
+ *	result unless "interp" is NULL.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	If the object is not already an int, double or bignum object, the
+ *	conversion will free any old internal representation.
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+int
+TclGetWideBitsFromObj(
+    Tcl_Interp *interp,         /* Used for error reporting if not NULL. */
+    Tcl_Obj *objPtr,            /* Object from which to get a wide int. */
+    Tcl_WideInt *wideIntPtr)    /* Place to store resulting wide integer. */
+{
+    do {
+	if (objPtr->typePtr == &tclIntType) {
+	    *wideIntPtr = objPtr->internalRep.wideValue;
+	    return TCL_OK;
+	}
+	if (objPtr->typePtr == &tclDoubleType) {
+	    if (interp != NULL) {
+                Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
+                        "expected integer but got \"%s\"",
+                        TclGetString(objPtr)));
+		Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TCL", "VALUE", "INTEGER", NULL);
+	    }
+	    return TCL_ERROR;
+	}
+	if (objPtr->typePtr == &tclBignumType) {
+	    mp_int big;
+
+	    Tcl_WideUInt value = 0, scratch;
+	    unsigned long numBytes = sizeof(Tcl_WideInt);
+	    unsigned char *bytes = (unsigned char *) &scratch;
+
+	    Tcl_GetBignumFromObj(NULL, objPtr, &big);
+	    mp_mod_2d(&big, (int) (CHAR_BIT * sizeof(Tcl_WideInt)), &big);
+	    mp_to_unsigned_bin_n(&big, bytes, &numBytes);
+	    while (numBytes-- > 0) {
+		value = (value << CHAR_BIT) | *bytes++;
+	    }
+	    if (big.sign) {
+		value = -value;
+	    }
+	    *wideIntPtr = (Tcl_WideInt) value;
+	    mp_clear(&big);
+	    return TCL_OK;
+	}
+    } while (TclParseNumber(interp, objPtr, "integer", NULL, -1, NULL,
+	    TCL_PARSE_INTEGER_ONLY)==TCL_OK);
+    return TCL_ERROR;
+}
+
 /*
  *----------------------------------------------------------------------
  *
@@ -3449,7 +3536,7 @@ Tcl_SetBignumObj(
 	while (numBytes-- > 0) {
 	    value = (value << CHAR_BIT) | *bytes++;
 	}
-	if (value > (((~(Tcl_WideUInt)0) >> 1) + bignumValue->sign)) {
+	if (value > ((Tcl_WideUInt)WIDE_MAX + bignumValue->sign)) {
 	    goto tooLargeForWide;
 	}
 	if (bignumValue->sign) {
@@ -3598,7 +3685,7 @@ Tcl_DbIncrRefCount(
 	Tcl_Panic("incrementing refCount of previously disposed object");
     }
 
-# ifdef TCL_THREADS
+#if TCL_THREADS
     /*
      * Check to make sure that the Tcl_Obj was allocated by the current
      * thread. Don't do this check when shutting down since thread local
@@ -3661,7 +3748,7 @@ Tcl_DbDecrRefCount(
 	Tcl_Panic("decrementing refCount of previously disposed object");
     }
 
-# ifdef TCL_THREADS
+#if TCL_THREADS
     /*
      * Check to make sure that the Tcl_Obj was allocated by the current
      * thread. Don't do this check when shutting down since thread local
@@ -3726,7 +3813,7 @@ Tcl_DbIsShared(
 	Tcl_Panic("checking whether previously disposed object is shared");
     }
 
-# ifdef TCL_THREADS
+#if TCL_THREADS
     /*
      * Check to make sure that the Tcl_Obj was allocated by the current
      * thread. Don't do this check when shutting down since thread local

generic/tclPanic.c

@@ -23,8 +23,8 @@
  * procedure.
  */
 
-#if defined(__CYGWIN__)
-static TCL_NORETURN Tcl_PanicProc *panicProc = tclWinDebugPanic;
+#if defined(__CYGWIN__) || (defined(_WIN32) && (defined(TCL_NO_DEPRECATED) || TCL_MAJOR_VERSION > 8))
+static TCL_NORETURN1 Tcl_PanicProc *panicProc = tclWinDebugPanic;
 #else
 static TCL_NORETURN1 Tcl_PanicProc *panicProc = NULL;
 #endif
@@ -45,6 +45,7 @@ static TCL_NORETURN1 Tcl_PanicProc *panicProc = NULL;
  *----------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
 
+#undef Tcl_SetPanicProc
 void
 Tcl_SetPanicProc(
     TCL_NORETURN1 Tcl_PanicProc *proc)

generic/tclParse.c

@@ -979,7 +979,12 @@ TclParseBackslash(
     if (readPtr != NULL) {
 	*readPtr = count;
     }
-    return Tcl_UniCharToUtf(result, dst);
+    count = Tcl_UniCharToUtf(result, dst);
+    if (!count) {
+	/* Special case for handling upper surrogates. */
+	count = Tcl_UniCharToUtf(-1, dst);
+    }
+    return count;
 }
 
 /*

generic/tclPkg.c

@@ -577,7 +577,7 @@ SelectPackage(ClientData data[], Tcl_Interp *interp, int result) {
     PkgAvail *availPtr, *bestPtr, *bestStablePtr;
     char *availVersion, *bestVersion, *bestStableVersion;
 				/* Internal rep. of versions */
-    int availStable, satisfies; 
+    int availStable, satisfies;
     Require *reqPtr = data[0];
     int reqc = PTR2INT(data[1]);
     Tcl_Obj **const reqv = data[2];

generic/tclPkgConfig.c

@@ -40,7 +40,7 @@
  * configuration information.
  */
 
-#ifdef TCL_THREADS
+#if TCL_THREADS
 #  define  CFG_THREADED		"1"
 #else
 #  define  CFG_THREADED		"0"
@@ -105,6 +105,8 @@ static Tcl_Config const cfg[] = {
     {"scriptdir,runtime",	CFG_RUNTIME_SCRDIR},
     {"includedir,runtime",	CFG_RUNTIME_INCDIR},
     {"docdir,runtime",		CFG_RUNTIME_DOCDIR},
+    {"dllfile,runtime",		CFG_RUNTIME_DLLFILE},
+    {"zipfile,runtime",		CFG_RUNTIME_ZIPFILE},
 
     /* Installation paths to various stuff */
 

generic/tclPort.h

@@ -24,20 +24,8 @@
 #endif
 #include "tcl.h"
 
-#if !defined(LLONG_MIN)
-#   ifdef TCL_WIDE_INT_IS_LONG
-#      define LLONG_MIN LONG_MIN
-#   else
-#      ifdef LLONG_BIT
-#         define LLONG_MIN ((Tcl_WideInt)(Tcl_LongAsWide(1)<<(LLONG_BIT-1)))
-#      else
-/* Assume we're on a system with a 64-bit 'long long' type */
-#         define LLONG_MIN ((Tcl_WideInt)(Tcl_LongAsWide(1)<<63))
-#      endif
-#   endif
-/* Assume that if LLONG_MIN is undefined, then so is LLONG_MAX */
-#   define LLONG_MAX (~LLONG_MIN)
-#endif
-
+#define UWIDE_MAX ((Tcl_WideUInt)-1)
+#define WIDE_MAX ((Tcl_WideInt)(UWIDE_MAX >> 1))
+#define WIDE_MIN ((Tcl_WideInt)((Tcl_WideUInt)WIDE_MAX+1))
 
 #endif /* _TCLPORT */

generic/tclProc.c

@@ -505,10 +505,11 @@ TclCreateProc(
 	    goto procError;
 	}
 
-	nameLength = Tcl_NumUtfChars(Tcl_GetString(fieldValues[0]), fieldValues[0]->length);
+	argname = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(fieldValues[0], &plen);
+	nameLength = Tcl_NumUtfChars(argname, plen);
 	if (fieldCount == 2) {
-	    valueLength = Tcl_NumUtfChars(Tcl_GetString(fieldValues[1]),
-		fieldValues[1]->length);
+	    const char * value = TclGetString(fieldValues[1]);
+	    valueLength = Tcl_NumUtfChars(value, fieldValues[1]->length);
 	} else {
 	    valueLength = 0;
 	}
@@ -517,7 +518,6 @@ TclCreateProc(
 	 * Check that the formal parameter name is a scalar.
 	 */
 
-	argname = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(fieldValues[0], &plen);
 	argnamei = argname;
 	argnamelast = argname[plen-1];
 	while (plen--) {
@@ -611,7 +611,7 @@ TclCreateProc(
 		procPtr->lastLocalPtr = localPtr;
 	    }
 	    localPtr->nextPtr = NULL;
-	    localPtr->nameLength = Tcl_NumUtfChars(argname, fieldValues[0]->length);
+	    localPtr->nameLength = nameLength;
 	    localPtr->frameIndex = i;
 	    localPtr->flags = VAR_ARGUMENT;
 	    localPtr->resolveInfo = NULL;
@@ -688,51 +688,15 @@ TclGetFrame(
     CallFrame **framePtrPtr)	/* Store pointer to frame here (or NULL if
 				 * global frame indicated). */
 {
-    register Interp *iPtr = (Interp *) interp;
-    int curLevel, level, result;
-    CallFrame *framePtr;
+	int result;
+	Tcl_Obj obj;
 
-    /*
-     * Parse string to figure out which level number to go to.
-     */
-
-    result = 1;
-    curLevel = iPtr->varFramePtr->level;
-    if (*name== '#') {
-	if (Tcl_GetInt(interp, name+1, &level) != TCL_OK || level < 0) {
-	    goto levelError;
-	}
-    } else if (isdigit(UCHAR(*name))) { /* INTL: digit */
-	if (Tcl_GetInt(interp, name, &level) != TCL_OK) {
-	    goto levelError;
-	}
-	level = curLevel - level;
-    } else {
-	level = curLevel - 1;
-	result = 0;
-    }
-
-    /*
-     * Figure out which frame to use, and return it to the caller.
-     */
-
-    for (framePtr = iPtr->varFramePtr; framePtr != NULL;
-	    framePtr = framePtr->callerVarPtr) {
-	if (framePtr->level == level) {
-	    break;
-	}
-    }
-    if (framePtr == NULL) {
-	goto levelError;
-    }
-
-    *framePtrPtr = framePtr;
-    return result;
-
-  levelError:
-    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf("bad level \"%s\"", name));
-    Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TCL", "VALUE", "STACKLEVEL", NULL);
-    return -1;
+	obj.bytes = (char *) name;
+	obj.length = strlen(name);
+	obj.typePtr = NULL;
+	result = TclObjGetFrame(interp, &obj, framePtrPtr);
+	TclFreeIntRep(&obj);
+	return result;
 }
 
 /*
@@ -770,6 +734,7 @@ TclObjGetFrame(
     register Interp *iPtr = (Interp *) interp;
     int curLevel, level, result;
     const char *name = NULL;
+    Tcl_WideInt w;
 
     /*
      * Parse object to figure out which level number to go to.
@@ -785,25 +750,33 @@ TclObjGetFrame(
 
     if (objPtr == NULL) {
 	/* Do nothing */
-    } else if (TCL_OK == Tcl_GetIntFromObj(NULL, objPtr, &level)
-	    && (level >= 0)) {
-	level = curLevel - level;
-	result = 1;
+    } else if (TCL_OK == Tcl_GetIntFromObj(NULL, objPtr, &level)) {
+	Tcl_GetWideIntFromObj(NULL, objPtr, &w);
+	if (w < 0 || w > INT_MAX || curLevel > w + INT_MAX) {
+	    result = -1;
+	} else {
+	    level = curLevel - level;
+	    result = 1;
+	}
     } else if (objPtr->typePtr == &levelReferenceType) {
 	level = (int) objPtr->internalRep.wideValue;
 	result = 1;
     } else {
 	name = TclGetString(objPtr);
 	if (name[0] == '#') {
-	    if (TCL_OK == Tcl_GetInt(NULL, name+1, &level) && level >= 0) {
-		TclFreeIntRep(objPtr);
-		objPtr->typePtr = &levelReferenceType;
-		objPtr->internalRep.wideValue = level;
-		result = 1;
+	    if (TCL_OK == Tcl_GetInt(NULL, name+1, &level)) {
+		if (level < 0 || (level > 0 && name[1] == '-')) {
+		    result = -1;
+		} else {
+		    TclFreeIntRep(objPtr);
+		    objPtr->typePtr = &levelReferenceType;
+		    objPtr->internalRep.wideValue = level;
+		    result = 1;
+		}
 	    } else {
 		result = -1;
 	    }
-	} else if (isdigit(UCHAR(name[0]))) { /* INTL: digit */
+	} else if (TclGetWideBitsFromObj(interp, objPtr, &w) == TCL_OK) {
 	    /*
 	     * If this were an integer, we'd have succeeded already.
 	     * Docs say we have to treat this as a 'bad level'  error.
@@ -814,7 +787,6 @@ TclObjGetFrame(
 
     if (result == 0) {
 	level = curLevel - 1;
-	name = "1";
     }
     if (result != -1) {
 	if (level >= 0) {
@@ -827,11 +799,11 @@ TclObjGetFrame(
 		}
 	    }
 	}
-	if (name == NULL) {
-	    name = TclGetString(objPtr);
-	}
     }
 
+    if (name == NULL) {
+	name = TclGetString(objPtr);
+    }
     Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf("bad level \"%s\"", name));
     Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TCL", "LOOKUP", "LEVEL", name, NULL);
     return -1;
@@ -1035,7 +1007,6 @@ ProcWrongNumArgs(
 {
     CallFrame *framePtr = ((Interp *)interp)->varFramePtr;
     register Proc *procPtr = framePtr->procPtr;
-    register Var *defPtr;
     int localCt = procPtr->numCompiledLocals, numArgs, i;
     Tcl_Obj **desiredObjs;
     const char *final = NULL;
@@ -1059,23 +1030,26 @@ ProcWrongNumArgs(
     }
     Tcl_IncrRefCount(desiredObjs[0]);
 
-    defPtr = (Var *) (&framePtr->localCachePtr->varName0 + localCt);
-    for (i=1 ; i<=numArgs ; i++, defPtr++) {
-	Tcl_Obj *argObj;
-	Tcl_Obj *namePtr = localName(framePtr, i-1);
+    if (localCt > 0) {
+	register Var *defPtr = (Var *) (&framePtr->localCachePtr->varName0 + localCt);
 
-	if (defPtr->value.objPtr != NULL) {
-	    TclNewObj(argObj);
-	    Tcl_AppendStringsToObj(argObj, "?", TclGetString(namePtr), "?", NULL);
-	} else if (defPtr->flags & VAR_IS_ARGS) {
-	    numArgs--;
-	    final = "?arg ...?";
-	    break;
-	} else {
-	    argObj = namePtr;
-	    Tcl_IncrRefCount(namePtr);
+	for (i=1 ; i<=numArgs ; i++, defPtr++) {
+	    Tcl_Obj *argObj;
+	    Tcl_Obj *namePtr = localName(framePtr, i-1);
+
+	    if (defPtr->value.objPtr != NULL) {
+		TclNewObj(argObj);
+		Tcl_AppendStringsToObj(argObj, "?", TclGetString(namePtr), "?", NULL);
+	    } else if (defPtr->flags & VAR_IS_ARGS) {
+		numArgs--;
+		final = "?arg ...?";
+		break;
+	    } else {
+		argObj = namePtr;
+		Tcl_IncrRefCount(namePtr);
+	    }
+	    desiredObjs[i] = argObj;
 	}
-	desiredObjs[i] = argObj;
     }
 
     Tcl_ResetResult(interp);

generic/tclProcess.c

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 /*
  * tclProcess.c --
  *
- *	This file implements the "tcl::process" ensemble for subprocess 
+ *	This file implements the "tcl::process" ensemble for subprocess
  *	management as defined by TIP #462.
  *
  * Copyright (c) 2017 Frederic Bonnet.
@@ -13,14 +13,14 @@
 #include "tclInt.h"
 
 /*
- * Autopurge flag. Process-global because of the way Tcl manages child 
+ * Autopurge flag. Process-global because of the way Tcl manages child
  * processes (see tclPipe.c).
  */
 
 static int autopurge = 1;	/* Autopurge flag. */
 
 /*
- * Hash tables that keeps track of all child process statuses. Keys are the 
+ * Hash tables that keeps track of all child process statuses. Keys are the
  * child process ids and resolved pids, values are (ProcessInfo *).
  */
 
@@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ typedef struct ProcessInfo {
     int resolvedPid;		/* Resolved process id. */
     int purge;			/* Purge eventualy. */
     TclProcessWaitStatus status;/* Process status. */
-    int code;			/* Error code, exit status or signal 
+    int code;			/* Error code, exit status or signal
 				   number. */
     Tcl_Obj *msg;		/* Error message. */
     Tcl_Obj *error;		/* Error code. */
@@ -47,7 +47,7 @@ static void		InitProcessInfo(ProcessInfo *info, Tcl_Pid pid,
 			    int resolvedPid);
 static void		FreeProcessInfo(ProcessInfo *info);
 static int		RefreshProcessInfo(ProcessInfo *info, int options);
-static TclProcessWaitStatus WaitProcessStatus(Tcl_Pid pid, int resolvedPid, 
+static TclProcessWaitStatus WaitProcessStatus(Tcl_Pid pid, int resolvedPid,
 			    int options, int *codePtr, Tcl_Obj **msgPtr,
 			    Tcl_Obj **errorObjPtr);
 static Tcl_Obj *	BuildProcessStatusObj(ProcessInfo *info);
@@ -160,7 +160,7 @@ RefreshProcessInfo(
 	 * Refresh & store status.
 	 */
 
-	info->status = WaitProcessStatus(info->pid, info->resolvedPid, 
+	info->status = WaitProcessStatus(info->pid, info->resolvedPid,
 		options, &info->code, &info->msg, &info->error);
 	if (info->msg) Tcl_IncrRefCount(info->msg);
 	if (info->error) Tcl_IncrRefCount(info->error);
@@ -214,7 +214,7 @@ WaitProcessStatus(
 	/*
 	 * No change.
 	 */
-	
+
 	return TCL_PROCESS_UNCHANGED;
     }
 
@@ -370,7 +370,7 @@ BuildProcessStatusObj(
 	/*
 	 * Normal exit, return TCL_OK.
 	 */
-	
+
 	return Tcl_NewIntObj(TCL_OK);
     }
 
@@ -388,7 +388,7 @@ BuildProcessStatusObj(
  *
  * ProcessListObjCmd --
  *
- *	This function implements the 'tcl::process list' Tcl command. 
+ *	This function implements the 'tcl::process list' Tcl command.
  *	Refer to the user documentation for details on what it does.
  *
  * Results:
@@ -423,10 +423,10 @@ ProcessListObjCmd(
 
     list = Tcl_NewListObj(0, NULL);
     Tcl_MutexLock(&infoTablesMutex);
-    for (entry = Tcl_FirstHashEntry(&infoTablePerResolvedPid, &search); 
+    for (entry = Tcl_FirstHashEntry(&infoTablePerResolvedPid, &search);
 	    entry != NULL; entry = Tcl_NextHashEntry(&search)) {
 	info = (ProcessInfo *) Tcl_GetHashValue(entry);
-	Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, list, 
+	Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, list,
 		Tcl_NewIntObj(info->resolvedPid));
     }
     Tcl_MutexUnlock(&infoTablesMutex);
@@ -438,7 +438,7 @@ ProcessListObjCmd(
  *
  * ProcessStatusObjCmd --
  *
- *	This function implements the 'tcl::process status' Tcl command. 
+ *	This function implements the 'tcl::process status' Tcl command.
  *	Refer to the user documentation for details on what it does.
  *
  * Results:
@@ -504,7 +504,7 @@ ProcessStatusObjCmd(
 
 	dict = Tcl_NewDictObj();
 	Tcl_MutexLock(&infoTablesMutex);
-	for (entry = Tcl_FirstHashEntry(&infoTablePerResolvedPid, &search); 
+	for (entry = Tcl_FirstHashEntry(&infoTablePerResolvedPid, &search);
 		entry != NULL; entry = Tcl_NextHashEntry(&search)) {
 	    info = (ProcessInfo *) Tcl_GetHashValue(entry);
 	    RefreshProcessInfo(info, options);
@@ -513,7 +513,7 @@ ProcessStatusObjCmd(
 		/*
 		 * Purge entry.
 		 */
-		
+
 		Tcl_DeleteHashEntry(entry);
 		entry = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&infoTablePerPid, info->pid);
 		Tcl_DeleteHashEntry(entry);
@@ -523,7 +523,7 @@ ProcessStatusObjCmd(
 		 * Add to result.
 		 */
 
-		Tcl_DictObjPut(interp, dict, Tcl_NewIntObj(info->resolvedPid), 
+		Tcl_DictObjPut(interp, dict, Tcl_NewIntObj(info->resolvedPid),
 			BuildProcessStatusObj(info));
 	    }
 	}
@@ -532,7 +532,7 @@ ProcessStatusObjCmd(
 	/*
 	 * Only return statuses of provided processes.
 	 */
-	
+
 	result = Tcl_ListObjGetElements(interp, objv[1], &numPids, &pidObjs);
 	if (result != TCL_OK) {
 	    return result;
@@ -552,10 +552,10 @@ ProcessStatusObjCmd(
 		/*
 		 * Skip unknown process.
 		 */
-		
+
 		continue;
 	    }
-	    
+
 	    info = (ProcessInfo *) Tcl_GetHashValue(entry);
 	    RefreshProcessInfo(info, options);
 
@@ -563,7 +563,7 @@ ProcessStatusObjCmd(
 		/*
 		 * Purge entry.
 		 */
-		
+
 		Tcl_DeleteHashEntry(entry);
 		entry = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&infoTablePerPid, info->pid);
 		Tcl_DeleteHashEntry(entry);
@@ -573,7 +573,7 @@ ProcessStatusObjCmd(
 		 * Add to result.
 		 */
 
-		Tcl_DictObjPut(interp, dict, Tcl_NewIntObj(info->resolvedPid), 
+		Tcl_DictObjPut(interp, dict, Tcl_NewIntObj(info->resolvedPid),
 			BuildProcessStatusObj(info));
 	    }
 	}
@@ -587,7 +587,7 @@ ProcessStatusObjCmd(
  *
  * ProcessPurgeObjCmd --
  *
- *	This function implements the 'tcl::process purge' Tcl command. 
+ *	This function implements the 'tcl::process purge' Tcl command.
  *	Refer to the user documentation for details on what it does.
  *
  * Results:
@@ -632,7 +632,7 @@ ProcessPurgeObjCmd(
 	 */
 
 	Tcl_MutexLock(&infoTablesMutex);
-	for (entry = Tcl_FirstHashEntry(&infoTablePerResolvedPid, &search); 
+	for (entry = Tcl_FirstHashEntry(&infoTablePerResolvedPid, &search);
 		entry != NULL; entry = Tcl_NextHashEntry(&search)) {
 	    info = (ProcessInfo *) Tcl_GetHashValue(entry);
 	    if (info->purge) {
@@ -647,7 +647,7 @@ ProcessPurgeObjCmd(
 	/*
 	 * Purge only provided processes.
 	 */
-	
+
 	result = Tcl_ListObjGetElements(interp, objv[1], &numPids, &pidObjs);
 	if (result != TCL_OK) {
 	    return result;
@@ -665,7 +665,7 @@ ProcessPurgeObjCmd(
 		/*
 		 * Skip unknown process.
 		 */
-		
+
 		continue;
 	    }
 
@@ -687,7 +687,7 @@ ProcessPurgeObjCmd(
  *
  * ProcessAutopurgeObjCmd --
  *
- *	This function implements the 'tcl::process autopurge' Tcl command. 
+ *	This function implements the 'tcl::process autopurge' Tcl command.
  *	Refer to the user documentation for details on what it does.
  *
  * Results:
@@ -715,7 +715,7 @@ ProcessAutopurgeObjCmd(
 	/*
 	 * Set given value.
 	 */
-	
+
 	int flag;
 	int result = Tcl_GetBooleanFromObj(interp, objv[1], &flag);
 	if (result != TCL_OK) {
@@ -725,8 +725,8 @@ ProcessAutopurgeObjCmd(
 	autopurge = !!flag;
     }
 
-    /* 
-     * Return current value. 
+    /*
+     * Return current value.
      */
 
     Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewBooleanObj(autopurge));
@@ -821,9 +821,9 @@ TclProcessCreated(
 	/*
 	 * Pid was reused, free old info and reuse structure.
 	 */
-	
+
 	info = (ProcessInfo *) Tcl_GetHashValue(entry);
-	entry2 = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&infoTablePerResolvedPid, 
+	entry2 = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&infoTablePerResolvedPid,
 		INT2PTR(resolvedPid));
 	if (entry2) Tcl_DeleteHashEntry(entry2);
 	FreeProcessInfo(info);
@@ -893,8 +893,8 @@ TclProcessWait(
 	/*
 	 * Unknown process, just call WaitProcessStatus and return.
 	 */
-	
-	result = WaitProcessStatus(pid, TclpGetPid(pid), options, codePtr, 
+
+	result = WaitProcessStatus(pid, TclpGetPid(pid), options, codePtr,
 		msgObjPtr, errorObjPtr);
 	if (msgObjPtr && *msgObjPtr) Tcl_IncrRefCount(*msgObjPtr);
 	if (errorObjPtr && *errorObjPtr) Tcl_IncrRefCount(*errorObjPtr);
@@ -909,7 +909,7 @@ TclProcessWait(
 	 * so report no change.
 	 */
     Tcl_MutexUnlock(&infoTablesMutex);
-	
+
 	return TCL_PROCESS_UNCHANGED;
     }
 
@@ -919,7 +919,7 @@ TclProcessWait(
 	 * No change, stop there.
 	 */
     Tcl_MutexUnlock(&infoTablesMutex);
-	
+
 	return TCL_PROCESS_UNCHANGED;
     }
 
@@ -940,7 +940,7 @@ TclProcessWait(
 	 */
 
 	Tcl_DeleteHashEntry(entry);
-	entry = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&infoTablePerResolvedPid, 
+	entry = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&infoTablePerResolvedPid,
 		INT2PTR(info->resolvedPid));
 	Tcl_DeleteHashEntry(entry);
 	FreeProcessInfo(info);

generic/tclScan.c

@@ -926,9 +926,9 @@ Tcl_ScanObjCmd(
 	    }
 	    if (flags & SCAN_LONGER) {
 		if (Tcl_GetWideIntFromObj(NULL, objPtr, &wideValue) != TCL_OK) {
-		    wideValue = LLONG_MAX;
+		    wideValue = WIDE_MAX;
 		    if (TclGetString(objPtr)[0] == '-') {
-			wideValue = LLONG_MIN;
+			wideValue = WIDE_MIN;
 		    }
 		}
 		if ((flags & SCAN_UNSIGNED) && (wideValue < 0)) {

generic/tclStrToD.c

@@ -4543,7 +4543,7 @@ Tcl_InitBignumFromDouble(
 	return TCL_ERROR;
     }
 
-    fract = frexp(d,&expt);
+    fract = frexp(d, &expt);
     if (expt <= 0) {
 	mp_init(b);
 	mp_zero(b);
@@ -4883,7 +4883,7 @@ Pow10TimesFrExp(
 	 * Multiply by 10**exponent.
 	 */
 
-	retval = frexp(retval * pow10vals[exponent&0xf], &j);
+	retval = frexp(retval * pow10vals[exponent & 0xf], &j);
 	expt += j;
 	for (i=4; i<9; ++i) {
 	    if (exponent & (1<<i)) {

generic/tclStringObj.c

@@ -455,6 +455,48 @@ Tcl_GetCharLength(
     return numChars;
 }
 
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * TclCheckEmptyString --
+ *
+ *	Determine whether the string value of an object is or would be the
+ *	empty string, without generating a string representation.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	Returns 1 if empty, 0 if not, and -1 if unknown.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+int
+TclCheckEmptyString(
+    Tcl_Obj *objPtr)
+{
+    int length = -1;
+
+    if (objPtr->bytes == &tclEmptyString) {
+	return TCL_EMPTYSTRING_YES;
+    }
+
+    if (TclListObjIsCanonical(objPtr)) {
+	Tcl_ListObjLength(NULL, objPtr, &length);
+	return length == 0;
+    }
+
+    if (TclIsPureDict(objPtr)) {
+	Tcl_DictObjSize(NULL, objPtr, &length);
+	return length == 0;
+    }
+
+    if (objPtr->bytes == NULL) {
+	return TCL_EMPTYSTRING_UNKNOWN;
+    }
+    return objPtr->length == 0;
+}
+
 /*
  *----------------------------------------------------------------------
  *
@@ -525,20 +567,22 @@ Tcl_GetUniChar(
     if (index >= stringPtr->numChars) {
 	return -1;
     }
-	ch = stringPtr->unicode[index];
+    ch = stringPtr->unicode[index];
 #if TCL_UTF_MAX <= 4
-	/* See: bug [11ae2be95dac9417] */
-	if ((ch&0xF800) == 0xD800) {
-	    if (ch&0x400) {
-		if ((index > 0) && ((stringPtr->unicode[index-1]&0xFC00) == 0xD800)) {
-		    ch = -1; /* low surrogate preceded by high surrogate */
-		}
-	    } else if ((++index < stringPtr->numChars)
-		    && ((stringPtr->unicode[index]&0xFC00) == 0xDC00)) {
-		/* high surrogate followed by low surrogate */
-		ch = (((ch & 0x3FF) << 10) | (stringPtr->unicode[index] & 0x3FF)) + 0x10000;
+    /* See: bug [11ae2be95dac9417] */
+    if ((ch & 0xF800) == 0xD800) {
+	if (ch & 0x400) {
+	    if ((index > 0)
+		    && ((stringPtr->unicode[index-1] & 0xFC00) == 0xD800)) {
+		ch = -1; /* low surrogate preceded by high surrogate */
 	    }
+	} else if ((++index < stringPtr->numChars)
+		&& ((stringPtr->unicode[index] & 0xFC00) == 0xDC00)) {
+	    /* high surrogate followed by low surrogate */
+	    ch = (((ch & 0x3FF) << 10) |
+			(stringPtr->unicode[index] & 0x3FF)) + 0x10000;
 	}
+    }
 #endif
     return ch;
 }
@@ -562,6 +606,8 @@ Tcl_GetUniChar(
  *----------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
 
+#ifndef TCL_NO_DEPRECATED
+#undef Tcl_GetUnicode
 Tcl_UniChar *
 Tcl_GetUnicode(
     Tcl_Obj *objPtr)		/* The object to find the unicode string
@@ -569,6 +615,7 @@ Tcl_GetUnicode(
 {
     return Tcl_GetUnicodeFromObj(objPtr, NULL);
 }
+#endif /* TCL_NO_DEPRECATED */
 
 /*
  *----------------------------------------------------------------------
@@ -644,7 +691,8 @@ Tcl_GetRange(
 
     if (first < 0) {
 	first = 0;
-	}
+    }
+
     /*
      * Optimize the case where we're really dealing with a bytearray object
      * we don't need to convert to a string to perform the substring operation.
@@ -652,13 +700,14 @@ Tcl_GetRange(
 
     if (TclIsPureByteArray(objPtr)) {
 	unsigned char *bytes = Tcl_GetByteArrayFromObj(objPtr, &length);
+
 	if (last >= length) {
 	    last = length - 1;
 	}
 	if (last < first) {
 	    return Tcl_NewObj();
 	}
-	return Tcl_NewByteArrayObj(bytes+first, last-first+1);
+	return Tcl_NewByteArrayObj(bytes + first, last - first + 1);
     }
 
     /*
@@ -697,24 +746,25 @@ Tcl_GetRange(
 	FillUnicodeRep(objPtr);
 	stringPtr = GET_STRING(objPtr);
     }
-	if (last > stringPtr->numChars) {
-	    last = stringPtr->numChars;
-	}
-	if (last < first) {
-	    return Tcl_NewObj();
-	}
+    if (last > stringPtr->numChars) {
+	last = stringPtr->numChars;
+    }
+    if (last < first) {
+	return Tcl_NewObj();
+    }
 #if TCL_UTF_MAX <= 4
-	/* See: bug [11ae2be95dac9417] */
-	if ((first>0) && ((stringPtr->unicode[first]&0xFC00) == 0xDC00)
-		&& ((stringPtr->unicode[first-1]&0xFC00) == 0xD800)) {
-	    ++first;
-	}
-	if ((last+1<stringPtr->numChars) && ((stringPtr->unicode[last+1]&0xFC00) == 0xDC00)
-		&& ((stringPtr->unicode[last]&0xFC00) == 0xD800)) {
-	    ++last;
-	}
+    /* See: bug [11ae2be95dac9417] */
+    if ((first > 0) && ((stringPtr->unicode[first] & 0xFC00) == 0xDC00)
+	    && ((stringPtr->unicode[first-1] & 0xFC00) == 0xD800)) {
+	++first;
+    }
+    if ((last + 1 < stringPtr->numChars)
+	    && ((stringPtr->unicode[last+1] & 0xFC00) == 0xDC00)
+	    && ((stringPtr->unicode[last] & 0xFC00) == 0xD800)) {
+	++last;
+    }
 #endif
-    return Tcl_NewUnicodeObj(stringPtr->unicode + first, last-first+1);
+    return Tcl_NewUnicodeObj(stringPtr->unicode + first, last - first + 1);
 }
 
 /*
@@ -1272,45 +1322,51 @@ Tcl_AppendObjToObj(
     /*
      * Handle append of one bytearray object to another as a special case.
      * Note that we only do this when the objects are pure so that the
-     * bytearray faithfully represent the true value; Otherwise
-     * appending the byte arrays together could lose information;
+     * bytearray faithfully represent the true value; Otherwise appending the
+     * byte arrays together could lose information;
      */
 
     if ((TclIsPureByteArray(objPtr) || objPtr->bytes == &tclEmptyString)
 	    && TclIsPureByteArray(appendObjPtr)) {
-
 	/*
 	 * You might expect the code here to be
 	 *
 	 *  bytes = Tcl_GetByteArrayFromObj(appendObjPtr, &length);
 	 *  TclAppendBytesToByteArray(objPtr, bytes, length);
 	 *
-	 * and essentially all of the time that would be fine.  However,
-	 * it would run into trouble in the case where objPtr and
-	 * appendObjPtr point to the same thing.  That may never be a
-	 * good idea.  It seems to violate Copy On Write, and we don't
-	 * have any tests for the situation, since making any Tcl commands
-	 * that call Tcl_AppendObjToObj() do that appears impossible
-	 * (They honor Copy On Write!).  For the sake of extensions that
-	 * go off into that realm, though, here's a more complex approach
-	 * that can handle all the cases.
+	 * and essentially all of the time that would be fine. However, it
+	 * would run into trouble in the case where objPtr and appendObjPtr
+	 * point to the same thing. That may never be a good idea. It seems to
+	 * violate Copy On Write, and we don't have any tests for the
+	 * situation, since making any Tcl commands that call
+	 * Tcl_AppendObjToObj() do that appears impossible (They honor Copy On
+	 * Write!). For the sake of extensions that go off into that realm,
+	 * though, here's a more complex approach that can handle all the
+	 * cases.
+	 *
+	 * First, get the lengths.
 	 */
 
-	/* Get lengths */
 	int lengthSrc;
 
 	(void) Tcl_GetByteArrayFromObj(objPtr, &length);
 	(void) Tcl_GetByteArrayFromObj(appendObjPtr, &lengthSrc);
 
-	/* Grow buffer enough for the append */
+	/*
+	 * Grow buffer enough for the append.
+	 */
+
 	TclAppendBytesToByteArray(objPtr, NULL, lengthSrc);
 
-	/* Reset objPtr back to the original value */
+	/*
+	 * Reset objPtr back to the original value.
+	 */
+
 	Tcl_SetByteArrayLength(objPtr, length);
 
 	/*
-	 * Now do the append knowing that buffer growth cannot cause
-	 * any trouble.
+	 * Now do the append knowing that buffer growth cannot cause any
+	 * trouble.
 	 */
 
 	TclAppendBytesToByteArray(objPtr,
@@ -1358,6 +1414,7 @@ Tcl_AppendObjToObj(
     numChars = stringPtr->numChars;
     if ((numChars >= 0) && (appendObjPtr->typePtr == &tclStringType)) {
 	String *appendStringPtr = GET_STRING(appendObjPtr);
+
 	appendNumChars = appendStringPtr->numChars;
     }
 
@@ -1847,6 +1904,11 @@ Tcl_AppendFormatToObj(
 	width = 0;
 	if (isdigit(UCHAR(ch))) {
 	    width = strtoul(format, &end, 10);
+	    if (width < 0) {
+		msg = overflow;
+		errCode = "OVERFLOW";
+		goto errorMsg;
+	    }
 	    format = end;
 	    step = TclUtfToUniChar(format, &ch);
 	} else if (ch == '*') {
@@ -1943,7 +2005,8 @@ Tcl_AppendFormatToObj(
 		format += step;
 		step = TclUtfToUniChar(format, &ch);
 	    }
-	} else if ((ch == 't') || (ch == 'z') || (ch == 'q') || (ch == 'j') || (ch == 'L')) {
+	} else if ((ch == 't') || (ch == 'z') || (ch == 'q') || (ch == 'j')
+		|| (ch == 'L')) {
 	    format += step;
 	    step = TclUtfToUniChar(format, &ch);
 	    useBig = 1;
@@ -1985,6 +2048,10 @@ Tcl_AppendFormatToObj(
 		goto error;
 	    }
 	    length = Tcl_UniCharToUtf(code, buf);
+	    if (!length) {
+		/* Special case for handling upper surrogates. */
+		length = Tcl_UniCharToUtf(-1, buf);
+	    }
 	    segment = Tcl_NewStringObj(buf, length);
 	    Tcl_IncrRefCount(segment);
 	    allocSegment = 1;
@@ -2030,35 +2097,17 @@ Tcl_AppendFormatToObj(
 		}
 #ifndef TCL_WIDE_INT_IS_LONG
 	    } else if (useWide) {
-		if (TclGetWideIntFromObj(NULL, segment, &w) != TCL_OK) {
-		    Tcl_Obj *objPtr;
-
-		    if (Tcl_GetBignumFromObj(interp,segment,&big) != TCL_OK) {
-			goto error;
-		    }
-		    mp_mod_2d(&big, (int) CHAR_BIT*sizeof(Tcl_WideInt), &big);
-		    objPtr = Tcl_NewBignumObj(&big);
-		    Tcl_IncrRefCount(objPtr);
-		    TclGetWideIntFromObj(NULL, objPtr, &w);
-		    Tcl_DecrRefCount(objPtr);
+		if (TclGetWideBitsFromObj(interp, segment, &w) != TCL_OK) {
+		    goto error;
 		}
 		isNegative = (w < (Tcl_WideInt) 0);
 		if (w == (Tcl_WideInt) 0) gotHash = 0;
 #endif
 	    } else if (TclGetLongFromObj(NULL, segment, &l) != TCL_OK) {
-		if (TclGetWideIntFromObj(NULL, segment, &w) != TCL_OK) {
-		    Tcl_Obj *objPtr;
-
-		    if (Tcl_GetBignumFromObj(interp,segment,&big) != TCL_OK) {
-			goto error;
-		    }
-		    mp_mod_2d(&big, (int) CHAR_BIT * sizeof(long), &big);
-		    objPtr = Tcl_NewBignumObj(&big);
-		    Tcl_IncrRefCount(objPtr);
-		    TclGetLongFromObj(NULL, objPtr, &l);
-		    Tcl_DecrRefCount(objPtr);
+		if (TclGetWideBitsFromObj(interp, segment, &w) != TCL_OK) {
+		    goto error;
 		} else {
-		    l = Tcl_WideAsLong(w);
+		    l = (long) w;
 		}
 		if (useShort) {
 		    s = (short) l;
@@ -2468,7 +2517,7 @@ Tcl_AppendFormatToObj(
 /*
  *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
  *
- * Tcl_Format--
+ * Tcl_Format --
  *
  * Results:
  *	A refcount zero Tcl_Obj.
@@ -2859,7 +2908,10 @@ TclStringRepeat(
 		Tcl_GetByteArrayFromObj(objResultPtr, NULL),
 		(count - done) * length);
     } else if (unichar) {
-	/* Efficiently produce a pure Tcl_UniChar array result */
+	/*
+	 * Efficiently produce a pure Tcl_UniChar array result.
+	 */
+
 	if (!inPlace || Tcl_IsShared(objPtr)) {
 	    objResultPtr = Tcl_NewUnicodeObj(Tcl_GetUnicode(objPtr), length);
 	} else {
@@ -2885,7 +2937,10 @@ TclStringRepeat(
 	Tcl_AppendUnicodeToObj(objResultPtr, Tcl_GetUnicode(objResultPtr),
 		(count - done) * length);
     } else {
-	/* Efficiently concatenate string reps */
+	/*
+	 * Efficiently concatenate string reps.
+	 */
+
 	if (!inPlace || Tcl_IsShared(objPtr)) {
 	    objResultPtr = Tcl_NewStringObj(Tcl_GetString(objPtr), length);
 	} else {
@@ -2969,9 +3024,10 @@ TclStringCat(
 	    /* Value has a string rep. */
 	    if (objPtr->length) {
 		/*
-		 * Non-empty string rep. Not a pure bytearray, so we
-		 * won't create a pure bytearray
+		 * Non-empty string rep. Not a pure bytearray, so we won't
+		 * create a pure bytearray.
 		 */
+
 	 	binary = 0;
 		if ((objPtr->typePtr) && (objPtr->typePtr != &tclStringType)) {
 		    /* Prevent shimmer of non-string types. */
@@ -2992,15 +3048,25 @@ TclStringCat(
     } while (--oc && (binary || allowUniChar));
 
     if (binary) {
-	/* Result will be pure byte array. Pre-size it */
-	ov = objv; oc = objc;
+	/*
+	 * Result will be pure byte array. Pre-size it
+	 */
+
+	int numBytes;
+	ov = objv;
+	oc = objc;
 	do {
 	    Tcl_Obj *objPtr = *ov++;
 
-	    if (objPtr->bytes == NULL) {
-		int numBytes;
+	    /*
+	     * Every argument is either a bytearray with a ("pure")
+	     * value we know we can safely use, or it is an empty string.
+	     * We don't need to count bytes for the empty strings.
+	     */
 
+	    if (TclIsPureByteArray(objPtr)) {
 		Tcl_GetByteArrayFromObj(objPtr, &numBytes); /* PANIC? */
+
 		if (numBytes) {
 		    last = objc - oc;
 		    if (length == 0) {
@@ -3013,8 +3079,12 @@ TclStringCat(
 	    }
 	} while (--oc);
     } else if (allowUniChar && requestUniChar) {
-	/* Result will be pure Tcl_UniChar array. Pre-size it. */
-	ov = objv; oc = objc;
+	/*
+	 * Result will be pure Tcl_UniChar array. Pre-size it.
+	 */
+
+	ov = objv;
+	oc = objc;
 	do {
 	    Tcl_Obj *objPtr = *ov++;
 
@@ -3059,9 +3129,9 @@ TclStringCat(
 	    } while (--oc && (length == 0) && (pendingPtr == NULL));
 
 	    /*
- 	     * Either we found a possibly non-empty value, and we
- 	     * remember this index as the first and last such value so
- 	     * far seen, or (oc == 0) and all values are known empty,
+ 	     * Either we found a possibly non-empty value, and we remember
+ 	     * this index as the first and last such value so far seen,
+	     * or (oc == 0) and all values are known empty,
  	     * so first = last = objc - 1 signals the right quick return.
  	     */
 
@@ -3073,10 +3143,9 @@ TclStringCat(
 		/* assert ( pendingPtr != NULL ) */
 
 		/*
-		 * There's a pending value followed by more values.
-		 * Loop over remaining values generating strings until
-		 * a non-empty value is found, or the pending value gets
-		 * its string generated.
+		 * There's a pending value followed by more values.  Loop over
+		 * remaining values generating strings until a non-empty value
+		 * is found, or the pending value gets its string generated.
 		 */
 
 		do {
@@ -3132,10 +3201,10 @@ TclStringCat(
 	unsigned char *dst;
 
 	/*
-	 * Broken interface! Byte array value routines offer no way
-	 * to handle failure to allocate enough space. Following
-	 * stanza may panic.
+	 * Broken interface! Byte array value routines offer no way to handle
+	 * failure to allocate enough space. Following stanza may panic.
 	 */
+
 	if (inPlace && !Tcl_IsShared(*objv)) {
 	    int start;
 
@@ -3149,7 +3218,13 @@ TclStringCat(
 	while (objc--) {
 	    Tcl_Obj *objPtr = *objv++;
 
-	    if (objPtr->bytes == NULL) {
+	    /*
+	     * Every argument is either a bytearray with a ("pure")
+	     * value we know we can safely use, or it is an empty string.
+	     * We don't need to copy bytes from the empty strings.
+	     */
+
+	    if (TclIsPureByteArray(objPtr)) {
 		int more;
 		unsigned char *src = Tcl_GetByteArrayFromObj(objPtr, &more);
 		memcpy(dst, src, (size_t) more);
@@ -3250,6 +3325,7 @@ TclStringCat(
 	    if ((objPtr->bytes == NULL) || (objPtr->length)) {
 		int more;
 		char *src = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objPtr, &more);
+
 		memcpy(dst, src, (size_t) more);
 		dst += more;
 	    }
@@ -3268,6 +3344,187 @@ TclStringCat(
     return NULL;
 }
 
+/*
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * TclStringCmp --
+ *	Compare two Tcl_Obj values as strings.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	Like memcmp, return -1, 0, or 1.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	String representations may be generated.  Internal representation may
+ *	be changed.
+ *
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+int TclStringCmp(
+    Tcl_Obj *value1Ptr,
+    Tcl_Obj *value2Ptr,
+    int checkEq,		/* comparison is only for equality */
+    int nocase,			/* comparison is not case sensitive */
+    int reqlength)		/* requested length */
+{
+    char *s1, *s2;
+    int empty, length, match, s1len, s2len;
+    memCmpFn_t memCmpFn;
+
+    if ((reqlength == 0) || (value1Ptr == value2Ptr)) {
+	/*
+	 * Always match at 0 chars of if it is the same obj.
+	 */
+	match = 0;
+    } else {
+
+	if (!nocase && TclIsPureByteArray(value1Ptr)
+		&& TclIsPureByteArray(value2Ptr)) {
+	    /*
+	     * Use binary versions of comparisons since that won't cause undue
+	     * type conversions and it is much faster. Only do this if we're
+	     * case-sensitive (which is all that really makes sense with byte
+	     * arrays anyway, and we have no memcasecmp() for some reason... :^)
+	     */
+
+	    s1 = (char *) Tcl_GetByteArrayFromObj(value1Ptr, &s1len);
+	    s2 = (char *) Tcl_GetByteArrayFromObj(value2Ptr, &s2len);
+	    memCmpFn = memcmp;
+	} else if ((value1Ptr->typePtr == &tclStringType)
+		&& (value2Ptr->typePtr == &tclStringType)) {
+	    /*
+	     * Do a unicode-specific comparison if both of the args are of
+	     * String type. If the char length == byte length, we can do a
+	     * memcmp. In benchmark testing this proved the most efficient
+	     * check between the unicode and string comparison operations.
+	     */
+
+	    if (nocase) {
+		s1 = (char *) Tcl_GetUnicodeFromObj(value1Ptr, &s1len);
+		s2 = (char *) Tcl_GetUnicodeFromObj(value2Ptr, &s2len);
+		memCmpFn = (memCmpFn_t)Tcl_UniCharNcasecmp;
+	    } else {
+		s1len = Tcl_GetCharLength(value1Ptr);
+		s2len = Tcl_GetCharLength(value2Ptr);
+		if ((s1len == value1Ptr->length)
+			&& (value1Ptr->bytes != NULL)
+			&& (s2len == value2Ptr->length)
+			&& (value2Ptr->bytes != NULL)) {
+		    s1 = value1Ptr->bytes;
+		    s2 = value2Ptr->bytes;
+		    memCmpFn = memcmp;
+		} else {
+		    s1 = (char *) Tcl_GetUnicode(value1Ptr);
+		    s2 = (char *) Tcl_GetUnicode(value2Ptr);
+		    if (
+#ifdef WORDS_BIGENDIAN
+			1
+#else
+			checkEq
+#endif
+			) {
+			memCmpFn = memcmp;
+			s1len *= sizeof(Tcl_UniChar);
+			s2len *= sizeof(Tcl_UniChar);
+		    } else {
+			memCmpFn = (memCmpFn_t) Tcl_UniCharNcmp;
+		    }
+		}
+	    }
+	} else {
+	    if ((empty = TclCheckEmptyString(value1Ptr)) > 0) {
+		switch (TclCheckEmptyString(value2Ptr)) {
+		case -1:
+		    s1 = 0;
+		    s1len = 0;
+		    s2 = TclGetStringFromObj(value2Ptr, &s2len);
+		    break;
+		case 0:
+		    match = -1;
+		    goto matchdone;
+		case 1:
+		default: /* avoid warn: `s2` may be used uninitialized */
+		    match = 0;
+		    goto matchdone;
+		}
+	    } else if (TclCheckEmptyString(value2Ptr) > 0) {
+		switch (empty) {
+		case -1:
+		    s2 = 0;
+		    s2len = 0;
+		    s1 = TclGetStringFromObj(value1Ptr, &s1len);
+		    break;
+		case 0:
+		    match = 1;
+		    goto matchdone;
+		case 1:
+		default: /* avoid warn: `s1` may be used uninitialized */
+		    match = 0;
+		    goto matchdone;
+		}
+	    } else {
+		s1 = TclGetStringFromObj(value1Ptr, &s1len);
+		s2 = TclGetStringFromObj(value2Ptr, &s2len);
+	    }
+	    if (!nocase && checkEq) {
+		/*
+		 * When we have equal-length we can check only for
+		 * (in)equality. We can use memcmp in all (n)eq cases because
+		 * we don't need to worry about lexical LE/BE variance.
+		 */
+
+		memCmpFn = memcmp;
+	    } else {
+		/*
+		 * As a catch-all we will work with UTF-8. We cannot use
+		 * memcmp() as that is unsafe with any string containing NUL
+		 * (\xC0\x80 in Tcl's utf rep). We can use the more efficient
+		 * TclpUtfNcmp2 if we are case-sensitive and no specific
+		 * length was requested.
+		 */
+
+		if ((reqlength < 0) && !nocase) {
+		    memCmpFn = (memCmpFn_t) TclpUtfNcmp2;
+		} else {
+		    s1len = Tcl_NumUtfChars(s1, s1len);
+		    s2len = Tcl_NumUtfChars(s2, s2len);
+		    memCmpFn = (memCmpFn_t)
+			    (nocase ? Tcl_UtfNcasecmp : Tcl_UtfNcmp);
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+
+	length = (s1len < s2len) ? s1len : s2len;
+	if (reqlength > 0 && reqlength < length) {
+	    length = reqlength;
+	} else if (reqlength < 0) {
+	    /*
+	     * The requested length is negative, so we ignore it by setting it
+	     * to length + 1 so we correct the match var.
+	     */
+
+	    reqlength = length + 1;
+	}
+
+	if (checkEq && (s1len != s2len)) {
+	    match = 1;		/* This will be reversed below. */
+	} else {
+	    /*
+	     * The comparison function should compare up to the minimum byte
+	     * length only.
+	     */
+
+	    match = memCmpFn(s1, s2, (size_t) length);
+	}
+	if ((match == 0) && (reqlength > length)) {
+	    match = s1len - s2len;
+	}
+	match = (match > 0) ? 1 : (match < 0) ? -1 : 0;
+    }
+  matchdone:
+    return match;
+}
+
 /*
  *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
  *
@@ -3298,7 +3555,7 @@ TclStringFirst(
 	start = 0;
     }
     if (ln == 0) {
-	/* We don't find empty substrings.  Bizarre! 
+	/* We don't find empty substrings.  Bizarre!
 	 * Whenever this routine is turned into a proper substring
 	 * finder, change to `return start` after limits imposed. */
 	return -1;
@@ -3462,18 +3719,20 @@ static void
 ReverseBytes(
     unsigned char *to,		/* Copy bytes into here... */
     unsigned char *from,	/* ...from here... */
-    int count)		/* Until this many are copied, */
+    int count)			/* Until this many are copied, */
 				/* reversing as you go. */
 {
     unsigned char *src = from + count;
+
     if (to == from) {
 	/* Reversing in place */
 	while (--src > to) {
 	    unsigned char c = *src;
+
 	    *src = *to;
 	    *to++ = c;
 	}
-    }  else {
+    } else {
 	while (--src >= from) {
 	    *to++ = *src;
 	}
@@ -3522,7 +3781,10 @@ TclStringReverse(
 		*to++ = *src;
 	    }
 	} else {
-	    /* Reversing in place */
+	    /*
+	     * Reversing in place.
+	     */
+
 	    while (--src > from) {
 		ch = *src;
 		*src = *from;
@@ -3546,20 +3808,22 @@ TclStringReverse(
 	    /*
 	     * Either numChars == -1 and we don't know how many chars are
 	     * represented by objPtr->bytes and we need Pass 1 just in case,
-	     * or numChars >= 0 and we know we have fewer chars than bytes,
-	     * so we know there's a multibyte character needing Pass 1.
+	     * or numChars >= 0 and we know we have fewer chars than bytes, so
+	     * we know there's a multibyte character needing Pass 1.
 	     *
 	     * Pass 1. Reverse the bytes of each multi-byte character.
 	     */
+
 	    int charCount = 0;
 	    int bytesLeft = numBytes;
 
 	    while (bytesLeft) {
 		/*
-		 * NOTE: We know that the from buffer is NUL-terminated.
-		 * It's part of the contract for objPtr->bytes values.
-		 * Thus, we can skip calling Tcl_UtfCharComplete() here.
+		 * NOTE: We know that the from buffer is NUL-terminated. It's
+		 * part of the contract for objPtr->bytes values. Thus, we can
+		 * skip calling Tcl_UtfCharComplete() here.
 		 */
+
 		int bytesInChar = TclUtfToUniChar(from, &ch);
 
 		ReverseBytes((unsigned char *)to, (unsigned char *)from,
@@ -3589,19 +3853,18 @@ TclStringReverse(
  *
  *	The result is a concatenation of a prefix from objPtr, characters
  *	0 through first-1, the insertPtr string value, and a suffix from
- *	objPtr, characters from first + count to the end. The effect is
- *	as if the inner substring of characters first through first+count-1
- *	are removed and replaced with insertPtr.
- *	If insertPtr is NULL, it is treated as an empty string.
- *	When passed the flag TCL_STRING_IN_PLACE, this routine will try
- *	to do the work within objPtr, so long as no sharing forbids it.
- *	Without that request, or as needed, a new Tcl value will be allocated
- *	to be the result.
+ *	objPtr, characters from first + count to the end. The effect is as if
+ *	the inner substring of characters first through first+count-1 are
+ *	removed and replaced with insertPtr. If insertPtr is NULL, it is
+ *	treated as an empty string. When passed the flag TCL_STRING_IN_PLACE,
+ *	this routine will try to do the work within objPtr, so long as no
+ *	sharing forbids it. Without that request, or as needed, a new Tcl
+ *	value will be allocated to be the result.
  *
  * Results:
- *	A Tcl value that is the result of the substring replacement.
- *	May return NULL in case of an error. When NULL is returned and
- *	interp is non-NULL, error information is left in interp
+ *	A Tcl value that is the result of the substring replacement. May
+ *	return NULL in case of an error. When NULL is returned and interp is
+ *	non-NULL, error information is left in interp
  *
  *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -3689,7 +3952,7 @@ TclStringReplace(
 	    result = Tcl_NewByteArrayObj(NULL, numBytes - count + newBytes);
 								/* PANIC? */
 	    Tcl_SetByteArrayLength(result, 0);
-	    TclAppendBytesToByteArray(result, bytes, first);	
+	    TclAppendBytesToByteArray(result, bytes, first);
 	    TclAppendBytesToByteArray(result, iBytes, newBytes);
 	    TclAppendBytesToByteArray(result, bytes + first + count,
 		    numBytes - count - first);
@@ -3711,7 +3974,7 @@ TclStringReplace(
 	Tcl_UniChar *ustring = Tcl_GetUnicodeFromObj(objPtr, &numChars);
 
 	/* TODO: Is there an in-place option worth pursuing here? */
-	
+
 	result = Tcl_NewUnicodeObj(ustring, first);
 	if (insertPtr) {
 	    Tcl_AppendObjToObj(result, insertPtr);

generic/tclStubInit.c

@@ -34,12 +34,14 @@
 #undef Tcl_DbNewLongObj
 #undef Tcl_NewObj
 #undef Tcl_NewStringObj
+#undef Tcl_GetUnicode
 #undef Tcl_DumpActiveMemory
 #undef Tcl_ValidateAllMemory
 #undef Tcl_FindHashEntry
 #undef Tcl_CreateHashEntry
 #undef Tcl_Panic
 #undef Tcl_FindExecutable
+#undef Tcl_SetPanicProc
 #undef TclpGetPid
 #undef TclSockMinimumBuffers
 #undef Tcl_SetIntObj
@@ -223,17 +225,31 @@ Tcl_WinUtfToTChar(
     int len,
     Tcl_DString *dsPtr)
 {
-    WCHAR *wp;
+    WCHAR *wp, *p;
     int size = MultiByteToWideChar(CP_UTF8, 0, string, len, 0, 0);
 
     Tcl_DStringInit(dsPtr);
     Tcl_DStringSetLength(dsPtr, 2*size+2);
-    wp = (WCHAR *)Tcl_DStringValue(dsPtr);
+    p = wp = (WCHAR *)Tcl_DStringValue(dsPtr);
     MultiByteToWideChar(CP_UTF8, 0, string, len, wp, size+1);
     if (len == -1) --size; /* account for 0-byte at string end */
+
+    /* It turns out that MultiByteToWideChar() cannot handle the 'modified'
+     * UTF-8 as used by Tcl. Every sequence of 0xC0 followed by 0x80 will
+     * be translated to two 0xfffd characters. This results in a test-failure
+     * of the registry-6.20 test-case. The simplest solution is to search for
+     * those two 0xfffd characters and replace them by a \u0000 character. */
+    while (p < wp + size - 1) {
+	if (p[0] == 0xfffd && p[1] == 0xfffd) {
+	    memmove(p+1, p+2, sizeof(WCHAR) * (p - wp + size - 2));
+	    p[0] = '\0';
+	    ++p; --size;
+	}
+	++p;
+    }
     Tcl_DStringSetLength(dsPtr, 2*size);
     wp[size] = 0;
-    return (char *)wp;
+    return (char *) wp;
 }
 
 char *
@@ -243,17 +259,27 @@ Tcl_WinTCharToUtf(
     Tcl_DString *dsPtr)
 {
     char *p;
-    int size;
+    int size, i = 0;
 
     if (len > 0) {
 	len /= 2;
     }
     size = WideCharToMultiByte(CP_UTF8, 0, string, len, 0, 0, NULL, NULL);
     Tcl_DStringInit(dsPtr);
-    Tcl_DStringSetLength(dsPtr, size+1);
+    Tcl_DStringSetLength(dsPtr, size+8); /* Add some spare, in case of NULL-bytes */
     p = (char *)Tcl_DStringValue(dsPtr);
     WideCharToMultiByte(CP_UTF8, 0, string, len, p, size, NULL, NULL);
     if (len == -1) --size; /* account for 0-byte at string end */
+    while (i < size) {
+	if (!p[i]) {
+	    /* Output contains '\0'-byte, but Tcl expect two-bytes: C0 80 */
+	    memmove(p+i+2, p+i+1, size-i-1);
+	    memcpy(p + i++, "\xC0\x80", 2);
+	    Tcl_DStringSetLength(dsPtr, ++size + 1);
+	    p = (char *)Tcl_DStringValue(dsPtr);
+	}
+	++i;
+    }
     Tcl_DStringSetLength(dsPtr, size);
     p[size] = 0;
     return p;
@@ -401,6 +427,7 @@ static int uniCharNcasecmp(const Tcl_UniChar *ucs, const Tcl_UniChar *uct, unsig
 #   define TclpGmtime 0
 #   define TclpLocaltime_unix 0
 #   define TclpGmtime_unix 0
+#   define Tcl_GetUnicode 0
 #else /* TCL_NO_DEPRECATED */
 #   define Tcl_SeekOld seekOld
 #   define Tcl_TellOld tellOld
@@ -428,20 +455,14 @@ seekOld(
     int offset,			/* Offset to seek to. */
     int mode)			/* Relative to which location to seek? */
 {
-    Tcl_WideInt wOffset, wResult;
-
-    wOffset = Tcl_LongAsWide((long) offset);
-    wResult = Tcl_Seek(chan, wOffset, mode);
-    return (int) Tcl_WideAsLong(wResult);
+    return Tcl_Seek(chan, offset, mode);
 }
 
 static int
 tellOld(
     Tcl_Channel chan)		/* The channel to return pos for. */
 {
-    Tcl_WideInt wResult = Tcl_Tell(chan);
-
-    return (int) Tcl_WideAsLong(wResult);
+    return Tcl_Tell(chan);
 }
 #endif /* !TCL_NO_DEPRECATED */
 
@@ -454,6 +475,15 @@ tellOld(
 MODULE_SCOPE const TclStubs tclStubs;
 MODULE_SCOPE const TclTomMathStubs tclTomMathStubs;
 
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+/*
+ * The rest of this file shouldn't warn about deprecated functions; they're
+ * there because we intend them to be so and know that this file is OK to
+ * touch those fields.
+ */
+#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wdeprecated-declarations"
+#endif
+
 /* !BEGIN!: Do not edit below this line. */
 
 static const TclIntStubs tclIntStubs = {
@@ -910,6 +940,7 @@ const TclTomMathStubs tclTomMathStubs = {
     TclBN_mp_get_long_long, /* 69 */
     TclBN_mp_set_long, /* 70 */
     TclBN_mp_get_long, /* 71 */
+    TclBN_mp_get_int, /* 72 */
 };
 
 static const TclStubHooks tclStubHooks = {
@@ -1577,6 +1608,10 @@ const TclStubs tclStubs = {
     Tcl_FSUnloadFile, /* 629 */
     Tcl_ZlibStreamSetCompressionDictionary, /* 630 */
     Tcl_OpenTcpServerEx, /* 631 */
+    TclZipfs_Mount, /* 632 */
+    TclZipfs_Unmount, /* 633 */
+    TclZipfs_TclLibrary, /* 634 */
+    TclZipfs_Mount_Buffer, /* 635 */
 };
 
 /* !END!: Do not edit above this line. */

generic/tclTest.c

@@ -161,7 +161,7 @@ static TestChannel *firstDetached;
 
 static int		AsyncHandlerProc(ClientData clientData,
 			    Tcl_Interp *interp, int code);
-#ifdef TCL_THREADS
+#if TCL_THREADS
 static Tcl_ThreadCreateType AsyncThreadProc(ClientData);
 #endif
 static void		CleanupTestSetassocdataTests(
@@ -293,6 +293,8 @@ static int		TestgetassocdataCmd(ClientData dummy,
 			    Tcl_Interp *interp, int argc, const char **argv);
 static int		TestgetintCmd(ClientData dummy,
 			    Tcl_Interp *interp, int argc, const char **argv);
+static int		TestlongsizeCmd(ClientData dummy,
+			    Tcl_Interp *interp, int argc, const char **argv);
 static int		TestgetplatformCmd(ClientData dummy,
 			    Tcl_Interp *interp, int argc, const char **argv);
 static int		TestgetvarfullnameCmd(
@@ -645,6 +647,8 @@ Tcltest_Init(
 	    NULL, NULL);
     Tcl_CreateCommand(interp, "testgetint", TestgetintCmd,
 	    NULL, NULL);
+    Tcl_CreateCommand(interp, "testlongsize", TestlongsizeCmd,
+	    NULL, NULL);
     Tcl_CreateCommand(interp, "testgetplatform", TestgetplatformCmd,
 	    NULL, NULL);
     Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp, "testgetvarfullname",
@@ -722,7 +726,7 @@ Tcltest_Init(
     if (Procbodytest_Init(interp) != TCL_OK) {
 	return TCL_ERROR;
     }
-#ifdef TCL_THREADS
+#if TCL_THREADS
     if (TclThread_Init(interp) != TCL_OK) {
 	return TCL_ERROR;
     }
@@ -902,7 +906,7 @@ TestasyncCmd(
 	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(argv[3], -1));
 	Tcl_MutexUnlock(&asyncTestMutex);
 	return code;
-#ifdef TCL_THREADS
+#if TCL_THREADS
     } else if (strcmp(argv[1], "marklater") == 0) {
 	if (argc != 3) {
 	    goto wrongNumArgs;
@@ -999,7 +1003,7 @@ AsyncHandlerProc(
  *----------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
 
-#ifdef TCL_THREADS
+#if TCL_THREADS
 static Tcl_ThreadCreateType
 AsyncThreadProc(
     ClientData clientData)	/* Parameter is the id of a
@@ -2828,7 +2832,7 @@ TestlinkCmd(
     static int intVar = 43;
     static int boolVar = 4;
     static double realVar = 1.23;
-    static Tcl_WideInt wideVar = Tcl_LongAsWide(79);
+    static Tcl_WideInt wideVar = 79;
     static char *stringVar = NULL;
     static char charVar = '@';
     static unsigned char ucharVar = 130;
@@ -2838,7 +2842,7 @@ TestlinkCmd(
     static long longVar = 123456789L;
     static unsigned long ulongVar = 3456789012UL;
     static float floatVar = 4.5;
-    static Tcl_WideUInt uwideVar = (Tcl_WideUInt) Tcl_LongAsWide(123);
+    static Tcl_WideUInt uwideVar = 123;
     static int created = 0;
     char buffer[2*TCL_DOUBLE_SPACE];
     int writable, flag;
@@ -6936,6 +6940,24 @@ TestgetintCmd(
     }
 }
 
+/*
+ * Used for determining sizeof(long) at script level.
+ */
+static int
+TestlongsizeCmd(
+    ClientData dummy,
+    Tcl_Interp *interp,
+    int argc,
+    const char **argv)
+{
+    if (argc != 1) {
+	Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args", NULL);
+	return TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewIntObj((int)sizeof(long)));
+    return TCL_OK;
+}
+
 static int
 NREUnwind_callback(
     ClientData data[],

generic/tclThread.c

@@ -40,21 +40,6 @@ static void		ForgetSyncObject(void *objPtr, SyncObjRecord *recPtr);
 static void		RememberSyncObject(void *objPtr,
 			    SyncObjRecord *recPtr);
 
-/*
- * Several functions are #defined to nothing in tcl.h if TCL_THREADS is not
- * specified. Here we undo that so the functions are defined in the stubs
- * table.
- */
-
-#ifndef TCL_THREADS
-#undef Tcl_MutexLock
-#undef Tcl_MutexUnlock
-#undef Tcl_MutexFinalize
-#undef Tcl_ConditionNotify
-#undef Tcl_ConditionWait
-#undef Tcl_ConditionFinalize
-#endif
-
 /*
  *----------------------------------------------------------------------
  *
@@ -79,7 +64,7 @@ Tcl_GetThreadData(
     int size)			/* Size of storage block */
 {
     void *result;
-#ifdef TCL_THREADS
+#if TCL_THREADS
     /*
      * Initialize the key for this thread.
      */
@@ -126,7 +111,7 @@ TclThreadDataKeyGet(
     Tcl_ThreadDataKey *keyPtr)	/* Identifier for the data chunk. */
 
 {
-#ifdef TCL_THREADS
+#if TCL_THREADS
     return TclThreadStorageKeyGet(keyPtr);
 #else /* TCL_THREADS */
     return *keyPtr;
@@ -269,11 +254,12 @@ TclRememberMutex(
  *----------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
 
+#undef Tcl_MutexFinalize
 void
 Tcl_MutexFinalize(
     Tcl_Mutex *mutexPtr)
 {
-#ifdef TCL_THREADS
+#if TCL_THREADS
     TclpFinalizeMutex(mutexPtr);
 #endif
     TclpMasterLock();
@@ -322,11 +308,12 @@ TclRememberCondition(
  *----------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
 
+#undef Tcl_ConditionFinalize
 void
 Tcl_ConditionFinalize(
     Tcl_Condition *condPtr)
 {
-#ifdef TCL_THREADS
+#if TCL_THREADS
     TclpFinalizeCondition(condPtr);
 #endif
     TclpMasterLock();
@@ -356,7 +343,7 @@ void
 TclFinalizeThreadData(int quick)
 {
     TclFinalizeThreadDataThread();
-#if defined(TCL_THREADS) && defined(USE_THREAD_ALLOC)
+#if TCL_THREADS && defined(USE_THREAD_ALLOC)
     if (!quick) {
 	/*
 	 * Quick exit principle makes it useless to terminate allocators
@@ -389,7 +376,7 @@ TclFinalizeSynchronization(void)
     int i;
     void *blockPtr;
     Tcl_ThreadDataKey *keyPtr;
-#ifdef TCL_THREADS
+#if TCL_THREADS
     Tcl_Mutex *mutexPtr;
     Tcl_Condition *condPtr;
 
@@ -413,7 +400,7 @@ TclFinalizeSynchronization(void)
     keyRecord.max = 0;
     keyRecord.num = 0;
 
-#ifdef TCL_THREADS
+#if TCL_THREADS
     /*
      * Call thread storage master cleanup.
      */
@@ -473,12 +460,10 @@ Tcl_ExitThread(
     int status)
 {
     Tcl_FinalizeThread();
-#ifdef TCL_THREADS
     TclpThreadExit(status);
-#endif
 }
 
-#ifndef TCL_THREADS
+#if !TCL_THREADS
 
 /*
  *----------------------------------------------------------------------

generic/tclThreadAlloc.c

@@ -13,7 +13,7 @@
  */
 
 #include "tclInt.h"
-#if defined(TCL_THREADS) && defined(USE_THREAD_ALLOC)
+#if TCL_THREADS && defined(USE_THREAD_ALLOC)
 
 /*
  * If range checking is enabled, an additional byte will be allocated to store